Henry v. Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District Record on Appeal Vol. II
Public Court Documents
January 1, 1966

Cite this item
-
Brief Collection, LDF Court Filings. Henry v. Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District Record on Appeal Vol. II, 1966. 694dd211-b89a-ee11-be36-6045bdeb8873. LDF Archives, Thurgood Marshall Institute. https://ldfrecollection.org/archives/archives-search/archives-item/97d2074c-562e-4a17-83ec-e0d247370fd3/henry-v-clarksdale-municipal-separate-school-district-record-on-appeal-vol-ii. Accessed August 19, 2025.
Copied!
I s f T W £ y I n th e v yA , $nitri> Slates Court irf Appeals F oe th e F if t h Circ u it No. 23255 E ebeoca E. H en r y , et al., -v- Appellants, T h e Clarksdale M un icipal S eparate S chool D istr ic t , et al., Appellees. A PPE A L FR O M T H E U N IT E D ST A T E S D IST R IC T CO U RT FO R T H E N O R T H E R N D IST R IC T OP M IS S IS S IP P I RECORD ON A PPEA L Volume I I —-Pages 400 to End J ack Greenberg Derrick A. B e l l , J r. 10 Columbus Circle New York, New York 10019 H enry M. A ronson 538% N. Farish Street Jackson, Mississippi R. J ess B rown 125% N. Farisli Street Jackson, Mississippi Attorneys fo r Appellants I N D E X Complaint ...................................._........................... 2 Answer of Clarksdale Municipal Separate School Dis trict, et al......................... ................................................. 23 Order for Preliminary Injunction ................................ 20 Submission of Plan for Immediate Start Towards Desegregation, etc............................ ................................ 25 Plaintiffs’ Objections to Desegregation Plans, etc...... 46 Resolution of Board of Trustees of Clarksdale Mu nicipal Separate School District, etc. ........................ 50 Order ......... ....................... ................................................... 03 Plaintiffs’ Motion for Further Injunctive R e lie f___ 65 Stipulation ...... .......................................................... 0g Memorandum Opinion ...... .................................... ............ 71 Order for Permanent Injunction ................. ............... m Order Amending Order for Permanent Injunction__ 119 Plaintiffs’ Motion to Amend Findings and Judgment 120 Memorandum and Order...... .......................... .................. 126 Defendants’ Revised Plan for Elementary Attendance Zones, Petition, etc. .................................................. 127 Plaintiffs’ Objections to Defendants’ Revised Plan, etc- -----................. -........-........- ...... ............................ 136 Memorandum Opinion _________ .... 141 Order ..... ............................................................... ................ 14g Notice of Appeal ......................... ............. 150 PAGE Designation of Record on Appeal ___________ _____ 150 Interrogatories (First Set) ......... .................................... 151 Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories (First Set) .... 155 Interrogatories (Second Set) .................. ....................... 175 Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories (Second Set) 179 Interrogatories (Third Set) ...................... ..................... 187 Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories (Third Set) .... 192 Objections to Interrogatories .......................................... 197 Order Sustaining, in Part, Objections to Interroga tories ....................................... .......................................... 198 Further Answer to Interrogatory Numbered 2 ......... 199 Transcript of Hearing dated August 19, 1964 . 200 Oral Decision . 307 Transcript of Hearing dated April 8, 1965 ...... 311 Transcript of Hearing dated April 9, 1965 ... 484 Transcript of Hearing dated November 15, 1965 . 651 T estim ony Plaintiffs’ W itnesses: Ignatius Sermnes Luckett— Direct ....... .......................................................... 312 Hudson F. Bell, J r .— Direct ....... ...... ..................................................... 352 Cross ................. ........ .......................... ............... 383 Redirect ........ .............. ...................................... 396 ii PAGE I l l Aaron H en ry - Direct .... .............. Cross .................... Reginald Neuwien— Direct ....— ........ Cross ...... .............. Redirect ............... Recross ................ Myron Lieberman— Direct -------- ----- Cross ..................... William T. Wilkins— Direct .................. Cross __________ Gyeelle Tynes— Direct .............— Cross ..... .............. Redirect ..... ......... Recross _______ Defendants’ W itnesses: Gyeelle Tynes— Direct ........ ......... Cross _______ _ Redirect ..... ........ Charles Longino— Direct .................. Cross ....... ............ Redirect ............. . Recross ________ .... 424 .... 443 .... 452 ..... 485 517, 530 .... 525 PAGE 531 551 583 601 602 613 645 646 201,651 .262, 680 .... 301 400 409 420 422 IV E xh ibits Offered Printed P a g e P a g e Plaintiffs’ E xhibits: 8— Map ................... ..........................-.........359,365 9— Decree ..............-.............. ...................360, 363 Defendants’ E xhibits: 1 to 18—Pictures ......... ........................... 387 19 to 23—Pictures ....... ...................— .. 389 24— Map ........... ....................................... 405 771 25— Map ................................ ......................... 409 773 26— Plan ................... ..........................- .......... 613 775 Clarksdale School District Composite Map (Filed by the Board on August 10, 1964) .................... ........... 795 * Omitted. Volume II 400 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efendants— D irect —151— Charles L ostgiho, a witness called by and in behalf of the defendants, having been first duly sworn, testified as fo llow s: Direct Examination by Mr. Duckett: Q. Is this Mr. Charles Longino! A. Yes, sir. Q. Where do you reside, Mr. Longino? A. 924 Oak- hurst, Clarksdale. Q. What’s your occupation? A. Beal estate broker. Q. Are you a member of the Clarksdale Planning Com mission? A. Yes, sir. Q. Are you presently its Chairman? A. Yes, sir. Q. Were you a member of the Comission back in May of 1959 when the contract with Michael Baker, Jr ., In corporated was made by the City of Clarksdale? A. I was. Q. Where you a member of the Commission back in May of 1961 when the contract with Michael Baker was made by the Mississippi Agricultural and Industrial Board? —152— A. Yes, sir. Q. What sort of urork does Michael Baker do, among other things? A. Well, they’re city planners and con sulting engineers. Q. Did the contract referred to call for the preparation of a comprehensive city plan for the City of Clarksdale? A. Yes, sir. Q. Why was such a comprehensive city plan desired, sir? A. Well, there were several reasons. Primarily for 401 our use with the urban renewal programs and for the ordinary or orderly growth of the City of Clarksdale for a 25-year period. Q. Was such a comprehensive city plan prepared by Michael Baker! A. Yes, sir. Q. Is this a copy of the same, Mr. Longino! A. That’s my copy. Q. It is a copy? A. Yes, sir. Q. When was it delivered by Michael Baker? A. Nine- —1 5 3 - teen sixty-two? Q. What date in 1962? A. June the 8th, 1962 is the cover letter. Q. Does the cover letter refer to the dates of the con tracts as May 5, 1959 and April 1, 1961? A. Yes, sir. City of Clarksdale—May 5th, ’59; and the A and I Board —April the 1st, ’61. Q. Mr. Longino, is a part of the comprehensive plan devoted to a study of the city housing? A. Yes, sir. Q. Does it include a study of the problem housing areas and a designation of those areas? A. Yes, sir. Q. Does it include a suggested housing program? A. Yes, sir. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles L ongino— fo r D efen dan ts— D irect Mr. Bell: Excuse me. I think this is Mr. Luckett’s witness. So, if you wouldn’t lead the witness, we would appreciate it. The Court: Don’t lead your witness, Mr. Luckett. 402 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 Charles Longino—for Defendants—Direct By Mr. Lu ckett: Q. Well, we have an index to the plan, do we not? —154— A. Yes, sir. Q. And under “Housing” is shown the different parts of it, isn’t it? A. Yes, sir. Q. Would you read those parts in the table of contents under the Chapter V? A. Well, Chapter V, Section I I is: “A Suggested Housing Program “Public Understanding and Cooperation “Tools of the Program—Codes and Ordinances “Neighboring Analyses for Problem Areas “Treatment of Substandard Housing “Conserving Satisfactory Housing “Improvements Through Urban Renewal “Administration of the Urban Renewal Program “Housing Families Displaced by Urban Renewal Action.” Q. Will you turn to Page 53 of the plan and tell the Court what appears at that page of the plan? A. Page 53 —155— is a map of the City of Clarksdale showing the priorities for neighborhood analyses. Q. Does it designate certain areas in the City of Clarks dale by number? A. Yes, sir. Q. Now, if you look on Page 52, are those areas de scribed? A. Yes, sir. They are described as Areas I through X III, I believe. Q. Now, will you read the paragraph that’s denominated “Neighborhood Analyses for Problem Areas” on Page 52? 403 A. “The City should initiate a series of detailed studies of their problem housing areas to determine the cause of blighted conditions, the remedial steps necessary to remove existing blight and the course of action necessary to prevent its recurrence. To assist the city in preparing these studies, suggested priorities for neighborhood anal yses are illustrated by Figure V-2. These problem areas, listed in the order of priority for treatment, are as fol lows —156— Q. And it goes through every one, on through all the numbers,— A. Right. Q. —does it not! A. Yes, sir. Q. I f you will turn to Page 56, does it have a part there beginning with the words “Improvements Through Urban Renewal” ! A. Yes, sir, and three or four para graphs under that general head. Q. Well, the last paragraph under that heading there —does that include the recommendation that was made by the comprehensive city planners to the City of Clarks- dale or to the Planning Commission! A. Yes, sir. Q. What is that sentence! A. It says: “Without question, Clarksdale badly needs urban renewal for the areas set forth previously on the ‘Priorities for Neighborhood Analyses’ map (Figure V-2).” H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efen dan ts—D irect Q. All right, sir. Right above that does it specify what is to be done under —157— the urban renewal process! A. Yes, sir. 404 “The urban renewal process, where federal assist ance is solicited, consists of the following general procedures”—and lists nine of them. Q. Well, the first one is a matter— What is the first step! A. “Designation of a specific area for urban renewal.” Q. Was thereafter that done by the City Planning Com mission? A. Yes, sir. Q. Did that include Problem Area 1 and Problem Area II? A. Yes, sir. Q. Now, let’s be certain we’ve got that exactly right. A. Actually, we worked with them on both areas. We only got started on Area I. Q. Does it include all of Area I and part of Area II? A. I believe there is part of Area I I on this; yes, sir. —158— These are two maps drawn by Michael Baker. This was the land use map of the area for urban renewal, and this is the project conditions map of the area for urban renewal, showing the conditions of the dwellings and businesses and so forth in that area of urban renewal. That’s just the location map showing that area specifi cally. Q. Is this, what I am showing you now, a location map showing the location of the Clarksdale urban renewal proj ect? A. Yes, sir. Mr. Luckett: May I introduce this in evidence, your Honor? Mr. Bell: I have no objection. The Court: You may. Let it be received and marked. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles L on g in o— fo r D efendants— D irect 405 The Deputy Clerk: This is Defendants’ Exhibit 24. (The map referred to, being a map bearing the legend “Clarksdale Urban Renewal Project Location Map”, was marked and received in evidence as Defendants’ Exhibit 24.) —159— By Mr. L u ckett: Q. Now, will yon refer back to the neighborhood analyses for problem areas—that’s the map on Page 53 and the listing on 52—and tell the Court if there is listed there the problem areas in the order of their priority for treat ment? A. Yes. Area I was the area that—on the map was the area that we actually started work with the urban renewal group, and is in this, and a portion of Area I I was included in our first urban renewal attempt. Q. Was that the area that was first recommended for treatment under the urban renewal program? A. Yes, sir. And I might add that— Q. "Was everything necessary to be done—was it done in order to qualify for the urban renewal funds and for the purchase of the property in that area and the demolition of those houses? A. We had a complete plan. Q. Was the plan approved by the federal agency which has to do with urban renewal projects? A. Yes, sir. —160— Q. Well, are you familiar with the property that we’ve been talking to as the Tuxedo Park area? A. Very much. Q. Was it included in the Area Number I as given as the most critical problem area in the City of Clarksdale? A. It was. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1985 C harles L on g in o—fo r D efen dan ts— D irect 406 Q. Was it included in the urban renewal project which called for the demolition of those houses'? A. It was. Q. Well, the property that’s just north of the jail, which the county has purchased in connection with the jail im provements—are you familiar with the location of those properties? A. Yes, sir. Q. Were those properties located in Area Number I, the most critical area? A. Yes, sir. Q. Was it also included in the project for urban renewal? A. Yes, sir. Q. Are you familiar with the property across from the jail purchased by the city? A. Yes, sir. —161— Q. Is that also included in the urban renewal project? A. It is. Q. That’s in the Critical Area Number II, is it not? A. I believe that was in Critical Area II, but was included in the urban renewal project? Q. Yes, sir. Now, there have been some purchases made by the city in what we call the Fairland-Edgefield section of the town; is that right, sir? A. Yes, sir. Q. Now, was that property in the Critical Area Number II? A. Number II. Q. Was that included in the urban renewal project that was first submitted? A. No, sir. Q. Was it scheduled for submission in the second urban renewal project? A. Yes, sir. Q. For how long did the City Planning Commission work on this project, Mr. Longino? A. We started this work —1 6 2 - back in 1958. In fact, this map on Page 53 of the book was S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 C harles L on g in o—fo r D efen dan ts—D irect 407 actually drawn in ’59 and is so shown here, and we worked on it continuously until we were stopped. Q. You were stopped by legislation? A. By legislation. Q. All right, sir. Was I on that Board at the same time? A. Yes, sir. Q. Was everything done that you know of that could have been done by the Planning Commission to bring about the cleaning up of these areas by urban renewal? A. Every thing possible. Q. Had any lawsuit been filed against the City School Board at that time ? A. I don’t think so; no. Q. In the discussions that were had up there were any racial considerations given to these matters? A. No. Q. Did these areas that have been designated for urban renewal treatment also include white residences and busi nesses? A. Businesses; commercial; yes. —163— Q. Were plans made for rehousing the people who would be displaced by that project? A. Very definitely. Q. What were those plans? A. There were two public housing areas in mind. I think the architects actually drew some plans. A group of realtors were employed to actually appraise and did appraise and even attempted to start pur chasing just about the time the Legislature stopped us. Q. That’s property on which a public housing develop ment was to be— A. Built. Q. —constructed? A. Bight. Q. Outside of the Tuxedo Park area, Mr. Longino, what is the relationship of these properties we’ve been talking about with respect to the central business district of the City of Clarksdale? A. Well, other than Tuxedo Park, there was—the main reason for the urban renewal program H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles Longino— fo r D efen dan ts—D irect 408 was that these problem areas, as we called them, were within the boundaries of what we would like to have used as the central business district. —164— Q. Is the location of this particular Federal Building here in the central business district of the town, Mr. Longino! A. Yes, sir. Q. Do you know about the condemnation that was car ried out by the federal government in order to acquire property here for the location of this building? A. Yes, sir. I was one of the realtors that worked on it. Q. Were a number of residences purchased and demol ished at that time? A. Four or five, if I remember right. Q. Whites or Negroes living in them? A. All whites, I believe. Q. All right, sir. A. There may have been— I ’ve forgotten, but I think it was all white. Q. Within a block here don’t we have a Methodist Edu cational Building? A. Yes, sir. Q. Have some buildings been bought down there and demolished within the last three or four years ? A. I think they bought three buildings to convert into a playground. —165— Q. You are a member of the Baptist Church, aren’t you? A. Yes, sir. Q. Your church is in the central business district, isn’t it? A. Yes, sir. Q. Has your church bought some property in the central business district and is it not in the process of destroying the houses? A. Yes, sir, and I want to buy a couple more if I can. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles L ongino—fo r D efen dan ts— D irect 409 Mr. Luckett: All right. Yon can take the witness. Excuse me before yon do that. May I introduce this urban renewal— The Witness: There are two different maps here. This is the project conditions map. Mr. Luckett: I would like to introduce the project conditions map under the urban renewal project, which has been identified by Mr. Longino, as Exhibit Number 25 to defendants’ testimony. The Court: You’ve seen this, haven’t you? —166— Mr. Bell: Yes. The Court: All right. Let it be received and marked. (The map referred to, being a map bearing the legend “Clarksdale Urban Renewal Project— Project Conditions Map”, was marked and re ceived in evidence as Defendants’ Exhibit 25.) The Witness: Here’s the other one, Mr. Luckett, the land use map, which was the same area of dif ferent— Mr. Bell: Your Honor, Mr. Aronson will handle the cross examination. Cross Examination by Mr. Aronson: Q. Mr. Longino, you said that—you commented in part during your testimony—you were working with them dur ing your consideration of these problem areas. Who is the “them” you referred to? A. Michael Baker was—they had sent a man in here to work with us in preparing this urban renewal program, and also the group from Atlanta, the S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efendants— C ross 410 Housing and Home group, that were going to put this —167— through for us. Q. When were they last here? A. I don’t remember when they were last here. It has been a year or so ago. Q. Did they participate with your planning group in the deannesation of certain areas that we’ve talked about and in the purchase of properties in certain areas that we talked about? A. You mean did they when they were actually purchased? No. The plans were made to purchase them — Q. Did they— A. —and we actually paid money for appraisals and so forth, but legislation stopped our urban renewal program. Q. Did they advise you with respect to deannexation or A. I don’t understand your question exactly. Q. Certain parts of the city— The city boundary was changed— A. Yes. Q. —last July? A. Right. Q Did this Baker group advise you with respect to - 1 6 8 - changing the city’s boundaries? A. We discussed the fact that our city limits did need revising with Michael Baker; yes. Q. So, I take it that one of their manners in upgrading the city is just to lop off parts that they don’t like; is that so? A. Well, I don’t know— Q. They advised you to get rid of a certain part of the city that was substandard; so, this plan for progress or growth of Clarksdale in part was pursuant to a plan where you actually shrunk the city rather than expanded it? H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1968 C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efendants— C ross 411 Is that not true? A. Well, I don’t think the city was ac tually shrunk. It was some taken in and some left out. Q. The fact remains that part of the land area of Coahoma County that was once the City of Clarksdale, after you went through the deannexation proceedings, was no longer a part of Clarksdale; is that right? A. Yeah, and I think you will find in the history of the City of Clarksdale— I can point out several areas that have been in and out of the city limits on one or more than one occasion. I have some property out here on Spruce Street, 40 acres, —169— that has been in and out of the city limits three, four or five different times. We have it back in. There’s certain time we take some out, bring some back in, for specific reasons. Q. What are some of the reasons that lead you to take it out and bring it back in ? A. Oh, there are many reasons. The fact that an area cannot be serviced economically by utilities would be a real reason for taking it out of the city limits until it could be serviced by utilities. Q. Well, could you briefly summarize for us the consider ations that would lead towards knocking a part of the land area out of the city, then bringing it back in,— A. All right. Q. —and then knocking it back out again? A. Let’s take this piece of property over here on Spruce. It is unde veloped property. It lay within an area that should be taken into the city limits. So, the city took it in. The man that was farming the area fussed completely about the fact that it would be taxed as city property rather than county prop erty. So, he finally prevailed on the city to either give him full utilities out there or take him out of the city limits and H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles Longino— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 412 S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles Longino— fo r D efendants— C ross —170— get out from under city taxes, and that was done about three different times. That’s the reason for taking it in and out—for taxation purposes. Q. All right. I see. So, in effect, then, this was negotiations between a farmer and the city? A. That specific one was; yes. Mr. Aronson: May I see the photographs, please? By Mr. Aronson-. Q. Does this area of the city that we are talking about that was owned by the farmer have a common name? Is this the Tuxedo Park area? A. No. No. This was an area called—I don’t know that it has a com mon name. I t ’s property owned by the Bobo estate. I said it was unimproved property. Q. This has always been unimproved property? A. That’s right. Q. Let me now direct your attention to the area called Tuxedo Park. A. Tuxedo Park. Right. —171— Q. I will show you Defendants’ Exhibits Number 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23. Are those reasonably familiar to you? A. Yes. I made many trips down there. Yes. Q. Now, as I understand the history of Tuxedo Park with respect to Clarksdale, this was an area where there was some testimony to the effect that there was a bad plight or plight of polio. There was an epidemic or at least several cases of polio in 1949 that followed from runoff of sewage. 413 Are you familiar with this? A. No; I ’m not familiar with that. Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, to keep the rec ord straight, I didn’t say that. There has been no body ever able to trace that polio to its source. I simply said my daughter was down there and sub jected to those unhealthy hazards. I didn’t say any body could pinpoint it, and I was the only person who was interested in that particular feature of the matter. So, that’s a peculiar personal reason I had in my interest in Tuxedo Park. Mr. Aronson: I see. Thank you. By Mr. Aronson: Q. Would you please tell the Court the considerations that led to the purchase of the homes in the Tuxedo Park —1 7 2 - area? A. Well, completely to get rid of the type property that you see there. Q. And why was Tuxedo Park chosen as opposed to other areas, other homes, within what is the Baker survey? I take it this is part of the Baker survey? A. Eight. Q. Area Number I? A. Number I ; right. Mr. Aronson: I wonder if we could have the map, please, that indicates this Area Number I. The Witness: Here it is. Mr. Aronson: I believe we have a more detailed map, which is Defendants’ Exhibit 24 or 25. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efendants— C ross 414 H ea rin g o f A p r il 8, 1965 Charles Longino—for Defendants—Cross By Mr. Aronson: Q. I show you Defendants’ Exhibit Number 25 and most particularly the area which is denominated “Urban Renewal Project”. A. Right. Q. Now, do the lines that show on this map parallel ex actly the lines that are shown in this survey? A. No. Area I was designated Problem Area Number I ; Area —173— II was designated Problem Area Number II, and so forth and so on. Then, when we got into the actual urban renewal, we took, I think, all of Area I with a small portion of Area I I to con form to this pattern. Q. Now, referring still to Area Number I, how much of the housing in Area Number I remains, if any? A. You mean on a percentage basis or— Q. Any basis that you’re able to testify to—number of homes; percentage. A. I don’t even know how many houses were bought in the over-all deal, and there were about 31 parcels of land in the Tuxedo Park and six or eight parcels, a parcel being one ownership tract of land—all but probably 25 per cent or less were bought. Q. Now, Tuxedo Park, the phrase “Tuxedo Park”, and the phrase “Problem Area Number I ” are not synonymous, are they? A. No. Q. So, you have just commented about 31 or 2 parcels in Tuxedo Park? A. Right. Q. I direct your attention to Problem Area Number 1 —174— as a whole,— A. Right. Q. —and I would ask that you tell the Court what per centage of the total home or land area, total number of 415 homes or land area, in Problem Area Number 1, including Tuxedo Park and including the rest—what percentage of or how many homes have you purchased and what percentage remains unpurchased or how many homes remain unpur chased. Put it in either terms you are best able to. A. Well, of course, you have got a difference in terms there, in land area and number of homes. Some of the homes in the area were located on very large lots; some of the commercial properties were on large lots, and you take an area like Tuxedo Park—many homes were on small lots. Number of homes, I would say, purchased—80 per cent or better; land area—I don’t know. Q. Now, the 20 per cent remaining homes—are they still inhabited, to the best of your knowledge? A. I think some of them are. I— Q. Would they be inhabited by white persons or by per sons of the Negro race? A. In this specific area? —175— Q. Yes. A. In Problem Area Number I? I think there’s all whites. There’s just three or four houses left. Q. What considerations led you to select the homes that you did for purchase and/or to condemn them— A. Well— Q. —as opposed to the homes that you did not purchase or condemn? A. Well, the difference in the condition of the homes. There was one thirty-five-thousand-dollar home in this area that’s in perfect condition. The homes that were bought—all were in a very dilapi dated condition. The ones that were not bought were not. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles L on g in o—fo r D efendants— C ross 416 Q. Is it your testimony that all of the homes that were purchased fall into the census definition of the word “dilapi dated” ? And I refer you to Page 48 under the heading “Dilapida tion and Sanitary Facilities”. A. I think if you look at that condition map we had every home that was purchased is so designated on that map. — 176— You see, in the black is the deficient structures, and those were the homes. Q. Now, we’re referring now to Defendants’ Exhibit Number 25. Is the area on Defendants’ Exhibit Number 25 which is outlined by alternate dots and dashes the area we have been referring to as Problem Area Number I? A. No. This is urban renewal area. There’s a difference in this, as you brought out while ago, in this and Problem Area Number I, to a slight degree. Q. Which is to say it includes a very small part of what was Problem Area Number II? A. Eight. Q. I f we may talk in general terms for a moment, Prob lem Area Number I and the urban renewal tract area are the same for all practical purposes? A. Basically the same. Q. Okay. A. Right. Q. Now, again going to time periods, no annexation or de annexation and no condemnation went on prior to last Ju ly ; is that right? A. You’ve got the dates better than— — 177— I don’t know that that date is exactly right. Q, Was it sometime last summer? A. When, you mean, the actual tearing down and so forth occurred? Q. Or the actual transfer of property, transfer of the S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles L on oin o— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 417 title where you purchased properties, or the actual—- A. I assume that’s about when it was; yes. Q. Now, referring specifically to this area and more par ticularly to the blocks which you have pointed out to me as being dilapidated, the legend of the map indicates they’re deficient structures. A. Eight. Q. Is that precisely synonymous with “dilapidated” in census terms? A. In my way of thinking. Q. And is your way of thinking the same as the Census Bureau? A. I don’t know thah Q. I mean: If you don’t know,— A. No; I don’t. Q. —just say that. A. I don’t. —178— Q. You show here where you purchased and where you haven’t purchased? A. On this map? No. Q. Well, you show me this as— You show here as being deficient structures. A. Eight. Q. What brought us to this map—we were talking about the number of homes you had purchased and those you hadn’t purchased— A. Eight. Q. —and what led you to purchase the ones you did— A. Eight. Q. —and not to purchase the ones you didn’t. A. Eight. Q. You indicated there is a small pocket left of homes and your testimony was that they were occupied by white persons. Let me ask you this: How do you know they’re occupied by white persons? A. Well, my office is only one block away. I go by it pretty regular. —179— Q. And you know who lives in every house? A. I think I do in that area; yes. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1966 C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efendants— Cross 418 Q. How many homes are we talking about! A. Five or six. Q. Do they have children! A. Actually, I doubt there’s a child in the ownership, the homes that are owned. I think there are some children in the area in probably some rental housing. Q. There are rental houses and there are owned houses! A. Yes. Q. Now, would you say the condition of these homes runs the scale from very good to rather poor! A. Well, you see, why I brought you to this map was the ones that are deficient structures were the ones that were bought; the ones that are white or standard structures are the ones we haven’t purchased, as I understand. Q. Oh. A. See, that’s why I brought you to this map. You asked why these were bought specifically. Q. Is every home in this area indicated by a little box! A. Every home or business or commercial enterprise. — 180— Q. In other words, every structure on the land in this area is indicated by a box! A. That is the reason for this map. Q. I see. Now, could you point to where the remaining pocket of homes is at this point, the ones that are a block from your office! A. Right in here. Q. This area here! A. Right. Q. Is this one of the houses! A. I think so. Q. Is this one! A. I ’m not sure whether those proper ties have been torn down or not, to be real honest. Those were the small rental units that I referred to. Q. Are some of them still there, do you think! A. I think so. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 419 S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 Charles Longino—for Defendants—Cross Q. All right. Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, would it be permissible to mark on this map to show which area we’re talk ing about, because it’s going to become very relevant at this point? — 181— The Court: All right. By Mr. Aronson: Q. I redirect your attention now to an area which I am going to circle and mark with an X on Defendants’ Exhibit Number 25, and I specifically direct your attention, sir, to the homes that you say—some of which are still existing and some of them are owned and some of them are rented, to the best of your knowledge. A. Right. Q. I further would like to ask you: Going back up here to the more northerly part of the map, to one, two, three, four, five standard structures,— A. Yes. Q. —are they all still there? A. Yes. Q. Okay. A. You see, these—I think these are homes, and this is industrial and commercial. Q. All right. Now, I direct your attention to the southern part of the map marked—well, there are several markings of “C”. A. That is commercial. —182— Q. I take it this is commercial? A. Right. Q. And are these still all existing? A. Yes. Q. All right. Now, I bring you further to an area which I am going to circle and mark with a Y, and I note from the legend of your map these are deficient structures. 420 Are these all taken down? A. Yes, sir. That was the area for the jail. Q. I see. Do you recall the race of the persons that occupied those homes? Let me ask you specifically: Were these homes occupied by Negroes? A. I think all of them were. There may be —there was a very mixed area there. Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, I have no further questions. The Court: Anything further with this witness? —183— Redirect Examination by Mr. Luckett: Q. There were some additional homes on there that were purchased other than the Tuxedo Park purchases, Mr. Longino. A. Were what? Q. We have referred, of course, to the Tuxedo Park pur chases and the purchases that were made across from the jail and the purchases north of the jail. As a matter of fact, we’ll say that there was a residence right there. A. Yes. Q. Do you know what we call that house? A. That’s the Ada Chapman house. Q. Has that been purchased by the City of Clarksdale? A. Yes. Q. What’s that particular structure right there? A. That’s the American Legion Hut. Q. Has that been purchased by the City of Clarksdale? A. It has. Q. Do you know wdiy they purchased that, Mr. Longino? H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 C harles Longino—fo r D efendants— R ed irect 421 A. For—our plan is for a new bridge across here in the future and for an approach to that bridge. Q. In other words, Court Street couldn’t have gone —184— through there without the purchase of that property? A. Right. Q. So, actually, there are one, two, three residences that we know of left there in that particular area? A. Those three are left; yes. Q. As private ownerships? A. Right. Q. But one of these houses is occupied; isn’t that right, sir? A. Yes. Q. Is that or is it not occupied? Is that Joe—Joe— A. Bill Ellis’s. Q. Does Bill Ellis live there? He doesn’t live there? A. No; he doesn’t live there. That’s his office. There is a home back here. Q. Is it occupied? A. I drive by these, and I know they are. This I don’t know. It’s back behind Bill’s office. I think it is occupied. I think— Q. With that possible exception, there are not over three other homes there that are left that are occupied that —185— you know of? A. Three or four; yes. Q. That you are positive? A. Right. Mr. Luckett: That’s all. The Court: Anything further with this witness? S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 C harles L ongino— f o r D efendants—-R ed irect 422 Recross Examination by Mr. Aronson: Q. I redirect your attention to the area circled and marked “X ”. Your testimony not three minutes ago was you live one block or work one block from these areas,— A. Right. Q. —from this area, that you know the homes are pres ently occupied and that they’re occupied by Negroes. A. No. Mr. Luckett: No. The Witness: No. Mr. Luckett: He didn’t— The Witness: No, sir. The Court: I didn’t so understand his testimony, Mr. Aronson. Mr. Aronson: Excuse me. I am sorry. — 186— By Mr. Aronson: Q. Would you review your testimony with respect to the houses that are circled and marked “X ”? A. That’s an area that I think— As I said, this is the street I go down. Q. I see. A. These houses I know are occupied. That’s why I told Mr. Luckett I wasn’t sure of this. These homes—I think one of them has been torn down and the others possibly are rental units. Q. All right. I ’m going to mark the three that you’re certain of as A, B— A. Now, this property may be vacant now. The lady that owned it died in the last—just a short time ago. It may be vacant—part of it, anyway. It ’s a duplex house. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efendants— R ecross 423 Q. I ’ll mark that D so as not to conflict with the C or commercial legend. Now, your testimony is that that house which we marked or which you referred to as a duplex marked “D” may or may not be occupied—-the person recently died; you’re cer tain that the properties designated now on this map as —187— “A” and “B ”—and we’re still on Defendants’ Exhibit 25— are occupied and that they’re occupied by white persons! A. Yes. Q. All right. Now, this area that’s circled and marked with an X — what— Mr. Aronson: I wonder if we might review. I think the testimony was clear on this, your Honor, at the time. I wonder if we might ask the Reporter to go back— The Court: Ask him about it and let’s see what he says now. Mr. Aronson: All right. By Mr. Aronson: Q. I direct your attention to an area which is circled and marked “X ”— A. All right. Q. —and which, according to the legend of this map, shows that it has four deficient structures and two stand ard structures. A. Yes. Q. What is your present knowledge with respect to the occupancy of these homes! A. Well, they are occupied by —1 8 8 - whites, if they are all occupied, and that’s what I testified before. B e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1966 C harles L ongino— fo r D efen dan ts—R ecro ss 424 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 Aaron Henry—for Plaintiffs—Direct Q. And if they’re occupied is it— You have no specific knowledge. What is your best guess'? Do you think they’re occupied? A. Yes. Q. And do you think they have children or there are some children? A. Yes; I think there are. Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, may I confer with counsel for one short moment? The Court: You may. Mr. Aronson: Thank you. Your Honor, we have no further questions. The Court: Anything further with this witness? Mr. Luckett: No, sir. The Court: You may stand down. May he be excused? Mr. Aronson: I don’t envision further use of Mr. Longino. The Court: Mr. Luckett? Mr. Luckett: No, sir. The Court: You are excused, Mr. Longino. Will you call your next witness for the plaintiffs? —189— Mr. Bell: Yes. Aaron Henry. A aron H en ry , a plaintiff, called by and in behalf of the plaintiffs and in his own behalf, having been first duly sworn, testified as fo llow s: Direct Examination by Mr. Bell: Q. Your name and residence? A. My name is Aaron Henry. I live at 636 Page Street, Clarksdale, Mississippi. 425 Q. How long have you lived in Clarksdale? A. I ’ve lived in Coahoma County all my life. I was born in Coa homa County. Q. That would be a period of how many years! A. Forty-two. Q. What line of work are you in! A. I ’m a pharmacist. Q. How long? A. Since 1950. Q. Are you plaintiff in this case? A. Yes. —190— Q. Are you otherwise involved in the civil rights move ment? A. Yes. I ’m President of the local branch of Y A A CP and also President of the State Conference of NAACP. Q. Would you briefly review your efforts to desegregate the Clarksdale public schools? A. Yes. At the passage of the Supreme Court decision in 1954, in the month of May, the branch worked toward getting the local School Board to comply with what had become the law of the land. We filed a petition in August of 1954 with 454 heads of families, and to this date the School Board has not answered this petition, requesting it to comply with the Supreme Court’s decision of ’54 and to be gin a method of desegregating the public schools. This took place in ’54 and we had not heard from it in August of nineteen sixty— Q. Well, do you have any indication that the first peti tion was received by the Board; and, if so, what was that indication? A. Well, yes. They never replied to us. How ever, the fact that the petition was filed—a story was car- —191— ried in the Clarksdale Press Register and the names of all of the persons who signed the petition were likewise car- B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—-for P la in tiffs— D irect 426 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron. H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect ried, and their addresses, in the Clarksdale Press Register, notifying the public this had been done and these were the people who were doing it. Q. Was there any result or any occurrence after the names were printed? A. Yes. Several of the persons who signed the petition found it necessary, because of various pressures and intimidations, to withdraw their names. Many of the persons had their—had credit denied to them at the banks because they had signed this particular petition. Several persons were— Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, unless he knows that of his own knowledge, I object to it. By Mr. B ell: Q. Do you know this of your own knowledge, Dr. Henry? A. Y es; I know it of my own knowledge. People have told me— Mr. Luckett: It is hearsay, if your Honor please, and I object. — 192— The Court: The objection is sustained. You may testify about what you know of your own knowledge, not what someone else told you. By Mr. Bell: Q. Did you make any follow-up in such a fashion on re ports of this nature that you would have personal knowl edge of some of these situations you’re telling us about? 427 A. Well, the only knowledge I would have would he reports that were filed in my office by persons who were so vic timized and, of course, the Court has ruled out— Q. I ask you whether, if there were such reports, they were made at your request as head of the branch. A. Yes; they were made at my request. I advised any person that was intimidated in any way because of participating in this action to so report. Q. And did you receive such reports? A. Yes, sir. Q. Was there another immediate effort or was there not another immediate effort made to contact the School Board? A. No. We didn’t make another effort to contact the School —1 9 3 - Board until close to the time of the school term in 1963, I think it was. Q. Well, then, let me ask you whether there was a tend ency on the part of the community to become more or less active as far as pushing for school desegregation after the first petition was printed in the newspaper. A. Yes, sir; there was. Q. Was what? A. There was less activity and action by the Negro citizens of the community to push for school desegregation after the petition was filed in 1954 and the names appeared in the newspaper and the experiences that people had because of it. Q. What did you do then? A. Well, we— Q. What was the next action that wTas taken? A. The next action, the next official action, that was taken—we filed another petitinn in 1963 with the parents of 25 chil dren, I believe, that were involved, and this was done in the form of a petition. We again petitioned the School H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 428 Board to acquiesce to the Supreme Court’s decision of 1954 and begin a plan of desegregation of the public schools, and this petition had no reply either except it was—it became —194— a newspaper article and the names of the parents and the children that were involved here were likewise published. Q. And am I correct that then this suit was filed after that petition was filed! A. Well, after the petition was filed—and we asked for a reply within a specific amount of time, and, as I recall, no reply came from the Board, and then through my office we petitioned the Legal Defense Fund of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, NAACP, to institute a suit in our behalf to desegregate the public schools. Q. Well, now, in addition to your efforts to desegregate the public schools, have you or have you not been involved in any other desegregation efforts in the Clarksdale area; and, if so, what is the present status of those efforts as to other facilities! A. Well, yes. The local branch has filed suit against the city and the county to desegregate the courtrooms, to desegregate the rest rooms in the court rooms, to desegregate the public parks, the playgrounds, the swimming pools, the hospitals, the library. That was taken in the name of J . D. Rayford and H. Y. Hackett, and —195— after the passage of the Supreme Court—after the passage of the Civil Rights Bill of 1964, the local branch participated in an effort to desegregate privately owned public facilities. Q. Can you give us the current status of these efforts! What has been changed, if anything! A. The motion that was filed by Hackett and Rayford—this particular case has not been resolved. It’s in this Court. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 196S A aron H en ry—-for P la in tiffs—D irect 429 Q. What case was that? A. That’s Hackett and Rayford versus Coahoma— Q. I mean: Involving what? A. Involving the desegre gation of the courtrooms, rest rooms in courtrooms, play grounds, swimming pools, parks, hospitals and the library. Q. Can you tell us whether there has been any change? Have any of these facilities been, in fact, desegregated? A. Yes. The Carnegie Public Library has desegregated. Of course, they have taken all the chairs out. Mr. Luckett: If the Court please,— Mr. Maynard: If the Court please,— —196— Mr. Luckett : —we object— Mr. Maynard: —we object. Mr. Luckett: —to any testimony— Mr. Maynard: This has nothing to do with the question— The Court: Wait just a minute. One at a time, gentlemen. Mr. Maynard: I thought I was first, but go ahead. Mr. Luckett: Go ahead. On behalf of the City School Board, we object to any testimony about the desegregation or the situa tion with reference to courtrooms, either in the county or the city, or the library or the hospital or what-not. We don’t think it’s pertinent to this par ticular problem as to how we have drawn the school lines of the City of Clarksdale and whether we have taken race into consideration. The Court: Mr. Bell. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 430 Mr. Bell: As you know, your Honor— Mr. Maynard: Wait just one moment. Mr. B ell: All right. Mr. Maynard: On behalf of the City of Clarks- dale, we object, your Honor, to bringing in through this person the city’s integration question with refer- —197— ence to the City Hall, the library and the various other city facilities. We see that it has nothing to do with the question now before the Court. The Court: What bearing does that have on this case, Mr. Bell? Mr. Bell: This, your Honor: Not only are we con cerned with the aspect of the plan bearing on the zone lines; we are also concerned with the aspect of the plan concerning the speed and, as the courts have said many times, each case has to be decided on its own facts with reference to such matters as the speed at which the plan should continue, and in this regard generally the other community situation is observed to determine what kind of progress has been made in desegregating other facilities. We’re in an area where all public facilities have been desegregated except the schools. Perhaps a dif ferent standard as far as speed is required than in an area where absolutely nothing has been desegre gated and the schools are the first thing, and for that reason I think it’s helpful to have some background —and I wasn’t going to dwell on it—as to just where we are in Clarksdale today. The Court: I frankly can’t see how this has any bearing on this case. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C olloquy H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 Colloquy —198— Mr. Bell: Well, the only justification for going at a grade a year rather than desegregating the schools entirely is that going at this slow pace there’s better able to be an adjustment by the community, by the schools, as to what is going on. We always disagree with this, but nevertheless we wind up with it each time. Now, by— The Court: You actually, according to that the ory, are trying to get into the record of this case evidence that would tend to slow down the pace of desegregation of schools, aren’t you? Mr. B ell: Not over-all, your Honor. I think if you will let me tie it up we’ll show that the situation in Clarksdale is such that unless all grades are or dered desegregated—the situation is such that at least all pupils in all grades who seek desegregated educations should be able to get them and, as I say, I think that very shortly— The Court: What the status of these other facili ties might be or might have been with respect to desegregation or segregation would not, I can assure you, have any bearing on my disposition of this case or the speed by which the system will be required to desegregate. —199— Mr. Bell: Well, I would like to, unless you’re go ing to sustain the objection to it, get in the record the facts as to the present status of desegregation, if I may. The Court: You still haven’t convinced me that it has any relevance. 432 I ’d like for you to try again, because I don’t want to foreclose you. I want you to make a perfectly ade quate record. Mr. Bell: Well, I think that what we’re going to try to do here is to show that the desegregation of any public facilities in the City of Clarksdale has not come easy, that those who have sought to obtain desegregation of these facilities have not had an easy time, and that this will bear on this particular plan in regards to possible alternatives to the plan as it is presently drawn. In other words, if this plan is not going to be approved and we can show the zone lines as drawn by the Board cannot be the sole basis on which desegregation is obtained, then we turn to the question as to how persons seeking desegregated educations are to obtain them, and if we follow some of the current precedents it would be on the basis of, “Well, we’ll allow those in a certain number of grades to obtain desegregated educations upon request,” and — 200— the thrust of a part of this testimony that we’re try ing to put on now is to the effect that in the area of Clarksdale the number of such persons is likely to be very small based on (1) the general condition of Negroes in the community and (2) the pressures generally placed on those who seek to make change in this particular area, civil rights. The Court: I frankly can’t see how it has any bearing on the issues in this case and the problems that will be placed in the lap of this Court when this hearing is concluded, but you may go ahead and develop your record. H ea rin g o f A p r il 8, 1966 C olloquy 433 But let’s get on to— Mr. B ell: All right, your Honor. The question you were answering was what was the status, which facilities are open, and I think you were talking about or starting to talk about the courtrooms. The "Witness: Yes. The courtrooms, both city and county, are now desegregated. Negroes can sit anywhere they want to in the courtrooms. Of course, the rest rooms in the courthouse are still segregated. The— By Mr. B ell: Q. How about the pools? A. The pools are closed. No- — 201- body can use them. Q. You told us— A. The pools were closed last year. I don’t know whether they will be open this year or not. The Court: What is this you are talking about? The Witness: Public playgrounds; swimming pools. The Court: Swimming pools? The Witness: Yes, sir. By Mr. Bell: Q. How about the hospital? You were about to tell us something about that. A. Yes. The waiting room at the hospital has been desegregated, except they moved the chairs out and nobody is able to sit down while they are waiting in the hospital. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 434 Q. I ’ll ask you whether or not, Dr. Henry, you come in contact both in your drugstore and in your civil rights ac tivity with a sizable percentage of the Negroes in the Clarksdale community. A. Yes, sir. Q. Are you familiar with the type of work they do, the type of jobs they hold? A. Yes, sir. A great majority of the people who live, Negro people — 202— who live, in the community of Clarksdale are pretty much agrarian employed. They’re day laborers in the plantation, in the farm system. A great majority of the people who live in Coahoma County live out in the rural area, and hence they are em ployed in the area of farming. Q. How about—A. Some are employed, however, in the industrial plants. The Cooper Tire and Rubber Company has Negroes em ployed. American Hardware, Stephens-Adamson and the new Tarizan plant all have some Negroes employed. But, by and large, the great majority of the Negroes who are employed are employed either in the service industry as maids, in the homes, or as laborers or as farm workers. Q. Tell us, if you know, from your own knowledge, the average salaries that these people make in these different lines of work. Mr. Duckett: If the Court please, I just submit that’s going much too far afield and I can’t see why we should have to take— The Court: I ’m concerned— Mr. Duckett: —that sort of record on— R e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs—-Direct —203— 435 The Court: I ’m concerned, Mr. Bell, with the length of time we are spending on this case already. The morning’s activity developed rather slowly, it seemed to me. Mr. Bell: Yes, your Honor, and there are only a few questions along this line. I promise I ’m not go ing to take a long period of time. It ’s just a quick summary. The Court: How much more evidence do you an ticipate that you have? Mr. Bell: After this witness,—I have only 10 or 12 more questions for him—-I have two expert wit nesses, whose testimony would probably take per haps 30 minutes apiece, and then I, of course, would have to put on the Superintendent again in view of the problems we had on the deposition and review that material, plus a few questions of the Chairman of the Board, and that would be our case. The Court: What does the income of people have to do— Mr. B ell: It gets back— The Court: —with whether they will be permitted to attend a desegregated school or not? Mr. Bell: Well, the problem is that we want to show here or to prepare here—of course, it’s not go- —204— ing to have any relevance if this Court is going to find that the plan of the Board is proper and meets all of the requirements, and that’s it— The Court: I don’t know what I ’m going to find. Mr. Bell: That’s correct, and we don’t know either, and it’s for that reason that we’re trying to prepare S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 C olloquy 436 the record in such a way that we’re able to argue to the Court (1) that the Clarksdale Board should be required to draw up a new set of zones and assign everyone according to those zones, but a group of fairly drawn zones, and that because of the status of Negroes in this community that providing them as an alternative to the plan that the Board has sub mitted with the type of desegregation plan which has been approved in other sections will not be providing them with a desegregation plan at all because their status in the community as far as the economic sit uation and all is concerned is just so poor and the opposition to desegregation generally is so great that there will be no choice and there will in all likeli hood, based on everything we know, be no desegrega tion. So, while it may seem far afield, it’s very, very vital to our case to establish—and we’re doing this all over because of the problems that we have with this freedom of choice type of plan that the courts — 205- over our objections have been approving—that in many areas, particularly in a small community,— sometimes in large residential, large urban communi ties the situation is a little better, but in a small com munity such as Clarksdale—where the Negroes par ticularly have just come in from the farms, only a few of them have jobs earning any kind of money at all, that their status is just very, very tenuous and that they do not have the kind of economic or any other kind of background, organization or what have you that would enable them to, with propriety, exercise a freedom of choice to go to a desegregated H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 Colloquy 437 school if this is the kind of desegregation plan that is approved. So, it kind of leads into the argument that we would make at the end of the testimony: (1) That the Board has maintained all along that they are opposed to transfers, that they want to assign people because this is the orderly way, and we are in agree ment that this is the way it should be done. However, we don’t think that the lines they have drawn here are effective either in meeting the requirements of the Supreme Court as far as desegregation is con cerned or of meeting the requirements as far as edu cational standards for drawing zones are concerned. Now, assuming we are able to convince you of this, —206— we are arguing that or will argue that the Board should be required to draw a new set of zones that do meet the constitutional standards and do meet the constitutional standards, and the reason we’re arguing they should have to be required to file this new set of zones is because the freedom of choice type of operation that has been approved in other areas will not bring about desegregation here. The Court: Timewise, I think we will gain by letting you go ahead. You may do so. Mr. Bell: I was asking you, if you know, if you could give us a little idea what Negroes actually earn per week or per day and some of the types of work. The Witness: Well, the salaries range greatly. In the better paid positions of school teachers and factory workers, from four to $5,000 a year, and per haps less or more; but the great bulk of the people S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 C olloquy 438 employed in the service industries earn from fifteen to $20 a week as maids and as cooks and this type of thing, and the day laborers in actually the area of employment where a majority of our people are em ployed—this work finds itself available only during cotton picking and cotton chopping. Of course, cotton chopping starts about perhaps the middle of April or mavbe the first of May and lasts maybe —207— through June. I think last year they paid two to three dollars a day for this particular kind of work, and, of course, all people who go to the fields make the same money. Cotton picking starts about the middle of August and perhaps lasts through Novem ber or to November, and they pay from two to three dollars per hundred for picking the cotton, and, of course, the average person would earn about, say, anywhere from three to nine dollars a day, depend ing on the amount he would pick. By Mr. B ell: Q. Now, we’ve had a lot of discussion about housing con ditions in the City of Clarksdale. Would you just give us a quick summary of the nature and location of Negro hous ing in the City of Clarksdale? A. Well, we have a method of designating houses a little bit different than the technical terms the Court has been using. We have an area called the upper brickyard where the Negroes live, the brickyard, the roundyard and Riverton. Q. Now, where are these locations? A. I can come down to the map and show you. The Court: You may step down. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H enry— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 439 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect —208— By Mr. Bell: Q. Now, you are looking at a copy of the map that was introduced in the earlier trial which shows the City of Clarksdale and all of the school zones on the map, and I point to the Illinois Central Railroad track that bisects the town and ask you whether Negroes live generally to the north of that line— A. To the south. Q. -—or to the south. A. To the south; yes. Q. Now, in terms of the various zones that are the ele mentary zones that are written in brown crayon, would you indicate these various locations where most of the Negroes live? A. Yes. This beginning here is what we call the upper brickyard. Negroes live in this area. Q. Now, would that be in Zone E-l-A? A. That’s in Zone E-l-A. Also, Negroes live in what is called the brickyard area. This is in Zone E-l-A and Zone E-l-B. This— —209— Q. Okay. A. In both. Q. Yes. A. This, the brickyard, is divided into both of these areas. Q. I see. A. And in what we call the roundvard area, which is Thirteenth—well, really, it begins up at 61 high way and it takes in Eighth—rather, it takes in Tenth, Eleventh, Twelfth, Thirteenth and all the way through Eighteenth Street, where the new Booker Washington, the new George—no—-Booker T. Washington School is down here, because this is Zone E-2-A. And there are Negroes who live in the Riverton area, which is Zone E-2-B. 440 Q. Now, tell us a little bit about the nature of the hous ing for Negroes in all of these areas. A. Well, it ranges from very poor to pretty good. There are several areas in what we call the downtown area, which is this area here, that has houses— Of course, I ’m referring to along the Ashton line. Of course, Commerce runs perpendicular to Ashton, just off Fourth Street. Q. This is in the eastern end of Zone E-2-B ; is that —210— correct? A. No. E-2-A. Q. Oh, in E-2-A. A. E-2-A. Q. I see. A. There is another area in E-2-A—that’s just behind the First Baptist Church—that’s called Oil Mill Al ley, which is just as dilapidated as anything they have in Tuxedo Junction or other communities that have been con demned. Q. Is this the Tuxedo Park"? A. Park. Yes. Q. Are you familiar with the houses located in that area? A. Yes. Q. Are you also familiar with the houses located out along northeast Second that were deannexed? A. Yes. Q. Now, indicate whether or not, in your opinion, some of the housing in these areas that you are mentioning now was of equal— A. In my opinion, equally poor, the only — 211- difference being that these houses have plumbing inside and the ones that were testified today had no inside plumbing. Q. Now, before you retake the stand, I will ask you if you are familiar at all with some of the areas north of the Illinois Central tracks which are designated here in the R e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs—-D irect 441 eelmentary zones as E-3-A, E-4-A, A-4-B and E-4-C and ask you whether or not you know any Negroes who are liv ing in those areas at the present time. A. I don’t know of any. That does not say exactly they are not, but I am not familiar with any Negroes living in those areas. Q. Do you know whether or not, looking at particularly Zone E-4-B and E-4-C—do you know whether or not Ne groes have sought to move into those areas at all! A. I doubt it. I don’t know, but I feel almost positive no Negroes have tried to move into those areas. Q. Now, what would be the basis of that? A. Well, the mores, the customs of segregation in housing, that whites, white people, live in one area, the Negroes live in another. Q. Do you know of any laws or anything that require Negroes to live in one section or another? A. No; I don’t know of a law, of ourse. —212— I would feel that most of us believe that there are laws that would prevent Negroes from living there. I don’t know. Well, this is—the segregation laws of the state have been of such a nature that they have kept Negroes and whites separated as such, so that we would feel that there are, if there are not. I have heard testimony today there were not. Maybe in tegrated housing will be one of our new projects of the NAACP. Q. Okay. I ’ll ask you the basis for your own participation in the school desegregation suit, Dr. Henry. A. Well, my daugh ter, Rebecca, is growing up, and it is my feeling that the educational qualifications in what has been classified as the H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 442 white school system offers advantages over what is the Negro school system, and I think that this follows through the entire segregated school system of the state, that the facilities for Negroes are inferior to those for whites. Q. I ask yon also whether or not you are familiar with the Jackson desegregation plan, which is generally referred — 213— to as a freedom of choice plan. A. Yes; I ’m familiar with it. Q.Now, based on your knowledge of the situation, par ticularly as far as Negroes are concerned in the City of Clarksdale, would you indicate whether or not a similar type of plan would bring about a great deal or a little desegregation in the Clarksdale area! A. Not not; not with the present set of conditions under which we operate. Q. Would you explain your answer on that! A. Yes. In the Jackson community there are factors that are not present here. Number 1, you have a larger community and a larger number of Negroes that could possibly participate. You have a higher medium income of the Negro com munity in Jackson than you have here. There are these factors, too: You have a Chamber of Commerce in Jackson that have appealed to the community to accept the desegre gation of the schools, as citizens ought, because this is the law of the land. We have a woman’s group, who are a group of in terested citizens outside the Chamber of Commerce, — 214— called the Save Our Schools Committee that is working toward acceptance of desegregation in public schools without difficulty. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 443 We have none of those factors going for ns here. The business community has not taken a stand as far as school desegregation is concerned for compliance of the law. We have no citizens unit organized particu larly among the responsible white citizens to help pro mote an acceptance of the law, and these are two factors that I think would be very necessary before we could have any kind of results with a public—rather, with a freedom of choice plan that is in vogue in Jack- son now. Mr. Bell: Just one second, please. No further questions. The Court: Reserve your cross examination until after the noon recess. Court is in recess until 20 minutes of four. (Thereupon, at 3:21 p. m., a 19-minute recess was taken.) The Court: You may be seated. — 215- Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett: Q. Dr. Henry, I ’m confused about these statements. The last statement you made, as I understood it, was that if freedom of choice were given to the children of Clarksdale to attend any school in the school district there would be very few Negro children who would attend, we’ll say, schools north of the railroad. A. Would be very few Negro children; yes. Q. That’s right. And yet you said in the beginning of your testimony in 1955 a petition was filed bearing five hundred and some odd names— A. No. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 444 Q. —for the desegregation— A. Four hundred and fifty-four. Q. —454 names for the desegregation of the school sys tem. The Court: I understood him to say that it was in 1954. The Witness: Fifty-four. Mr. Luckett: Fifty-five. The Court: Fifty-four, wasn’t it? —216— The Witness: It might have been ’54. Fifty-four or ’55, Mr. Luckett: I think I have a copy of it. It was August the 1st, 1955. By Mr. Luckett: Q. I take it those people wanted to have desegregated school facilities here in Clarksdale? A. Yes, but the reac tion of the community was so adverse it caused many people to fall out. Q. And you don’t think they are of the same opinion at this present time? A. I think they are of the same opin ion, but the intimidations and economic reprisals we have been subjected to have caused many people not to continue. Q. I see. You are, as you told the Court, the father of one of the plaintiffs in the lawsuit? A. Yes, sir. Q. Does your child go to a public school? A. No. She goes to a parochial school. Q. Has she always gone to a private school? A. Yes. Q. I take it, then, you don’t question the right of any - 2 1 7 - parent to send his child to a private school ? H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r Plaintiff's— C ross 445 Mr. Bell: Well, I don’t know— What is the relevance of that? I think— The Court: Now, counsel, it is customary in this Court if you have an objection to state it to the Court and not make remarks to counsel. Mr. Bell: I ’m sorry, your Honor. I was trying to say I object to the question as not relevant. The Court: The objection is overruled. The Witness: No; I don’t question that right. By Mr. Luckett: Q. You’ve also told about some substandard housing south of the railroad track,—I think in Commerce Alley or some place like that, which is substandard and probably un fit, really— A. Sure. Q. —for human habitation, is it not? A. That’s true, but it’s still there. Q. Don’t you think it ought to be condemned and done away with? A. Yes. —218— Q. So, you agree with slum clearance in theory, do you not? A. Yes. I object to it when it is done to extract citizens of one race from one particular section of town. Q. Well, in theory, though, you do approve of the con demnation of unfit dwellings? A. Yes, in theory. Q. Did you— A. However, the practice—the reason for which it is done many times could alter that. Q. I see. It all depends upon where the unfit habitation is—if it’s in a white neighborhood, you are not in favor of having it H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 446 condemned; but if it is in the Negro neighborhood you are in favor of having it condemned? A. No. That is not the issue. The issue here appears to me to be the housing that was removed— S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross The Court: Now, he didn’t ask you about the is sue. He asked you about your views. The Witness: There are circumstances that alter cases, and the circumstances that are involved here —219— would cause me to think differently, one way one time and another way another time. Q. Had these houses in Tuxedo Park been south of the railroad track, you would have had no objection whatso ever to their destruction? A. No. Q. Is that right? A. That’s right. Q. Do you question the right of Mr. Kantor to sell his property to whomsoever he chooses? The Court: Now, wTho is this, Mr. Luckett? Mr. Luckett: He’s an owner of one of the pieces of property and one of the witnesses summoned by the plaintiff. The Witness: Well— Mr. Luckett: I don’t know which particular prop erty, but some particular property that was involved in one of these purchases that are being criticized. The Witness: I think there are times when a per son owns public property, a public business—that there are situations where he may not choose his customers, that he must sell to anybody, that he may not be discriminatory in that regard. 447 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross —220— By Mr. Luckett: Q. Insofar1 as this particular house is concerned, it was rented to Negro tenants in the City of Clarksdale—and we have no law about open occupancy in this state that I know of. Do you question Mr. Kantor’s right to sell that property to whomsoever he chooses? A. Well, I don’t know about the law you mentioned, whether we have an open occupancy law or not. I ’m not sure. Q. But do you question his right to sell his house? A. Yes. Q. You do? A. Yes. Q. On what ground? A. On the theory that a man may not discriminate in disposing of property in many instances where this is legal and, of course, there are some instances where there is a moral question. I do think in the disposition of property that one should not be able to discriminate because of race or color to whom he sells it or to whom he does not sell it. If he puts it on the market, he should sell it to whomsoever wishes to pur chase it. Therefore, I do believe there are times when a - 221- man may not sell his property to a person of his choice. Q. Well, in this particular instance it was sold to the City of Clarksdale. Do you question his right to sell it to the City of Clarks dale? The City of Clarksdale doesn’t have a race. Mr. Bell: I don’t think— Excuse me, your Honor. 448 I object. I don’t think there’s any testimony on direct re garding Dr. Henry’s disagreement with the right of any real estate person to sell the property to the City of Clarksdale. I think—I ’m a little confused, and I think the wit ness in his responses may be somewhat confused also. The Court: We’ve opened up an awfully wide field at your insistence. Mr. B e ll: All right, your Honor. The Court: Therefore, the objection is overruled. The Witness: No. I think selling it to the city is all right. —222— By Mr. Puckett: Q. Do you think the county had the right to buy the property next to the jail? A. Yeah. Q. Suppose I told you that there were Negroes living in this area right in here. Would you be surprised? A. What’s the street designations? Q, Well, it’s on School Street. Do you know where School Street is? A. Yes. I t ’s in the Hillcrest area. Q. You’d be surprised? A. No. I suppose there are some. Frankly, I was surprised to see where some Negroes are living on Cypress Street, and I ’m not too sure of their grade levels, but they are assigned to Myrtle Hall School and Cypress is in the heart of Oakhurst. Q. Are they in the first or second grade? A. I ’m not sure, but I know they are not assigned to the school nearest their home. R e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 449 Q. Do you understand the plan requires any assignment other than the first or second graders? A. No; I don’t understand the plan does. Of course, you are speaking generally about where Ne- —223— groes live and I don’t think the Negroes you are talking about are first or second graders. Q. Well, I just asked you— You told your attorney on direct examination that no Negroes lived in this section of town. A. I object to your use of the word “niggers”. Q. I didn’t say “niggers”. I said “Negroes”. A. Well, I ’m sorry. Q. I never used that word, neither before 1954 or since. A. Well, it sounded like you were saying “nigger”. Q. Well, you have put those phonetics on that. I did not. A. All right. Q. Does that clear it up? A. Would you repeat the ques tion? Q. I understood you to tell your attorney that no Ne groes— A. Thank you. Q. —lived in that section of Clarksdale. A. I didn’t say definitely. I said I would be surprised to learn if they were. Q. All right. —2 2 4 - Do you know that some Negroes live in this section of Clarksdale known as Zone E-3-A? A. I suppose they are. There were Negroes living in each zone in the first and second grade when the plan was presented to the Court, but by the time school opened they had all be moved out. So, the fact Negroes live there now has no bearing on where they will be when it comes down to the time to go to school. Q. I am talking about as of today. B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 450 Do yon know Negroes do live in this particular zone? A. There probably are, Mr. Luckett, Negroes living there, but what’s going to be the question when the school desegrega tion plan— The Court: Now’ we’ve had enough of this. Let’s don’t have any more arguments between counsel and the witness. Answer the questions, and if you want to explain you’ll be given an opportunity to. By Mr. Lu ckett: Q. Now, Riverton is what we call a mixed neighborhood, is it not? A. Yes. —225— Q. At least half of the area over there is occupied by dwellings where white people live? A. That’s right. Q. And about half of the area, although a great propor tion, is occupied by dwellings where Negroes live? A. Yes. Q. They live there in peace and harmony, do they not? A. Well, it depends on what you mean by “peace”. Q. Well, that’s semantics. I thought everybody knew what “peace and harmony” meant. Well, this Zone E-l-A, that is, upon the southeasterly part of town, is what you’d call a mixed area, is it not? A. What are the street designations? Q. Well, there are any number of streets in there. A. If you could name a few, I ’d know the neighborhood you are talking about. Q. Well, part of it is Cooper Tire and Rubber Company. A. I know where that is ; yes. Q. But that is a mixed neighborhood, is it not? A. Yes. B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 451 S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross — 226— Q. As a matter of fact, there are mixed neighborhoods all throughout this southerly part of Clarksdale, are there not? A. To some degree. To a minor degree. Q. Is it not the position of the plaintiffs in this case that the key to meaningful desegregation is a nondiscriminatory drafting of uniracial school zone lines? Mr. Bell: Now, we object to that. The Witness: I ’m not going to get trapped into that one. I don’t know. Mr. Bell: We object to that question as being a legal issue for the Court to resolve. The witness wouldn’t know. The Court: The objection is sustained. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Well, are you familiar with the complaint in the case? A. I ’m familiar with the complaint that the school system in Clarksdale is segregated and we’re trying to desegregate it, if that’s what you mean. Q. Are you familiar with the complaint that you filed on behalf of your child and others in this particular ease that we’re hearing today? A. Yes. — 227— Q. Don’t you know that your prayer is for the drawing of these unified zone lines? Mr. B ell: Now, we make the same objection, your Honor. I don’t think he has to be intimately familiar with the— 452 The Court: The objection is sustained. The Court knows, of course, that the complaint was drawn by the attorneys and not by this witness. Mr. Luckett: That’s all, your Honor. The Court: Anything further with this witness? Mr. Bell: No further questions, your Honor. The Court: You may stand down. The Witness: Thank you. The Court: Will you call your next witness, please? Mr. Bell: Reginald Neuwien. He’s in the plaintiffs’ witness room. The Court: How do you spell this witness’s name, Mr. Bell? Mr. B ell: I believe it’s N-e-u-w-i-e-n. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 196S R eg in a ld N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect —228— R eginald Neu w ien , a w itness called by and in behalf of the plaintiffs, having been first duly sworn, testified as fo llow s: Direct Examination by Mr. B e ll : Q. Would you state your full name, please? A. Regi nald Neuwien. Q. Would you spell the last name? A. N-e-u-w-i-e-n. Q. Your residence, Mr. Neuwien? A. I live at 2000 East Jefferson Boulevard, South Bend, Indiana. Q. What is your occupation? A. My occupation is edu cational research. At the present time I ’m the director of a study of the Catholic schools in the United States, based at the Univer sity of Notre Dame. Q. What is your background in education? 453 What experience in this field have you had—jobs, other surveys and so forth! A. I ’ve been in public education for 36 years, and the last 13 years of my work directly in the public schools. 1 was Superintendent of the Public Schools in Stamford, —229— Connecticut, and following that I worked at the Educational Research Council of Greater Cleveland in Cleveland, Ohio, and I have been for three years m my present position. In the Educational Research Council my work was Direc tor of Administrative Research, and in a strong fashion I worked as adviser to school superintendents, and I com pleted 15 school system surveys of the schools in the northern Ohio area. Q. What did these surveys involve! What was the nature of your work there, just briefly! A. There were two types of surveys. The first type was a study of the future needs of an individual school system, and these in our jargon are referred to as projection stud ies. They were done for a future 10-year period in terms of the financing, building and staffing needs of the school systems, and then an expansion of that same kind of work is referred to as an evaluative approach to survey, and this was evaluating the quality of the educational program and the effectiveness of the school operation. Q. Would you indicate whether or not the work you did —230— and have just described is similar to the work that you have been requested by the plaintiffs to do with regard to the Clarksdale school system! A. I think that the same kinds of skills are necessary. Q. How about your current work! Would you just give us a brief summary of the work in which you are presently S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 454 involved and indicate whether or not there are also con nections between that work and the work yon have been asked to do by the plaintiffs? A. The survey or study of Catholic education, which is the title of the program for which I am now the director at the university, is an attempt to get fundamental statistical data about each of the Catho lic elementary and secondary schools in the United States. There are approximately 13,000 elementary schools and some 2400 secondary schools, and they are located in 145 diocese covering the entire country, and in this work we are doing a national survey which will produce a profile of these schools, what they are and whom they serve and who staffs them and the kind of training and background the staff people have; and then we also have done depth studies in 13 of the 145 diocese where we have gone in and visited —231— with the schools and conducted a large number of activities which are really evaluative in character. Q. Do you supervise a staff of some sort in this work! A. Yes. I have a full-time staff, which has changed because I needed specialists at various times. I didn’t need—I had at one time four sociologists, and we didn’t need four soci ologists for three years. So, the staff has changed, and there have been as many as 10 full-time people, and then we use specialists for special problems. Q. What will be the results of this study? Will there be a book— A. Yes. Q. —or any kind of publication? A. We’re getting ready for our first publication now7. We hope we’re going to publish in the middle of June. Q. Now, would you review for the Court the background and the preparation that you have made as far as the S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 19GB R egin ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 455 Clarksdale school system is concerned for the testimony we’re asking you to give today? A. Well, I was—while I worked in Cleveland at the Educational Eesearch Council one of my associates there, who was Director of Basic Ee search, is Dr. Myron Lieberman, who is now at Ehode —2 3 2 - Island State College, and he approached me . some two months ago—more than that probably—and wondered if I would be willing to consider rendering this kind of service here, and I was then approached by your organization, and I accepted the opportunity and I came here early in Febru ary and spent one day, which had been preceded by a study of the first interrogatory results, and also preceded by a study of the maps of the Clarksdale school district with school identifications and other information that was made available through your office, and then I spent a day here viewing the Clarksdale schools from the outside and getting- some idea of the location and the relationships of these schools one to another, and so that it was not just a matter of reading about what went on, and then I have had the results of the second interrogatory and I have spent time and study on them, for about a total of 60 work hours is my rough estimate. Q. Would you give us an idea of what familiarity you have developed with the Board’s program, particularly as it relates to the school zone lines and the general desegrega tion plan that was submitted, as a result of study and ob servations that you have made? A. Well, I mean the first opportunity for a judgment that I had was in terms of the - 2 3 3 - plan which was originally proposed and drawn up in the form of the new district lines, and then also the fact that H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 456 while the new district lines were drawn the program, in order to effect desegregation, was not effective, and the study also indicated that there would be a possibility, it seemed, from the information and knowledge that I have been able to gain, which has some limitation certainly, hut nevertheless against that kind of a background it seemed, that some maybe rethinking of the redistricting or a redis tricting plan might prove more effective in its results. Q. Well, now, in reaching these conclusions, would you make reference in some detail to the various facts and data that you reviewed with reference to zone lines, how they were drawn, and feeling free to come to the map where we have all of the school zone lines located? A. Well, I would point out that, first of all, there are certain general princi ples which I would believe, from my own experience and from my own activity, might have an effect on an original districting of any school district, whether it were redistrict ing or whether it were a projection into the future, and some of the basic principles are that in dividing the school district there would have to be clearer and basic informa- -—234— tion, which I would assume would be in the hands of the School Board and the school administration, about the total, over-all population, what the kind of mobility there is exist ing in the community, movement in and out, the migration, in-migration, what the birth rates are and have been in the past, so projections could be made about how many young sters are going to be available for school five years or six years from now, and these would be population studies. Then some of the other basic principles are that in—for example, that in the location of the school—I mean such as S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien— f o r P la in tiffs -—D irect 457 a school located in E-2-A—that means it’s what I would re fer to as a perimeter location, so that— Q. How would you define that? A. Well, it’s on the edge of the school district, so that its service value has to extend a great distance away from a school in order to effectively use the capacity of the school. In other words, it does not draw from—if we were to organize a district and indicate it by a complete circle, a school which is a perimeter school —it would be on the—cutting across the diameter of the circle. Q. Let me ask you whether or not your comments now are indicating that there would be additional problems in draw- —235— ing zone lines given the fact that the schools are already in definite locations and can’t be moved. A. I mean this makes any kind of redistricting that much more difficult. Q. Could you review where the schools are presently lo cated in the Clarksdale system and comment on why they were located there, as far as you can see, based on the study you have made? A. Well, no place in the study that I have made could I determine why the schools were actually placed where they were. I mean I could only relate them to what seems to be the district which they’re aimed at serv ing, and, for example, the Oliver School, which is in Zone E-l-A, serves a district again working up away from the school, and this is pretty close to a perimeter school as far as the school district boundaries are concerned. Q. But it becomes—is this correct—a perimeter school by reason of the way the zone lines are presently drawn? Is that correct? A. That’s correct. However, in this particular instance, as in the other, Booker T. Washington School, in 2-A, they’re there, and the placement of the school is on the perimeter, and there isn’t much that can S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1985 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 458 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in ald N em vien—f o r P la in tiffs— D irect — 236— be done about these isolated instances of redrawing a dis trict line in order to get the school nearer to the youngsters, and, so, this is an accomplished fact. Q. You were telling us about, I guess, some of the criteria that would be involved or some of the facts that you would have to gather for drawing school zone lines. Would you indicate, assuming you have all the informa tion, the criteria that are generally accepted in determin ing where school zone lines should be drawn? A. I wouldn’t mind doing that, but it doesn’t seem to me this would be, you know, particularly helpful at this point, be cause I mean we have now an accomplished fact, and that is the location of schools. Q. Well, I ’m—• A. So, there might be some re-evalua tion of the district lines to accomplish the purpose which was set out and attempted in this drawing of district lines. Q. I ’m thinking in terms of criteria for zoning a system where, as here, there’s a requirement that there be new zones and where, as here, the schools are already in their present locations. A. I think it would just be a review of the district lines drawn as they are here in these new ele- — 237— mentary districts and then making some attempt to mini mize the location of the schools by redrawing lines based on good population studies. Now, I don’t have the background of specific population studies in this particular community. I mean all I could indicate would be that there might be some investigation of other district lines than these and the basis for that be ing that this redistricting didn’t seem to effect its purpose. Q. Well, let me ask you this: Starting just from an edu 459 cational standpoint, would you tell the Court whether or not in your review and study of these zone lines you found that they did or did not meet the generally accepted criteria for school zone lines? A. Well, I think the criteria again would have to he altered within the circumstances with which you are dealing, and the criteria of locating schools or drawing districts so that the schools can best serve the pupil population, so that, if we’re talking about general principles, the general principles here have not been met. Q. In what regards have they not been met? A. Well, for example, the greater number of the youngsters going —238— to this school are— Q. Which school zone is that? A. This is E-2-A, and that’s Booker T. Washington School location, and the dis trict runs from this line all the way down to the school, and, so, it draws its entire enrollment from a northerly direction. Now, ideally, without taking into account the existing land usage, ideally, if this were to be the district, the school would be located as close to the center of the district as possible to make the travel time of youngsters as short as possible in getting to the school. Q. Would that be also true as to Zone E-l-A, for example, or— A. Yes. The same principle would work here. I mean if this is an evenly—we have a land usage here which is very obvious and that a school could not be located in that area, but if the school is to serve this entire area, and this is a heavily populated area, the school would be better placed at some place closer to the center of the total district as the district is designed or subdistrict is designed. Q. Let’s go on across and look at Zones E-4-B and E-4-C - 2 3 9 - over to the northwest part of the city. A. Well— H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 460 Q. I will ask yon to tell us whether you have made a study of those zones and indicate whether they come close to meeting good standards or fall— A. Yes. Q. —far from meeting good standards. A. For exam ple, Heidelberg is located somewhat toward the center of Zone E-4-B. Kirkpatrick is slightly off center, but it’s closer to the center than either of the two previous existing schools. Q. How about other criteria! Certainly isn’t it so that the location of the school in the zone would be one factor, but would not be the sole factor? How about meeting other factors or criteria of school zone lines? A. Well, again we get back to the original location of the school, the necessity of a school being orig inally erected and it would have to serve that population. This would be related to the size of the school. How big does the school get? I mean: How is it planned? Is it an expandable unit? —240— Q. What do your facts show as to the utilization of the Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick Schools in relation to one an other? Is one more or less crowded— A. No. Q. —or are they about the same or what? A. These two schools are about equally populated. The average class size or the average enrollment in each of the four schools—Kirkpatrick and Heidelberg and Oak- hurst and Clark come to an average enrollment in each of these schools per room of 25 plus, I think, one tenth. Q. Do you recall whether these were schools serving white children or Negro children? A. Yes. These are schools which were indicated originally as white schools. Q. Now, is it correct or not that you indicate the school B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R egin ald N euw ien—f o r P la in tiffs— D irect 461 in E-4-B, which is Heidelberg, I believe, and E-4-C, which is— A. Kirkpatrick. Q. —Kirkpatrick, are pretty well balanced as far as meeting the generally accepted criteria for drawing zone lines between schools? A. Yes; location of school and serving a population and having sufficient room at the - 2 4 1 - present time to accommodate the youngsters within a rea sonable class size. Q. Let’s go back across the map to Zone E-l-C, which is the Eliza Clark School, and Zone E-l-B , Avhich is the Myrtle Hall School, and ask you to make a comparison of how well balanced those schools are one with another and whether that reflects to you anything concerning the pro priety in educational terms of drawing the line in that loca tion. A. Well, let’s start with E-l-B, the Hall School. In terms of what I said earlier, it meets the location criteria well if this is to be the district. Q. And why would that be? A. Because it’s located— if this is to be the district served, then the school is located so it is as close as you could get it to the largest number of people if we have some even distribution of population. Q. I see. A. Now, it happens that—whether this map is up to date as far as land usage is concerned I have no idea, but if this white area indicates that this is not used and occupied land, occupied by housing, then we have a small number of potential young people here in this part of the district. If this then is an expandable and potentially or might become occupied by housing, then this becomes even - 2 4 2 - more centrally located. Q. How about again the question of how Avell balanced is the Zone E-l-B with the adjoining zone, E-l-C? A. You S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 462 could say almost the same thing about the location of the Clark School within this district as drawn here. It is close to the center, but off center. In other words, it would be concentrically located, hut nevertheless it is a better exam ple of school location than Booker T. Washington or the Oliver School. Q. Well, now, how about the balance as far as school utilization between the Myrtle Hall and Eliza Clark Schools? A. Well, as I remember, the Clark School has a total of seven existing classrooms, six of which are in opera tion and one is not in use, and the average class size there is close to 25. I think it’s slightly less than 25 in each of the six classrooms in use. At Myrtle Hall—there are three buildings at Myrtle Hall, an annex and a second building and the original build ing, numbered 1, 2 and 3, in the information that I have, and there are six unoccupied classrooms in that total build ing, and I don’t remember whether it’s 15 or a total of 16 rooms, but it might be 18 rooms, and the total class size, the average class size, in Myrtle Hall is about 34-point- —2 4 3 - something, just slightly under 35. Q. As opposed to what average in Eliza Clark? A. Just slightly under 25 in Clark. Q. What does this tell you as you are observing or try ing to determine the validity of the school zone lines be tween those two schools? A. Well, there are certain fac tors, educational factors, facility factors, which tend to identify the potential level of quality education, quality in struction, quality outcomes from instruction, and one of these is related to class size, and a differentiation of as much as 10 pupils per room between two schools would be an index which would indicate that there might be greater S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 196S R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 463 H ea r in g o f A p r il S, 1965 Reginald Neuwien—fo r Plaintiffs—Direct potential, strongly might be greater potential, in the smaller class size school for success with youngsters than in the school with large class size. Q. I ask you whether or not, Mr. Neuwien, you have had occasion during your on-site study here to actually see this eastern zone of the Eliza Clark School, the zone line divid ing it from the Myrtle Hall School zone, which is Wilson Avenue, and— A. Yes. I can— Q. —report what you recall about that zone line and — 244— your observation as to its propriety. A. Well, I mean I don’t know about the propriety, but other than the fact that this—there is no natural barrier here between the two school districts as we would have to some degree a nat ural barrier in the matter of a railroad, a spur line. This is a roadway, and the youngsters who live on this side of the street, of the roadway, may attend this school and the ones who live here attend this school. Q. Now, let’s— A. This is a perfectly normal situation, to have some boundary line which is identified by a street or whatever. There are other factors in this school situation. Q. Let’s go into some of those factors. First of all, you said the children living on this side. Would you tell us whether or not it’s correct that the houses located on the eastern side of Wilson Avenue are occupied by Negroes and the houses on the western side within the Clark zone are occupied by whites? A. That’s true, and this is the dividing line between the two districts. This is a Negro school, and this is a white school. — 245— Q. Well, from a standpoint of educational considerations, —well, from all standpoints—would you be able to find any 464 justification for drawing the line in this area, pupil popula tion, school utilization, school location and what have you? Can you find any justification for drawing this line with the exception of a desire to include within the Clark zone all white children living in this area and to include within the Hall School all Negro children living in that area? A. I can see no advantage to be gained by the line being drawn at that particular point to accomplish any desirable edu cational outcome. As a matter of fact, again with some knowledge, but not complete knowledge, of all the factors that are necessary in order to effectively draw school boundaries, there might be consideration given after study, and careful study, to work away to some degree from these long districts that operate on a north-south axis and there might be some cutting across the school districts and re- districting the population in order to more effectively use the school facilities and to equalize the educational class load which teachers face, and this could be done in terms —246— of the actual available population,— Q. Is it— A. —which again I don’t have census data on how many youngsters are in this particular part of this particular school district, but this can be determined. Q. And is it your response, then, based on the informa tion available to you and your study of this material, that there would be educational advantages in drawing some of these lines in an east-west direction rather than in a northerly-southerly direction as they’re presently drawn? A. Yes. I mean: I f we want to go after this same example, that if it were possible in this reallocation of the territory, if in that reallocation the school size or the class size could H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 465 be lowered in this school and—I don’t believe in loading in a high class size in one building to equalize in the other building, but if these could be equalized then there would be an educational advantage,— Q. Now, you are probably familiar— A. —plus the fact— Q. —with the fact that— A. —plus the fact that this - 247- school has six vacant rooms and this one has one. There’s a total of seven vacant rooms between these two schools, and better equalization might be made of that space by again a redistricting. Q. Well, you will recall, I believe, that a new elementary school was opened just within the last few months in the Riverton area. A. Yes. Q. Would you discuss the site of that school with regard to what you have been telling us about the adjoining- schools! A. Well, I mean this same concept might be moved further to the west and possibly include the River ton district as well, because now Riverton is at the edge of the developed population area, and this is just by view ing the land. I mean this land is available, but it is not now developed for housing. But under the present condition Riverton and Clark and Hall and Booker T. Washington and to some degree maybe Oliver may be considered in a complete reshuffle of district lines in order to more equitably distribute the student population. Q. Can I safely conclude from your testimony that it — 248— is your opinion that as the lines are presently drawn they H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 466 are poor from the standpoint of educational criteria and good educational— Mr. Lnckett: I object to leading the witness and summarizing his testimony into an argument, if the Court please. The Court: The objection is sustained. By Mr. B ell: Q. Let me just rephrase the question and ask you how you would categorize the zones you have been discussing from the standpoint of good educational administration. Do they meet the standards or do they not? A. From the background that I tried to develop earlier, I would say I think these areas could be more effectively districted in order to meet, I think, better levels of educational op portunity. Q. I ask you whether or not— Well, let’s go into the high school zoning. Let’s discuss the high school zoning. J-2-A and S-2-A serve the whole of Clarksdale above the Illinois Central Railroad tracks. S-l-A and J-l-A serve junior and senior high school students who reside in the whole of Clarksdale located —249— below the Illinois Central Railroad tracks. Would you make some comments on the advisability of those zones with regard to where the schools are located and other applicable factors? A. Well, we have a variable in the senior high school location because the senior high school serving Area J-2-A is, as I understand it, now a R e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 196S R eginald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 467 temporary and terminable measure and will not continue. So, we’ll have to think about the fact of the junior high school location being here, which it is. Q. Now, you’re pointing to the site on the map of the Bobo and— A. And the annex. Q. And Dorr? A. And the Door buildings. And, so, this is the secondary school facility which would, I believe, be considered in any consideration of the secondary school district because the secondary school —the senior high school area or senior high school stu dents will have to be relocated from their present location in the joint city-county senior high school. Q. How about the Negro high school situation? A. It is located near the Oliver School. Higgins School is lo- —250— cated here, and again, I mean, in terms of the total popula tion—I mean the total population spreads all the way across here and down to here, and that population then must move to as far away from the center of population as there is within the city. Q. Well, then, would you say that the zone line that separates the two high school zones for the city is a valid and defensible line from the standpoint of education or educational administration or does it have failings? A. The only thing I would indicate is that the Higgins School is again located about as far away from the total popula tion which it is designed to serve as you can get it, and from an administrative point of view that location, and the other consideration, is not effective. Q. How about— A. This school, the junior high school —if this is to be the district, it is more closely related to H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 468 the center of population because here it is ; but the other school, which is presently being used cooperatively, is also over here, and it is in the same condition as Higgins as far as being away from the population is concerned. Q. You understand, of course, the zone line runs down along the Illinois Central Railroad track through its whole — 251- entry of the city, and it is my understanding from time to time that railroad tracks are used as school zone lines. Would there be any justification for making exceptions to that in this case or is that completely justifiable? A. I don’t think that a railroad just automatically becomes a stated district line. I mean it might be—if it’s a high bar rier and if there are no crossings or underpasses, it might be just a barrier which can’t be penetrated and then it might become the reason for organizing it as a district boundary. Q. Have you actually traveled along the route of that railroad and does it or does it not make up this type of barrier—it’s not penetrable? A. With the frequency of overpasses and, you know, underpasses, primarily, and then marked and cared-for crossings—I mean it does not seem to be a barrier, and then in terms of the information which was made available in the second interrogatory, where the total number of youngsters who cross the rail road tracks, either the spur line or the Illinois Central, is a rather high number in terms of the total enrollment in the total schools—I can’t remember—I have on my desk, — 252— but I can’t remember—the total number, but it was a large number of young people who cross the tracks, and I would S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien— f o r P la in tiffs— D irect 469 say that it evidently does not seem to be a barrier, and because of the piercings and underpasses and/or guarded crossings, with the exception of this part of that spur, it would seem to me— Q. You are pointing to part of the track down at the bottom of the Zone E-2-A and E-l-B? A. And E-l-B, where the crossings from—I don’t know what street— about one third of the distance down this track there are unguarded crossings, unmarked crossings, but the rest of it seems to work effectively. As far as a hazard is concerned, it does not seem to be a hazard in this com munity. Q. Well, then, would it be possible to divide the zones between the Higgins School and, let us say, either the Clarksdale-Coahoma or the Dorr and Bobo High School facilities in such a way as to increase the efficiency from the standpoint of educational administration; and, if so, how could that be done? A. This is based on the actual numbers of young people from the elementary identified zones who live in the elementary identified zones, who attend secondary schools, who are in the secondary school —2 5 3 - level, and the total number of youngsters that we started with. The total, over-all population could be served by a dis trict line coming down that way. Q. Now, let’s say where. A. Well, let’s not follow— let’s stay on this side of the river, come down this way. Q. A line that would go generally from the north to the south direction,— A. Diagonally. Q. —somewhat east— A. Of the river. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 470 Q. —of the Sunflower River? A. Sunflower. Q. It would run from the north down to the south! A. This would satisfy, according to the number of young sters who are now in secondary schools—I mean this would give an equal segment of the population to each side of that dividing line. Now, there would have to be a lot of other considerations made,— Q. Yes. A. —but this would be a starting point, if this were to be considered, because, I mean, it does divide —254— the population. Q. And, in your opinion, would a line drawn generally in this direction overcome some of the handicaps that you discussed as regards the line as it is presently drawn? A. I f we consider the occupied school, secondary school, the joint county-city school, yes; it would bring the popu lation closer to the school service center. In other words, this population would be closer to this school and this population now is close to that school; this population would be closer up here than it is going across in this direction; this population certainly would be closer to Higgins than it would be to the school on the extreme western boundary, across the boundary. Q. In your opinion, as you observe the way the lines have been drawn in this plan, or is it your opinion that the desire to maintain as much racial segregation as pos sible was the primary consideration in drawing these lines as they are presently drawn? A. Well, my only observation there would be that this boundary would make this segregation effective. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R egin ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiff s— D irect 471 Q. Not only the east-west boundary we just discussed, but in view of all the boundary lines for both elementary and junior and senior high schools? A. I mean again— —255— I mean the railroad tracks—when it becomes—when the railroad tracks become a part of the boundary, either of the elementary or the secondary boundary, by reason of the fact that this population here is primarily white and this population here is primarily Negro, I mean it cer tainly makes it an effective segregation of the population. Q. Well, then, could you answer the question fairly directly, and then give any further support that you would want to, as to in your opinion whether or not the primary concern in drawing the zone lines as they are presently drawn was to preserve a maximum amount of segregation in the schools? A. I would rather state that differently, and that is that if reconsideration were given to the district lines in order to promote a desegregation of the schools that it can be more effectively done than is exhibited here. Q. Well, are you unable to answer the question as I asked it, Mr. Neuwien? A. Yes, because I would have to interpret, you know, what the purpose was in the minds of people. Q. Well— A. I ’m talking about the outcome. —256— Q. Well, let me ask you this: Based on the way the lines are drawn and the results from the way they are drawn, with reference to the line such as the one in Eliza Clark, such as the east-west line down the railroad track here, such as the southerly line, southern boundary line, of the Eliza Clark zone, would it be your opinion that one of the S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 472 H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 f 1965 Reginald Neuwien—for Plaintiffs—Direct major, if not the major, factors in drawing these lines in this manner was to maintain segregation of schools? A. Well, I mean from my point of view I would still make my proposal, whether it was effective in maintaining segrega tion of the schools. Q. Your answer is that it was effective for this purpose, whether this was the purpose or not? A. Yes, because I don’t want to interpret the purpose. Q. All right. Would you return to the witness chair, please? I have a few more questions. I would like you to discuss just a bit: Considering the lines as they are and having the result that they do, with the Negroes being contained in the Higgins Junior and Senior High School and the elementary schools being the Riverton and Booker T. Washington and Myrtle Hall and —257— Oliver, from an educational standpoint, the quality educa tion you are speaking of, what is happening to the Negro pupils in the schools ? What is happening to them in terms of pupil class average when compared with the whites, the teacher-pupil enrollment and some of these other figures? A. Well, as I said earlier, in this matter of class size with in individual schools and within the two schools dealt with as groups, Negro and white, as the two separate groups, there is a very definite difference in what is a basic factor in terms of control of quality education. In the Clark School the average class size, room enroll ment, is 27.1 and in Heidelberg it’s 24.5; in Kirkpatrick it’s 25.5, and 23.6 in Oakhurst; in Booker T. Washington it’s 37.0; in Oliver it’s 34.3 and in Myrtle Hall it’s 35.8; in Riverton it’s 34.3. 473 Then the average enrollments in each of those two groups is 25.1 for Clark, Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick and Oak- hurst considered as a total group, and 35.3 for Booker T. Washington, Oliver and Myrtle Hall and Riverton consid ered as a group. The Court: I didn’t quite understand that. Was that enrollment of— —258— The Witness: This is— The Court: —average daily attendance? The Witness: No; no. This is actual classroom enrollment, not average attendance, because for de termining a class size I think most of us would— most educators would agree that—-I mean whether the child is present or not, you know, has nothing to do with how big the class is. I mean if he’s absent today that’s what gets reflected in average daily attendance. The Court: That’s the reason I asked you the question. I understood you to be talking about daily attendance. The Witness: No. I am sorry. I mean actual enrollment, the number of youngsters who are reg istered in an individual classroom, and this is the way this was reported in the information that came in in the interrogatory material. The Court: All right. The Witness: So, we have this as one differential which is effective in relationship to quality educa tion. The second factor that is related to quality edu H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—-for P la in tiffs—D irect 474 cation is the financial factor, and the financial factor is made up primarily of the total salaries paid, and —259— the budget figures which I had the opportunity to review, I mean, indicated that they didn’t deviate in percentage breakdown from normal budget dis tribution. Somewheres between 70 and 75, 78 per cent of normal budgets as evaluative, whether they’re effective or not, with whatever kind of money they have, has this kind of a breakdown, 75-25, with 75 being for salaries and 25 per cent being for other expenditures of operation. I ’m talking about purely operational budgets. And, so, the two factors, these two major break downs, within a budget, the amount of salaries that are paid and also the way in which these teachers are implemented for their instructions, instructional supplies and equipment and the kinds of lighting and all the rest of the facilities within a school, also affect the quality of education, and the example that I have used on many occasions is that a very good teacher can do a very good job working under very, very poor conditions, but then this very good teacher working under ideal conditions we would assume could do a very much better job. So, these factors, then, enter the picture along with class size, and in the average per pupil expendi ture which was in the 1964-’65 school budget, again which I had the opportunity to review, for the four —260— elementary schools which are called the Negro schools the per pupil expenditure, total operation, H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R egin ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 475 was $202.62, and then for salary only this was $136,— I ’ll drop the cents’ figure— Mr. Bell: All right. The Witness: —out of here. —and the other operational costs were $66, totaling two hundred and two, a hundred and thirty-six per pupil for teacher salaries, instructional salaries. By Mr. B e ll : Q. Which schools? White or Negro? A. These are the Negro schools. And then in the corresponding group of schools, the other four schools,—- Q. These are the white schools? A. That’s right. •—the total operational expenditure per pupil was $295 as opposed to the $202 that I just indicated for the Negro schools, and for teacher salaries only the salary figure in the white schools, white children’s schools, is $212 per pupil as opposed to $136 in the Negro schools, which is a difference, plus difference, of $76 per pupil on salary ex penditures. —261— The other operational costs in the elementary schools, white schools, is $83 as opposed to $66 in the Negro schools, which is a differential, plus differential, in favor of the white schools of $17. Now, at the junior-senior high school level combined, because this is the way the budget was proposed, in the Negro schools the total expenditure for all operations per pupil was $292; for salaries only it was $221, and the other operational expenditures beyond salaries was $71. H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 476 Now, in the white secondary schools the total operational cost per pupil was $424 as opposed to $292 in the Negro schools. The salary figure in the white schools was $300 per pupil as opposed to $221 per pupil in the Negro schools, which is a differential plus in favor of the white schools of $79, and the other expenditures in the white schools $124 per pupil as opposed to seventy-one in the Negro schools, which is a fifty-two-dollar differential. Q. Could you tie that disparity into education? I hear—I had it in another school suit-—the statement made, “Well, sure, they paid the white teachers more, but they were harder to get into the school system and there —262— were plenty of Negro teachers and it was a matter of sup ply and demand and it didn’t make any difference to the students.” Would that be true or is there a correlation in education or the lack of education that the Negro children are get ting that is reflected in the disparity between the amount spent on Negro children per child and the amount spent on white children per pupil? A. Well, I mean, the exam ple you gave in identifying the question is really a part of the answer actually, and that, however—in other words, if there is a large group of people eligible and available for teaching and you can get them easily for less money, this might be the thing to do; but again what’s being bought for the young people is the opportunity not just to have a nursemaid to take care of them, but it’s to provide an instructional program, and, so, you just don’t go out and hire the first 10 people you meet. You hire them to work as classroom teachers. There comes the matter of selec tivity, and, so, you can get lots of workers to do lots of H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1966 R eg in a ld Neuwien-—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 477 kinds of tilings, but in order to get the best people you have to be willing to pay for it, and this is related in terms of teachers, too, and, so, if a quality educational program is desired, you have to pay teachers at least as —2 6 3 - well as other competitive areas where they might have an opportunity to teach and you have to be in a position to attract the top that you can get with the kind of money you have to spend, and, so, there is a relationship between how much money is spent and the kind of education that you get for young people. Q. Would you also just briefly relate again to quality edu cation the disparity in the number of pupils in the average class in Negro schools as compared to white schools and— I think you may have said something about the number —just teachers that are available in the white schools as compared to the Negro schools? A. Well, the, I mean, class size—I mean the best example and simplest example —not that it has to be simple, but the best example—is that we hope that the teacher who is working in a class room with young people has something to give to these children, and in order to get the most from a teacher we have to make it possible for that teacher to get through to each youngster, to be able to know and understand the needs of individual children, and it doesn’t mean that there is individual instruction so that each teacher works indi vidually with each child every day in the room, but it’s getting to know the children, so that, to make it ridiculous, —264— because there is a break point, a teacher working with 75 in a first grade certainly could not be expected to promote S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 478 a developmental reading program as effectively as an equally qualified teacher working with 30. Q. To a less extent, would it also be true that a teacher working with 35 would have, all things considered, less success than one who was working with 25 on the same basis? A. That’s the basis upon which we operate, and we have enough evidence to prove that this is true. Q. Well, how— A. Now, there have been some experi mental programs and research programs which have dis agreed with this, hut the majority of the research indicates that reasonable class size—this doesn’t mean you have to get down to 15, but reasonable class size—promotes quality or more effective instruction. Q. Well, could you just summarize again your sugges tions as to how the Clarksdale system could be zoned in order to balance these educational opportunities that you were discussing? A. I would think, starting with the ele mentary school district lines, that with all of the informa- —265— tion that is available and which can be obtained in terms of population, population location, what the potential of growth is and when it’s going to come, and then locating the young* people specifically so that they can be dealt with, that the districts could be completely reexamined, and my outlook would be that—I mean I would not want to tinker—it would not be my approach to tinker—with what exists. I mean I would like to start from scratch, and I would think this would probably be most effective, in taking the total population and trying to find out, with the other fixed factors, which are the schools, because— I mean there’s, not much that can be done about them, and taking these fixed factors and the population and trying to find out how can the youngsters be served best with H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in a ld Neuivien— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 479 the existing facilities, and then also what are the future needs for additional school facilities, and then pretty much the same thing should he done or ought to he done with the secondary school district approach. Q. Then if these suggestions were followed and the zones drawn up to give a better balance, just as pupils per class and all of the other factors you have discussed, would there be the possibility of a greater amount of, well, desegregation than is presently possible or less! — 266— What would your feeling be on that? A. Yes; I would think so, because I think if this were done to best serve the population, the total population, and if the district lines were drawn on that basis, without any regard for the color of the children, then I think that the other purpose which you mentioned—I mean the desegregation of schools— would be better accomplished. Of course, you wouldn’t— I mean better accomplished would not mean very much, because this didn’t accomplish any. I mean it came out zero for a lot of your fortuitous circumstances. Q. You wouldn’t be drawing any zone lines purely with the idea of accomplishing desegregation, would you? A. No. No. I would—no. No; I don’t think so, because I think then you would have some leaning over backward, too, from my point of view, because I think that the purposes of schools are to serve the needs of youngsters, all of the youngsters, and to best serve them, and I think this is the basis for it. I think that, if there comes to be a judgment where a judgment can be made one way or another and effectively meet the physical qualifications of closeness to the school for pupils and this kind of thing, and travel time and H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N em vien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 480 S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect — 267— hazardous conditions and so forth, and if desegregation can be served by making one of two judgments, then I would think that this would be desirable; but I don’t think that this should be the basic purpose when we’re talking about all kids. Q. How about the faculty being assigned on the basis of zones? Do you have any opinion, particularly with regard to what you have been saying about selection of faculty and getting the best faculty, as to how faculties should be assigned in the schools to better this educational thing that you’re talking about? A. Well, I mean it’s my ex perience as well as my feeling that the atmosphere within a school, the atmosphere within which the youngster meets the teacher and is fostered in its educational program, is almost completely affected by the teachers with whom this youngster works, and, so, I mean I feel very strongly that these teachers should be the very best, not just the ones we can get very easily or get cheaper or so on, but they should be the best teachers that we can afford in what ever the situation is, because some communities can afford more money than others, but I also believe that in this success in the educational venture that a youngster—I mean — 268— he has to feel that he belongs in the situation where he is, and I would think no matter how effective someone effected a desegregation of schools, if this were the prime purpose, and if this only meant moving young people from one school district to another so that there were some white children and some Negro children in each of the schools or in most of the schools where it would be somewhat natural 481 to be able to get them, and if this did not affect faculty placement, I mean, I would think this program would lose a great deal of its effectiveness, because I think that in either case—I mean youngsters to some degree, and I ’m thinking particularly about the elementary youngster, would feel somewhat out of place in this new and strange environment. Q. And how could you cure this problem as a part of the— A. I would think by some distribution of faculty as well as pupils. Q. Would this be on the basis of race or could you do it on the basis of merit and which teacher was best for the job! A. Well, this is the way I would try to approach it—on the basis we need a certain number of first grade —2 6 9 - teachers in any system, and how can we get them best and how can we assign them to the situations where they can do the best, and, so, regardless—I mean I wouldn’t want to see half of the faculty, by dictum, Negro in an ele mentary school and the other half white. I think this would be silly, because I don’t think this would affect any thing; but I don’t think they shouldn’t be there in some kind of a situation because of their difference in color, and I ’m not talking about the teachers’ treatment. I ’m talking about what’s going to happen to the youngsters. That’s my interest. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect Mr. Bell: Just a second, please. No further questions, your Honor. The Witness: Could I just make one addition? I mean it’s a follow-up and something that I wanted to have the opportunity— 482 The Court: Go right ahead. The Witness: Is this all right! The Court: Go right ahead. The Witness: Okay, sir. This is something I just have as information, and I don’t know the background, but I think it’s indica tive of this matter we’re talking about, youngsters —270— and the educational program for them. There’s an additional difference, and in Heidel berg School, for example, there are 15 assigned teachers and there are only 14 occupied rooms, and in the Oakhurst School there are 17 assigned teach ers and only 13 occupied rooms, and in the case of the Oakhurst School—I mean it is noted that these teachers spend part time in Oakhurst and part time in some other schools. Now, I don’t know, but I kind of surmise that these might be what I think of as itinerant supervisors working in the field of art, music or whatever, but this is not identified; but, nevertheless, there are these five teachers, which happens to be 10 per cent of the total number of teachers beyond the total number of classroom as signed teachers, and then also in the Kirkpatrick School there is a small class size of 13 which is identified as a class for mentally retarded. Now, there’s no comparable situation in the Negro schools. So, this is what I mean by the attempt to serve the needs of all young people. So, I mean this was the additional thing that seemed important to me. The Court: All right. S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 483 You may reserve your cross examination until in —271— the morning. Court is adjourned until 9 o’clock tomorrow morn ing. (Thereupon, at 4:57 p. m., the Court adjourned until 9 a. m., Friday, April 9, 1965.) B e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 484 Hearing of April 9, 1965 # * # * * •272- Proceedings had and evidence taken in the above-en titled cause on the 9th day of April, 1965, at 9 a. m., in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi, Delta Division, at Clarksdale, Mississippi, before the Honorable Claude P. Clayton, United States District Judge. —273— A ppea r a n c es : For the Plaintiffs: Derrick A. Bell, Jr ., Esquire, 10 Columbus Circle, New York, New York 10019. For the Defendants: Semmes Luckett, Esquire, 121 Yazoo Avenue, Clarksdale, Mississippi 38614. For the Board of Education of Coahoma County, Mississippi: William H. Maynard, Esquire, Stevens Building, Clarksdale, Mississippi. # * # * # —275— The Court: You may be seated. You may resume the stand. You may cross-examine, Mr. Luckett. Mr. Luckett: Thank you, sir. 485 R eginald Neu w ien , a witness, called by and in behalf of the plaintiffs, resumed the stand and, having been previously duly sworn, testified further as follows: Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett: Q. Mr. Neuwien, I will read you a definition of “deseg regation” and I ’m going to ask you if you agree with it: Desegregation means the assignment of students to pub lic schools and within such schools without regard to their race, color, religion or national origin. Do you agree with that definition— A. Yeah. Q. —of “desegregation”? A. Yeah. —276— Q. Well, you realize, of course, that doesn’t necessarily mean any mixing of the races, do you not, sir! A. That’s correct. Q. That if all children in any particular district or zone who are otherwise entitled to go to a school are given permission to go to that school that that is a deseg regated school, is it not, sir? A. I think there might be some question about that statement, in my opinion. Q. In what respect, Mr. Neuwien? A. It would depend to a degree on the kind of approach made to the district ing within the district. Q. Well, if we say that we have a perfectly legitimate and rational boundary line for a particular zone,—I don’t suppose you can find any fault with the zone, we’ll say, for the Heidelberg School—and if everyone, if every elementary child in Zone E-4-B, is permitted to go to that school without regard to his race, color or national origin, is that not a desegregated school? A. That would— R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 486 You’re using a particular school district! Q. Yes. I ’m using that as an illustration. A. I would say in the particular instance to which you refer that —277— that would be a legitimate school district. Q. That is a desegregated school, is it not, sir! A. That particular school! Q. Within that definition that I read you! A. In terms of the knowledge that I have, because now we’re talking about a specific district, the Heidelberg district— Q. I ’m talking about that district, applying that defini tion— A. Yeah. Q. —to that particular district. A. Then, in terms of what I know,—and I don’t have all of the information that could be available—I would say yes, that that is a desegregated district. That one is. Q. And there may be others in Clarksdale, too! A. There might be. Q. Now, Mr. Neuwien, you have pointed out that the Booker T. Washington is a perimeter school! A. That’s right. Q. And you have told the Court that it is not located where it should be located! A. I indicated it could be located more effectively in terms of the information that —278— I have. Q. Do you know that it is one of the finest educational school buildings that we have and built at a cost of $373,698! A. I ’m not aware of the cost of the school, and I ’ve only seen the school from the outside. Q. It looks like a very nice school, does it not, sir! A. It certainly does. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 487 Q. Do you know that it replaced another Booker T. Washington School that was centrally located in the zone which it served? A. Yes; I do. Q. Do you know that the School District wanted to get additional territory at that site in order to put the new school there? A. I don’t know that. Q. Do you know that the School District found that it was impossible to acquire additional land and that that is the only reason why that school is not where it was originally located? A. I don’t know that. Q. Taking those facts to be true or the facts upon —279— which those questions are based, would you fault the School Board for the present location of Booker T. Wash ington? A. I might, in terms of my opinion; yes. Q. Where else could it have been put if they couldn’t get the ground upon which to locate it, Mr. Neuwien? A. I think that among the many responsibilities of boards of education is a responsibility to do some long-term plan ning, and with the correct amount of foresight the prob lem that you state, that no other land was available, might have not become a problem had there been anticipa tion at an eai’ly date. Q. Well, you’re assuming that with foresight additional land would have been available, aren’t you? A. I ’m as suming that it certainly might have been. Q. Yes, sir. But if that doesn’t happen to be true then you couldn’t fault the School Board, could you? A. I f that were true, completely true, then I certainly would say that this is a problem to be faced. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eginald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 488 Q. Well, as a matter of fact, at the present time most schools are built on perimeters, are they not, because of lack of available space in the central districts, almost throughout the United States, is it not true? A. No; that — 280— is not so. Q. It is not so. I see. Well, you pointed to the Riverton School, and you say that is not properly located? A. I qualified that slightly. Q. You did? A. Yes. Q. In what respect? A. That there is unoccupied land to the west of that building, which might be—and I have no idea what the Planning Board’s zoning is or whatever, but the land is vacant— Q. Well— A. —to a considerable extent west of the Riverton building. Q. Well, isn’t land vacant south of the Booker T. Wash ington building? A. Not as I understand. Now, maybe I don’t know the city limits, but within the city, as I understand the city line, no; there isn’t within the city. Q. It is a cotton field, just nothing but a cotton field back of there, isn’t it, back of the Booker T. Washington — 281- building? A. Not within the city limits, as I understand it. Q. Well, forgetting the city limits, the city limits, you understand, can be changed from time to time? A. Yes. Q. We do have a law that provides that. A. Yes. I know that. Q. If the houses are built out there, the city limits can H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 489 be extended to take care of them; isn’t that true! A. It could be; yes. Q. Well, is there any reason why that territory cannot be built up back of Booker T. Washington that you know off A. No; absolutely not. Q. And the same thing is true of the Riverton School, is it not, sir? A. I said that before; yes. Q. All right, sir. Do you know insofar as the Riverton School’s location at the present time that the School Board, before it was built, attempted to get land where that school could be more centrally located insofar as that particular zone is —282— concerned? A. Do I know that? Q. Yes, sir. A. No; I don’t. Q. How many acres do you think it requires for a school site? A. This depends on a lot of other factors. I mean to answer the size of a school site would be im practical because there are qualifications: How big a school? What type of a school? What kind of a community is it being built in? Q. A school the size of the Booker T. Washington— how many acres would it require? A. Well, in a area such as this city, a school should have a minimum of 10 acres, an elementary school a minimum of 10 acres, and this is pretty much a nationally accepted standard. Q. Well, in built-up neighborhoods 10 acres of developed property costs a lot of money, doesn’t it, Mr. Neuwien? A. That’s right. Q. And money is always a matter of concern to a school H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 490 board, is it not? A. Yeah, but now yon are getting into what I said. There are a lot of qualifications. I f we were building an elementary or proposing an elementary school in an urban area, highly urban area, then you have to make some concessions in terms of school size, school site size. For example, in large metropolitan areas, it s im possible to have a 10-acre school. Q. Well, a 10-acre site in the middle of the Riverton zone—if it costs two hundred, $250,000, would that be prohibitive, more than the school, itself, cost! A. It would depend on what the community wanted to pay. I have no idea what land costs are in this area. Q. I understand. Would it surprise you that 10 acres in the middle of Riverton would costs $250,000? A. Yes; it would sur prise me. Q. Would it surprise you that 10 acres in the middle of the area served by Booker T. Washington would cost a quarter of a million dollars? A. It would surprise me. Q Now, there is a high school at the Higgins High —2 8 4 - School, is there not? A. Yes. Q. At the Higgins building? A. Yes. Q. Did you know that the original high school that was moved over there was at Myrtle Hall? A. No; I didn’t know that. Q. If there was additional acreage there and it could have been maintained there, it would have been centrally located; isn’t that right, sir? A. At the Hall site? Q. Yes. A. It would certainly have been more centrally located; yes. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross — 283- 491 Q. Do you know that the land upon which Higgins School and George Oliver were built was donated to the School Board for a school site? A. No; I don’t know that. Q. Do you know the Oakhurst School at the time it was originally built was a perimeter school? A. No; I don’t know that, and there are many things, as you have indi cated, that I don’t know, and I also indicated yesterday that a lot of these things should be factors in anybody’s knowledge if they’re going to do a job of districting a — 285- school district. Q. Don’t you think they ought to be known to a person that comes a thousand miles away to tell the Court how to draw the lines— A. I— Q. —or to tell us how to draw the lines? A. I don’t think in the capacity that I ’m here, if you mean I am the person—I don’t think in these circumstances that I should have full, complete knowledge about this. Q. I see. Do you know that the Elizabeth Dorr at the time it was originally built was a perimeter school? A. No; I don’t. Q. Do you know that the Heidelberg at the time it was built was a perimeter school? A. No; I don’t. Q. Do you know that Kirkpatrick at the time it was built was a perimeter school and it actually was out in the county, outside the city limits, when the site was acquired? A. No; I don’t know that. Q. Well, you said also yesterday-—and we agree with — 286— you in this-—that the future of the population of the various parts of the town and the town, itself, should be H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in t if fs~ C r o s s 492 taken into consideration in planning a school system? A. I— Q. That’s true, is it not, sir? A, I believe this; yes. Q. Well, in that connection, I ’d like to know just what particular knowledge you have about the population trends of Coahoma County and the City of Clarksdale and the various segments of our population. A. As I said yester day, I don’t know about this, but it should be knowledge— Q. Yes, sir. A. —on the part of the people who are responsible. Q. Well, for instance, the United States census in 1950 gave the population of Coahoma County— You know this is Coahoma County, do you not? A. Yes; I do. Q.—at 49,000 and in 1960 at 46,000, a loss of 3,000 people. You also know that the City of Clarksdale grew 5,000 in that particular time. So, doesn’t that indicate to you that outside of the City of Clarksdale the county lost 8,000 people in 10 years, between ’50 and ’60? A. —2 8 7 - Well, you’re telling me that; yes. Q. Well, that’s good arithmetic, isn’t it, sir? A. I think so. Q. All right, sir. Now, there’s testimony here, given by the plaintiff, one of the plaintiffs in the case, that a large proportion of the population that lives south of the railroad track makes their livelihood from cotton chopping in the spring and cotton picking in the fall. Do you accept that as a fact, sir? A. I would think that this is the kind of information that people responsible for operating schools or school systems should have. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 493 Q. All right, sir. A. They ought to know these things— Q. Yes, sir. A. —so they can effectively administer the schools for children. Q. Well, the plaintiff has testified that’s a fact, and you have no reason to dispute that fact, have you? A. I wouldn’t have the information or the desire. Q. Well, this is an agricultural section? You do know that, do you not, sir? A. This I do know; —2 8 8 - yes. Q. And you do know this is a cotton section? You do know that, don’t you? A. Yes; I do know that. Q. And there is nothing unusual in the statement that many people here are dependent upon cotton chopping and cotton picking; isn’t that right, sir? A. There is no question in my mind about that. Q. Well, do you realize that cotton chopping as a way of livelihood is fast disappearing from the scene,— A. Yes. Q. —from the earth,— A. Yes. Q. —as a result of chemicals and agricultural revolu tion? A. Yes; I do. Q. Do you realize that every passing year more and more of our cotton is being machine-picked? A. Yes; I know this. Q. Do you realize that in just a few years there will be no such thing as cotton chopping and cotton picking and no livelihood for these people we are talking about? A. I would imagine this is so. —289— Q. That being true, would you assume that that sort of people would stay in this community where there is no S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 494 livelihood for them! A. Again I say I imagine that this would be a disappearing population, but this should be a part of the knowledge— Q. Yes. A. —of the people who are operating the school systems. Q. Do you realize that even the production of cotton is going out of the picture, sir? A. Yeah. Q. Do you realize that already in this county there has been a reduction of almost 10,000 acres by reason of the people going to what we call domestic under the farm program, that is, from last year until this year, over to this year, coming year? A. No; I don’t know that. Q. Well, those are the sort of factors that ought to be taken into consideration in long-range planning by the School Board? A. That’s right. Q. And they would indicate, would they not, a lessening —290— of the population south of the railroad line; isn’t that right, sir? A. It might; yes. Q. And probably would, wouldn’t it, Mr. Neuwien? A. This would depend on other factors. There are changes in the economy as well as the way in which people earn their livings. Q. Well, if that’s the only way the’ve got to earn a living— They need some way to earn a living, do they not, sir? A. With redirection and good education of these people, there might be other ways in which they could earn their living. Q. For instance, in Clarksdale? A. I have no idea spe cifically, excepting that there is reorientation of labor force. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eginald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 495 Q. Throughout the United States? A. Attempts; yes. Q. Yes. Do you believe that you are qualified, on the basis of two one-day visits to Clarksdale and a study of the answers to the interrogatories, to formulate a plan for the future —2 9 1 - conduct of the schools of Clarksdale? A. No. Q. Do you believe that you are better qualified than our Superintendent of Schools and the members of our School Board, all of whom have devoted years of study to the problem, to formulate such a plan? A. I would be able to formulate such a plan if it were my responsibility. Q. I said: Do you believe that you are better qualified than our Superintendent of Schools and our School Board? A. I know nothing about the qualification of your Super intendent, and I imagine he is very well qualified, but I— you asked my qualifications. Q. Well, I am asking you now your relative qualifica tions. As you sit there today and as the School Board sits here and as the Superintendent sits here as of today, are you better qualified to say what should be the future plans for the City of Clarksdale than these people who have given years of study to it? A. With the proper time and with due modesty, yes; I would be, because this is my business. —292— Q. I didn’t ask you if given due time. I ’m talking about now that you have had two days of study and 60 hours of reading the answers to the interrogatories. Do you think as of nine-eighteen of the morning of H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 496 April the 9th that you’re better qualified! A. To set a direction in which the answers could be sought; yes. Q. And you know nothing about the population trend? A. I do not know. Q. What else do you know about Clarksdale? You say you have been here a total of two days? A. Yes. This is my third day. Well, I have already qualified that. Q. Do you know what the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges is? A. Yes; I do. Q. What is it? A. I t ’s a regional accrediting associa tion, similar to the North Central and the New England Colleges and Secondary Schools and the West Coast Ac crediting Association. Q. Well, do you know that when the Southern Associa tion of Colleges and Schools decides to evaluate a partic- —293— ular school it sends in a team of 50 members from uni versities, colleges, member schools and state departments of education to spend a minimum of two and a half days of study in order to evaluate a particular school, one school, and to make recommendations towards its improve ment? A. With the exception of the 50-people team, I know this; yes. Q. Well, you know they send in quite a large group, do they not? A. They send in people; yes. Q. A team? A. That’s right. Q. And the only question in your mind is about whether 50 is the exact figure? A. Yes. I question that seriously. Q. Well— A. But I am familiar with the accrediting procedures. I have opportunities, many of them, to partic ipate in accrediting associations. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 497 Q. Well, here they send in 50, the Southern Associa tion. You haven’t participated in the Southern Association —294— Regional Council! A. No, but I have read their reports. Q. Is there anything in there to lead you to believe they didn’t send a team of 50 people to evaluate a school? A. No, excepting it seems highly improbable to me, coming in to evaluate a single school, that a team of 50 people would be needed. Q. Well, there will be proof, for your information, to that effect. A. Fine. Q. And that’s what they do, Mr. Neuwien. A. But you asked did I believe this or did I think it was reasonable. Q. Do you know that every secondary school in this community has been subjected to such a study during the last two years, that is, by a team of 50 people from the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. I know that they have been accredited; yes. Q. Well, do you know they have been subjected to a study during the past two years? A. Yes; I do. Q. Do you know that, as a result,—and you’ve answered this—they have been admitted to full membership in the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. Yes. —295— This is in the reply to the second interrogatory. Q. Do you know that there is only one other city in the State of Mississippi that can make that statement? A. No; I don’t know that. Q. Assuming that those facts are true, wouldn’t you say that that should be a matter of pride to the School Board and its Superintendent? A. Yes; I think so. B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 498 Q. Do you know that our Superintendent is Chairman of the Mississippi Committee on Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. No. Q. And he is frequently called upon to evaluate other schools within this particular region? A. No; I don’t know that. Q. Do you know about the accreditation of our schools? A. I know from the reply to the interrogatory the schools that were indicated as accredited by the Southern Asso ciation. Q. Well, do you know about the accreditation by the State Accrediting Board? A. No; I don’t. —296— Q. Well, do you know that every school south of the track, every school that you might refer to as a Negro school, has a AA rating, which is the highest rating that can be achieved in Mississippi? A. No; I don’t know that. Q. I f it be a fact, Mr. Neuwien,—and there will be proof to that effect—would you say that that is or should be a source of pride to the School Board and the Superin tendent? A. I should think it would be very satisfactory to the feelings of the people, because I think this is ab solutely necessary. Q. Would it indicate that they’re doing a pretty good job insofar as the children of the community are con cerned? A. In meeting the standards of the state; yes. Q. Now, you gave quite a dissertation yesterday to the effect that the crucial idea of everybody concerned in this school program should be the welfare of the child? A. That’s right. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 499 Q. Do you doubt that any right-minded man questions that statement? A. I think it is a matter of how this is — 297— achieved and the circumstances under which this interest is arrived at. Q. Well, do you doubt that the Superintendent of Edu cation of the City of Clarksdale or the School Board does not concur with you, that the welfare of the children is their primary goal and should be the primary goal? A. In this I would have no reason to doubt, except the method of achievement might be different and the goals that were being aimed at might be different. Q. Well, if the goal is the welfare of the children, then the goal would not be different; is that right, sir? A. The method of achieving it would be considerably dif ferent. Q. I understand, but that’s a matter of judgment, would you not say, Mr. Neuwien? A. I suppose it would be a matter of judgment. Q. It would be a matter of judgment as between people who live here in this community and who know far more about the facts that they are dealing with than someone who comes from South Bend, Indiana; isn’t that true, sir? A. The facts, some of the facts, don’t change re gardless of where we are. Q. Well, we’re dealing with local situations and local trends and local people. — 298— I don’t assume that our Superintendent of Education would be qualified to go to South Bend, Indiana and tell you people how to run your schools. Do you think so? A. I would think that if he were in the business of educa S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 500 tional consultation and research and had experience in this direction—I ’m sure he would be qualified to come in and look at another school system. You indicated a few minutes ago that he operates in the Southern Association on their team visitations. Q. He goes and evaluates the schools. It ’s a little different about evaluating the school and telling them how to run the school, isn’t it, Mr. Neuwien? A. I would think evaluating the school is showing you the direction you should be going in running the schools. Evaluation would be purposeless other than that. Q. We agree with you that the pupil-teacher ratio should be around one to 30. That’s what you indicated in your testimony. A. No; I didn’t. Q. Well, you indicated it shouldn’t be over 30. A. No. I indicated that the Negro school ratio was one teacher —299— to slightly more than 35 and the white school ratio is one to 25, and this was a disparity and I pointed this out. Q. Well, as a matter of fact, you said that the average class in Eliza Clark was 25, didn’t you? A. Yes; I think that’s the figure. Q. Well, where did you get that figure from? A. From the interrogatory. Q. Do you know that the interrogatory shows that the average class at Eliza Clark is 29? A. Not according to the figures we were given. Q. Well, I think you better refer to the answer to the first interrogatory. On Page 5— H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eginald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 501 Mr. Bell: We would make the objection that the answer from which the information was obtained came from both the first and the second set of in terrogatories,— The Court: The objection— Mr. Bell: —not just the first set of interroga tories. The Court: Wait just a minute. The objection is overruled. This man is basing a large part of his testimony —300— on the interrogatories that have been introduced in evidence,— Mr. Bell: That’s correct. The Court: —and this can be fully explored on cross examination and on redirect. Mr. Bell: No. My only objection was he referred him to the first set and I wanted to object, that the answers were contained not only in the first but the second set. The Court: You may reach that on redirect, if you care to do so. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Would you look at Page 5 of the answer to the first interrogatory? A. Yes. I ’ll look at it, but I was working, as I indicated, from the Interrogatory Number 2. Q. You didn’t work from Interrogatory Number 1? A. I read that material, but the material that I reported on yesterday came from Interrogatory Number 2; and the total reported in that, net enrollment of Eliza Clark, is H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 502 163, and I reported from these figures 27.1 is the average class size. Q. Would you look at this copy of the answers to plain- —3 0 1 - tiffs’ interrogatories, the first set of interrogatories, and see the average class size at each school, and under “Eliza Clark” the figure 29 is given, is it not? A. I look here at Eliza Clark— Q. I asked you that question, and I am talking about this particular answer to the first set of interrogatories. Is the figure 29 given as the average class size at Eliza Clark? A. That’s what it says there. Q. Yes, sir. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross Mr. Bell: Would you let the witness complete the answer to your original question? The Court: Mr. Bell, I have reminded you that your remarks should be addressed to the bench,— Mr. Bell: I ’m sorry. The Court: —not counsel. Mr. Bell: I ’m sorry. I thought he was cutting him off. The Court: Let’s have no further misunderstand ing about that. The witness may make any explanation of his answer he cares to do so. —302— The Witness: May I— The Court: You may. The Witness: So that the figure I reported was 27.1 as the average enrollment in the classrooms at Clark School, where there is a total net enrollment 503 reported of 163 youngsters here, reported grade by grade, or room by room, rather, and there are six teachers in the building, and this is the most cur rent information from the Interrogatory Number 2, and, so, the class size there as reported here is 27.1. Mr. Luckett: I thought you said it was 25.1 yester day. The Witness: The material from which I worked was here right in front of me. When I was at the board, I indicated an approxi mate figure and I don’t remember whether I said for Clark or for which school; but the material from which I worked and then came back here to this desk indicates that the figure is 27.1. Mr. Luckett : You said— The Witness: I did say 25 in terms of the aver age class size in all of the schools taken as a group. Mr. Luckett: I think you said with respect to —303— Clark. You may have— The Witness: Well— Mr. Luckett: You made a simple mistake, Mr. Neuwien. That’s what you said. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Do you agree there may be exceptional reasons re sulting from unforeseen developments, developments with which you are not familiar, which would explain the disparity in the teacher-pupil ratio in the various schools? A. I mean anything is possible, I suppose, but the con sistency would make this highly improbable.— S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 504 Q. Well, it is possible? A. —in my opinion. Q. It is possible? A. Yes. Q. It is possible there have been some unforeseen de velopments insofar as Clarksdale, Mississippi is concerned which might explain some of the disparity in the teacher- pupil ratio ? A. I would look very skeptically at that, but I would certainly—as I said, anything can happen. Q. That’s right. And anything might have happened? —304— That’s right, isn’t it? A. I— Q. Now, if additional teachers are hired— And we’re talking now—we’re thinking now— more about the future than the past, are we not, Mr. Neuwien? A. That’s right. Q. Now, if additional teachers are hired or have been hired to teach in the schools south of the railroad track during the school year 1966-1967, that would change that teacher-pupil ratio in those particular schools, wouldn’t it? A. It certainly would. Q. It would— A. If it’s matched up with the enroll ment, yes. Q. All right. It would lower that pupil-teacher ratio, wouldn’t it? A. That’s right. Q. I f fewer teachers were hired for the schools north of the railroad track for the year 1967 or if they’ve al ready been hired,—the contracts have already been made —that would change the teacher-pupil ratio in the schools —3 0 5 - north of the track, would it not? A. This would be the H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 505 first approach to be made to change the teacher-pupil ratio. Q. All right. I f that approach has already been made and accom plished, then that would sort of change the picture, wouldn’t it! A. It certainly would. Q. Did you make any inquiry of our Superintendent of Education or the School Board as to whether that had been done! A. No. Q. Now, you have spoken about the disparity in the amount of money spent per pupil on the pupils south of the track as compared to those north of the track, and a large part of that disparity grows out of the fact, does it not, of the teacher-pupil ratio; isn’t that right, sir? A. That’s one of the factors; yes. Q. There’s not too much difference insofar as the salaries are concerned of those north of the track and those south of the track; it’s $100, plus going up to $300 on a matter of experience, at the present time, this current school year? —306— A. Are you asking that, sir? Q. Yes, sir. A. There is quite a difference between the two payments. The average white salary in the elementary schools is $4323 and the average Negro elementary salary is $3937. Q. Well, the basic salary is just a one-hundred-dollar differential, is it not? A. The amount that’s being paid to the teachers is the difference between $4323 for the schools north of the tracks in the elementary schools and $3937 for those south of the tracks in the elementary schools. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euwien—f o r P la in tiffs— C ross 506 Q. Well, let me ask you: I ’ll ask Mr. Tynes to explain that salary schedule to the Court, but don’t you under stand from the answers to the interrogatories that with the school year 1965-’66 there will be absolutely no dif ference in the salaries paid to any school teacher in any school in. the whole school system? A. That’s right. Q. So, insofar as the future is concerned, there is no differential in the salary payments for the school teachers ? A. If the salary plan as reported is fully implemented —307— for all people in September 1965-’66 yes; that’s true. Q. Well, suppose the contracts have already been made to that effect, Mr. Neuwien; you’d say it’s an accomplished fact now, wouldn’t you? A. Yes; I would. Q. Do you know that the same allocation for library purposes, for teachers’ supplies and for free textbooks, based on the average daily attendance, is made to every school in the system regardless of the location of such school? A. No; I don’t know that, but I do know, how ever, because I like to say once in awhile I do know some thing, the nonsalary expenditures in the elementary schools south of the tracks is $17.13 per pupil in terms of the ’64-’65 budget as opposed to $85.51 of other operating ex penditures in the schools north of the tracks per pupil. That’s quite a difference. Q. Well, we’ll just take library purposes. Do you know— A. I ’m sorry. Let me correct that. The other operating expenditures in the schools south of the track are $66 and the north-of-the-track elementary —3 0 8 - schools $83. The difference between the two, plus, plus S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 507 on the side of the schools north of the track, is $17 per pupil. Q. Well, we’ll take library purposes. Do you realize that there’s the same allocation made to every school in the system regardless of its location? A. That doesn’t show in the budget. Q. Well, for teachers’ supplies, do you know that the same allocation is made for teachers’ supplies to every school in the district based on average daily attendance? A. That doesn’t show in the budget. Q. Well, do you know that free textbooks are allocated on average daily attendance to every school in the district regardless of its location? A. I imagine that’s state distribution, because there’s no textbook expenditure shown in the budget. Q. You really don’t know the entire story back of those figures that you cited to the Court, do you? A. I know enough from my experience to know that there is a dif ference some place, and it amounts to, in the elementary schools, a matter of $17 per pupil for nonsalary ex penditures. Q. You don’t know where they come from? A. But I —309— could find out. Q. Well, you haven’t made an effort— A. No. Q. —up to now to find out? A. No. Q. You haven’t asked Mr. Tynes about it? A. No, Q. You haven’t asked the School Board about it? A. No. Q. Now, you mentioned yesterday about five teachers at Heidelberg and Oakhurst who were not assigned class room teachers? S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 508 You mentioned that yesterday, did you not, sir! A. Yes; I did. Q. Do you know that for the year 1965-1966 three teach ers who will not be assigned classroom teachers have al ready been employed to work in the Riverton, Booker T. Washington and George Oliver Schools? A. This Mr. Bell: Your Honor, I think we would like to object to this type of questioning as to what’s going to be done next year. The issue before this Court is the propriety, both —3 1 0 - in terms of meeting the requirements of desegrega tion and education, of the way the lines were drawn and the way the system is administered for the present school year, and that is the issue, whether these lines should be redrawn and whether these policies should be adopted, not what’s going to be done at some future time. Maybe that would be appropriate in mitigation of whatever the Court decides to require in the ways of change for the Board, but I think this line of questioning, the character and the length it is— it’s just irrelevant to the issues before the Court, and we object to it. The Court: As I told you before, you have opened up a very wide field in your presentation of your evidence and I did not restrict you unduly, and I do not propose to restrict the School Board unduly. Your objection is overruled. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 509 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Reginald N euwien—fo r Plaintiffs—Cross By Mr. Luckett: Q. Mr. Neuwien, this is a composite map of the school zones and districts of the City of Clarksdale, is it not! A. Yes, sir. Q. Now, we’ll take a look at this Zone E-4-B, and we have the Kirkpatrick School in that zone, do we not! A. Is that Kirkpatrick or Heidelberg! —311— Mr. Lnckett: Which one is Heidelberg, Mr. Tynes? Mr. Tynes: North. Kirkpatrick is south. Mr. Luckett: This is the Heidelberg School. The Witness: That’s what I thought. By Mr. Luckett: Q. This is the area of the Heidelberg School, and it serves the elementary school children in that district, does it not? A. That’s right. Q. As you understand! A. Yes. Q. Do you approve of the neighborhood-school concept for educating children! A. That’s a badly misused term. I don’t mean you’re using it badly, but it’s an abused term, has a lot of connotations that— Q. Well, do you believe that the children should be per mitted to go to school at the closest school building or the school building in their neighborhood? A. I mean schools should be located so that youngsters can go from their own neighborhood to schools; yes. Q. All right, sir. — 312— 510 We’ll take the children in this particular Zone E-4-B. Now, wouldn’t any rational and intelligent schoolman say that those children should go to that Heidelberg School? A. Yes. As a matter of fact, we went over that before—• Q. Well— A. —and I indicated that. We discussed this district just a little while ago. Q. That would be true whether they were all white or all colored or every other house was white and every other house was colored, wouldn’t it? A. Yes. Q. Well, we’ll take this zone here that has the Kirk patrick School. Isn’t the same thing true there, sir? A. Generally; yes. As I indicated, the school there is not as ideally located, but we’re not looking for the ideal,— Q. Let’s talk about— A. —as it is in the other school district. Q. Let’s talk about the children there. Where else should —313— they go to school if they didn’t go to the Heidelberg School? A. They should go to Heidelberg, or Kirkpatrick, rather. Q. Kirkpatrick. Well, we’ll take these in this zone, this particular zone right here,— Mr. Bell: E-4-A. By Mr. Luckett: Q. —that go to the Oakhurst School; the elementary school, E-4-A. R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— G ross Mr. Bell: E-4-A. Mr. Luckett: E-4-A. 511 R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Reginald Neuwien—for Plaintiffs—Cross By Mr. Luckett: Q. Where else should these children go except Oakhurst? A. Oakhurst is the school that’s closest to those who are above the railroad track. Q. Well, that’s where rationally and reasonably they should attend school, isn’t it, sir! A. That’s right. Q. Well, we’ll take these children right over here in Zone E-3-A. Now, I think you made a mistake by saying —314— they were closer to Higgins than they are to the high school and pointed to the county high school. As a matter of fact, they are much closer to Oakhurst than they are to any school in the district, are they not? A. I don’t know what my—what your reference is to what I said. We’re talking about elementary schools now— Q. Well, wTe’ll talk about the elementary school,— A. —and making reference— Q. —and the same thing applies to the high school, because the high school for next year and from now on out is the same place where the Oakhurst School is, is it not? A. In that area. Q. Yes, sir. Well, for the high school children and elementary school children living in this area right here, in Zone E-3-A, isn’t the Oakhurst location the place where they ought to go to school? A. Are you talking about that one place you’re putting your finger on or are you talking about the whole area called E —that elementary district? Q. Well, I ’m talking about this right now,— A. Oh. Q. —this right north of E-4-A,— A. You are not talk- —315— ing about— 512 Q. —which is what we call Pleasant Acres. A. You’re not talking about the school district there, E whatever it is? Q. Well, I ’ll get around to the rest of it, because a lot of it is business district. I ’ll just have to talk about pupils. I am talking about pupils who live in that particular area, that built-up area that we call Pleasant Acres. Is there any other place where you would reasonably send them to school except to the Oakhurst site, whether it be high school or elementary school? A. Well, there might be some other place, because one other thing I do know or at least I ’ve heard and in an interrogatory there is a reference to the possibility of the location of another school in that district to which you’re pointing,— Q. Well, I would certainly— A. —and that might be the more logical place to send them. Q. Well, certainly it would be the more logical place once that school building is built,—A. If one were built there. —316— Q. But until it is built isn’t the Oakhurst location the site to which they should go? A. But in terms of future look, as you’ve been indicating, I mean I would have to qualify it, you see. Q. Well, I go along with that a thousand per cent, Mr. Neuwien, that we ought to have a school in that section of town soon. A. I didn’t say you ought to have one. I said I heard there was going to be one built there, maybe, or it was being contemplated. I didn’t say there should be one there. Q. Well, if we have— A. I don’t know enough about it. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 513 Q. Well, if we have enough development, if we have enough pupils over in this section of town, there ought to be a school built there to accommodate them; isn’t that right, Mr. Neuwien? A. If this were a matter of knowl edge and developed, then the location of the school, I think, would follow in terms of the information. Q. Along this north end, north side of Zone E-3-A, where there are a number of residences and a number of pupils nearby the Catholic School,— - 3 1 7 - Do you know where the Catholic School is—- A. Yes. Q. —in that neighborhood? A. Yes. Q. —shouldn’t those children, whether they be elemen tary school children, junior high school children or senior high school children, lacking a school in that particular neighborhood, go to this Oakhurst location, the elementary, junior high and senior high? A. Well, in terms of what kind of children, the grade level, where the schools are, I think we agree on the general principle that the schools should serve the youngsters. Q. Well, that’s true. A. But then all of the background material has to be considered, too,— Q. Well, we— A. —and I don’t think that these things should be arrived at in generalizations, and I think there has to be a lot more knowledge and a lot more study done than you have indicated, for example, that I have had time to do. Q. I see. A. And, so, in answering that kind of a ques- —318— tion, I mean it has to be thoroughly qualified. Q. I see. A. And you’ve been qualifying me all along on that basis. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 19GB R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross Q. Well— A. And, so, I just can’t say yes; that’s so. The general principle that we were talking about, I think, is how to serve children best by school facilities, and one of the things is that the school should be accessible, easily accessible, to the child. Q. Well— A. That’s a general principle. Q. Well, using the general principle of accessibility, wouldn’t you say that this is the school that’s accessible to those children! A. Yeah, with the information that you have given me. Q. All right, sir. Well, in the Riverton— A. But there’s a lot more to be had, too. Q. Well, in addition to accessibility, what else are we talking about! We can’t talk about race. A. Oh, no. — 319— Q. We can’t talk— A. Oh, no. Q. No, sir. A. Well, we could. Q. Well, the Court said we couldn’t talk about it—not this Court, but every court says that, and this Court would tell us, too, I ’m sure. So far as the Riverton area is concerned, that school over there is serving the children in the elementary grades in that particular area, isn’t it! A. Yes. Q. Isn’t that where they should go to school? A. If that is the accessible school. Q. Well, it is the accessible school,— A. Yeah. Q. —isn’t it? A. Sure. Q. I f we’re going to use Booker T. Washington and not put a match to it and burn it down, the students who should H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 515 use it are certainly the students in this particular zone; isn’t that right, sir? A. But not necessarily in that zone. Q. Well, where would you get them from? A. I mean —320— from various areas, maybe, where the school would be more accessible to the youngsters, because now your gen eralization does not work when you get over to Booker T. Washington in terms of accessibility— Q. Well, we— A. —or greater accessibility. Q. —would use the children to which it is more accessi ble than the other children; we should inconvenience as few children as possible by reason of this location? That’s right, is it not, sir? A. That’s right, but there might be—by a thorough study, there might be—a re orientation of the two school districts to which you have latterly referred. Q. Yes. Well— A. So, it is not logical to just say yes to your question, that this is the school to which the children in the outlying district should go. Q. One who— A. Those two districts might be re oriented. Q. One who has made a thorough study of it might come up with an unqualified answer to that effect; isn’t that right, sir? A. You mean what I have just said? —321— Q. You said without a thorough study one could not make an unqualified answer, that that is where these par ticular children should go without a thorough study. A. And with the amount of information that I have— Q. That’s right. A. —I believe that these two school districts could be restudied. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 516 Q. Well, assuming that they have be restudied by someone other than you, then there is a possibility that you could come up with an unqualified statement, isn t there? A. I might not agree with their findings. Q. Well, we’re not trying to convince you, sir, A. Well— H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald Neuwien-—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross Mr. Bell: Your Honor, we object to arguing with the witness. It is— By Mr. Luckett: Q. Insofar as the— The Court: Mr. Luckett,— Mr. Luckett: Yes, sir. I will refrain. The Court: —the objection has been made. —322— Mr. Luckett:. Excuse me, Mr. Neuwien. I meant no disrespect to you. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Now, insofar as the children in this particular Zone E-l-A, the Oliver School is the school for them, is it not? A. I think the same thing about that district. I think this could well stand restudy. Q. Well, it could stand restudy; but, in any event, these pupils would certainly go to these schools south of the rail road track; isn’t that right, sir? A. That’s right. Q, If we’re going to utilize the school buildings? A. I f it . were thoroughly studied, there might be some ques tion. 517 There’s another district there, too, isn’t there? Q. Well, there are two districts. There’s the Myrtle Hall district and there’s the Eliza Clark district. A. Yeah. Q. That’s right. A. Yeah. Q. In other words, you are saying, instead of going to George Oliver, you might put them in Myrtle Hall or — 323— Eliza Clark? A. It might be. Q. Might be. A. I mean, in other words, the whole area could stand restudy. Q. Myrtle Hall and Eliza Clark are very close together, are they not? A. The certainly are. Q. Probably about two blocks apart or something like that? A. Well, they’re close. Q. One is on the east side of its zone and one is pretty close— A. Well— Q. Both of them are pretty close to the dividing line? A. That’s right. Q. If the children are going to be divided between the two schools, you have got to draw a line some place, do you not, sir? A. Yeah. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in a ld N euwien—f o r P la in tiffs—R ed irect Mr. Luckett: Excuse me, your Honor. That’s all, your Honor. — 324— The Court: Any redirect? Redirect Examination by Mr. Bell: Q. To start off, Mr. Neuwien, when you got in the habit of referring to schools south of the track and schools north of the track, would you indicate whether or not you were referring only to the geographical location or 518 were you referring to the race that these schools had been serving in the past solely? A. I think both, because I mean this is the kind of material I ’ve been reading. Q. But you were talking in terms—at one point you referred to the average pupils per class in schools above the track and schools below the track. Was that reference only to the geographical— A. Oh. Q. —or did you mean to refer to— A. Oh, no. I meant to refer to schools that are serving the white population and then the other group of schools serving the Negro population. Q. And would you, for the record, clarify which was which? A. In what-—in what— — 325— Q. The schools. A. What information? Q. When you referred to the schools north of the track, did you refer at that point to white schools or Negro schools? A. The Negro schools, and, of course, I mean this is not correct because there are four schools that are Negro schools in terms of the information that I have, and— Q. And they are located where? A. They are all below the tracks. Q. All right. A. There are three schools serving the white population—four schools totally, three above the track and one below. Q. All right. Now, you were requested— The Court: Excuse me just a minute. I think what he was getting at: On your figures that you extracted from the budget— H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eginald Nemvien-—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect 519 The Witness: Yeah. The Court: —were those differentials inclusive of the one school that apparently has nothing but white pupils south of the track? — 326— The Witness: No. There were four schools in one group and four in the other. Eliza Clark was in the group with the three schools above the track. The Court: That’s what he was getting at. The Witness: That’s the way I broke them down. Mi*. Bell: Thank you, your Honor. The Court: All right. The Witness: Thank you. By Mr. B e ll : Q. You were asked or requested to indicate whether the school in Zone E-4-B, the Heidelberg School, was a desegregated school with reference to whether all the pupils living around that school were assigned to that school, and I believe your response was, “Yes,” and I ’m wondering: Would you indicate to the Court whether or not that response considered the assignment of faculty of that school and what effect, if any, considering the faculty assignments, that would have on your answer? A. It did not, because we—in the cross examination the reference was to children living in that area and attend ing the school, and this was the basis upon which the answer was arrived at. Q. Well, let me ask you whether or not, in your opinion, — 327— a school can be desegregated if the faculty are assigned on a basis of race. A. Not effectively. Not effectively. B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Reginald, N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— R ed irect 520 In other words, I mean there should be a free assignment of faculty as well as a free assignment of children. Q. Now, while counsel for defendants didn’t take you zone by zone and ask that same question as to whether you felt that the zone or the school was a desegregated school, would your answer be yes if he had done so, if he had gone zone to zone? A. No. Q. Then I ask you whether or not, in view of the fact that this Zone E-4-B, the Heidelberg zone, is one zone within a system made up of eight elementary zones, in your opinion, the one zone can be designated as a desegre gated zone while the other zones are not desegregated or some of the others are not desegregated. A. Would you put the question again, please? Q. I ’m wondering: In your opinion, is it possible to say that the Heidelberg is a desegregated zone if you can’t also say that every other zone is desegregated in the system? A. I f we’re talking then about the school sys tem,— —328— Q. Right. A. —no; you couldn’t, because this is an instance within a total situation. Q. Now, there was general reference made to the Zones E-4-B and E-4-C. Would you refresh your memory as to your testimony yesterday? Did you or did you not indicate that the zones, elementary zones, above the Illinois Central Railroad track, the white schools, were zoned in a manner that came fairly close to meeting the generally accepted zoning criteria? A. My reference was to the Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick School, and I think I surrounded it with that statement, that these H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1966 Reginald, Neuwien-—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect 521 schools more closely met the standards for arriving at school districts in that location of schools. Q. And would you indicate whether or not you made the same type of response or a different response in summing up the nature of the zoning for the schools south of the Illinois Central’s railroad tracks? A. I— The Court: I think I understand his position, ac cording to his testimony yesterday. I want to avoid going back over the same ground. —329— Mr. Bell: All right, your Honor. The Court: He said there were variations from acceptable criteria with respect to particularly three of the four zones south of the railroad track. Mr. Bell: That’s correct, your Honor. R if Mr. Rell : Q. Now, in speaking of the location or the newness of the school building at the Booker T. Washington School, in your opinion, would the fact that there is a new building down there lessen the impact on the education offered because of the crowding that you talked about at the Booker T. Washington, and crowding meaning the average number of pupils per class and the teacher-pupil ratio? What effect on those problems would there be because the building is new? A. Well, we have a number of fac tors. I mean good educational facilities are favorable to ward good instruction, and so that there might be some offset of other bad factors. In other words, if it were an 1880 school and overcrowded conditions, you would have a worse situation than if you had a decent school and S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect 522 overcrowded conditions, and, so, I couldn’t say—I wouldn’t want to say—that the facilities make no difference, but still — 330— the teacher and the pupils still have the problem with the oversize classes, regardless of the type of school. Q. Now, there was indication that the location of Booker T. Washington was dictated by the high cost of acquisition of land in an area that would be further north, located near where the old Booker T. Washington School was located. I ask you whether or not the high acquisition cost is a general problem that you find in studying school systems around the country and what, if any, advice you give boards who indicate that they are faced with this kind of problem. A. Well, in terms of the price that was mentioned per acre, this is—I mean other than downtown areas and highly metropolitan situations this is one of the highest per acre prices I have seen, because normally site acquisition be comes a minimal part of the development of the local school, and the site would probably run somewheres, in a normal situation, considerably less than 20 per cent of the total development cost, and probably as low as 10 per cent, and, so, when it comes to the question of shall we have 10 acres or 12 acres this is—this is talking about peanuts. Even though it’s tax-collected money, it’s still a very small - 331- amount to be used and enjoyed over a long period of time. But this site cost was mentioned, I think, at a quarter of a million dollars for the purchase of the site, and this exerts a problem, but again by some earlier foresight loca tions of school sites might have been done many years ago and purchased at low cost. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— R ed irect 523 Q. Now, there was some little discussion about the amount of knowledge you had to do this job, and you indi cated both yesterday and today that there were a lot of facts that a person who’s concerned about the school sys tem would have. I would like to ask you whether or not, in your opinion, the facts that were made available to you and the observa tions that you were able to make were sufficient to make the findings that you did about the zones and the conclu sions you made about the zones as you made them yester day. A. I feel very comfortable on that question, and this is the way I ’ve dealt with many boards of education. I don’t go in and solve the problems before I go to work in the school system, but I do indicate where the problems are, where the possible problems are, and the kind of work —332— and investigation that should be done, and I think that’s what I tried to do here; but I was not an adviser to the Clarksdale Board of Education. Q. Then would you be able to distinguish the amount of information that would he needed to correct the situation from the amount of information that would be needed to point out the defects in the situation? Would you be able to make a distinction on that basis? The Court: Again I think that is very clear. I think this witness has made his position clear and I think I understand it. If this witness were personally undertaking to lay out the zones himself, he would want a study in depth and the acquisition of information, not knowl edge, that he does not now have. R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in a ld N euwien— fo r P laintiffs-—R ed irect 524 Is that correct? The Witness: That’s right. Mr. B ell: But I think the attack was on the pro priety of him, on the information he has, being able to point out defects, and this is what the question was aimed at, to get his opinion as to whether or not, based on the facts available to him— — 333— The Court: He said he feels comfortable with the foundation of information he had to reach the con clusions he’s expressed. Mr. Bell: All right, your Honor. By Mr. B e ll : Q. The discussion on accreditation of the schools and the nature of the accreditation—does this information af fect your conclusions as to two points, your conclusions as to the effect of the drawing of zones as they are: First of all, would the accreditation or nonaccreditation of the schools have any effect on your conclusions as to what resulted from drawing the zones as they are? A. No; this would not affect it. Q. I ask you whether the accreditation would have any effect on your conclusions as to the disparity in the edu cation provided Negro and white pupils. A. No. Q. You indicated that you thought the neighborhood school policy, neighborhood school, was a greatly misused term. Would you indicate why you think that? A. Well, because it means so many different things. A neighborhood school—then we all of a sudden get over to de facto seg regation situations, and a lot of people don’t know what S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— R edirect 525 H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross — 334— that is either, and we say we don’t agree, so that when we use these general labels and throw them around—I mean I hesitate to accede to this kind of a thing. I think we can describe the kind of school we’re talking about. Then we really know. But whether I believe that a neighborhood school pro gram is the kind of a program that should be utilized— there’s a question. I mean it depends on how you apply neighborhood schools. I mean we can do lots of things with neighborhood schools that I would find unacceptable. Q. I ask you whether or not in your studies around the country you find that very often the reference to neighbor hood school refers to the racial make-up of the neighbor hood. A. That’s right. Q. I ask you whether in your study of the drawing of the zones here, which, according to defendants, are based on the neighborhood plan, you found, as a matter of fact, the zones in some instances at least were based on racial neighborhoods rather than any other criterion. A. That’s right. Mr. Bell: No further questions. The Court: Anything further, Mr. Luckett? — 335— Recross Examination by Mr. Luckett: Q. You take this zone that includes the Riverton School. Would you say that that’s a neighborhood school, sir? A. Well, I mean again the youngsters who go there, go to that school, are children who live in that general neighbor hood,— 526 Q. All right, sir. A. —excepting that all of the young sters who live in that neighborhood do not go to that school. I mean the elementary children. Q. Well, why don’t they go to that school, sir? A. Well, I don’t know why they don’t, hut they don’t. Q. Well, if they go to a school, they have to go to school there, do they not? If they go to attend a public school in the grades that have been reached under this plan, they have to go to school there, do they not, sir? A. Well, again, according to the information that I have,—this goes hack to the first interrogatory, I believe—there are some white children in that neighborhood who do not go to that school. — 336— Q. Yes, sir. But they don’t go to public school either, do they? A. This I ’m not sure. It seemed from the information that the Board had they didn’t know where they went either. Q. Well, this particular zone— The Court: Wait just a minute, Mr. Luckett. You mean you have some indication that white children in an elementary attendance center are go ing to some school other than the one in their dis trict,— The Witness: Well, this is the information I— The Court: —some other public school? The Witness: Well, this I ’m not sure, because that was not—but it said that there were white children, but they didn’t know where they were in school. I ’d have to go through and reread this material. It was in the first interrogatory. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R egin ald N em vien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross 527 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Reginald Ne-uwien—for Plaintiffs—Recross The Court: All right. The Witness: No. Maybe I can clear that up a little bit, and I would have to ask this in a question. I mean: Is there a public housing development— The Court: Now, you are on the witness stand. The Witness: Oh. Okay. All right. — 337— By Mr. LucJcett: Q. Isn’t there a flat statement in those answers to the interrogatories that no child who attends public school in Clarksdale, Mississippi in the grades that have been reached by this plan has been permitted to go to school outside of the school zone—- A. Yeah. Q. —in which he or she lived? A. Yeah. Q. Wouldn’t that indicate to you that there is not a child living in this Riverton zone, in either the first or second grade, who is in the public schools of Clarksdale? A. Oh, yeah. That’s right. That’s right. I was referring beyond Grade 2. Q. Insofar as the drawing of this line for this Riverton district, would you say that it was drawn because of racial factors? A. It might have something to do with it. Q. Well, how could it have something to do with it, Mr. Neuwien, when about half of the territory of that zone is occupied by houses in which white people live and prob ably a third of the children over there are white and two thirds of them colored? A. Well, again I mean I don’t — 338- have all of the facts. Q. Well, assuming that that be true, if in this zone half of the territory embracing half of the houses there are 528 filled with houses of white residents and about a third of the population over there are white, how could race have entered into the drawing of that particular zone? A. And when the children are in school that would become a de segregated area. Q. Well, would you say that that line was drawn with race in mind? A. Well, I ’m not sure. I don’t have the total information. Q. You understand that there are white people and white children throughout this territory south of this railroad track? A. No; I ’m not aware of that. Q. You don’t know that? A. Throughout the area, no; I don’t know that. Q. I f there are hundreds of children, white children, south of the railroad track, would you say that that line was drawn with racial considerations in mind? A. It might be. Q. With both whites and blacks in the same zones, and —3 3 9 - still there would be racial considerations given to the zone ? A. Well, I mean again in terms of the information that I have there are areas below the railroad tracks where there are no white children in zones, in elementary zones, and that includes the secondary school pupils, the secondary school population, because that was included in the Inter rogatory Number 2. Q. You are talking about the Eliza Clark zone, are you not? A. Well, Eliza Clark was one; yes. Q. That’s the only one, isn’t it? A. No. No. Q. There are no Negroes in that zone? What are you talking about? Whites? A. E-l-C is one area to which I referred, and— R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Reginald, N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross 529 Q. That’s the Eliza Clark zone. A. That’s right. And E-2-A. This is at the secondary school level. Q. We are talking about south of the railroad track right now. That’s the question, Mr. Neuwien. A. E-2-A is south of the railroad track, I think. That’s Booker T. Washington. —340— Q. Yes. A. At the secondary level there are three white pupils in that area and 203 Negroes. Q. In the secondary area this is the dividing line, the railroad line that runs east and west,— A. Yeah. Q. —is it not, sir? A. I ’m talking about Negro people. Q. Well, there are both Negro people and white people south of that line,— A. That’s right. Q. —are there not? A. That’s right. Q. Insofar as these white children who live in the Eliza Clark zone, when they get to the seventh grade, they go to Higgins High School or Higgins Junior High School, do they not, according to the plan? A. That’s right. Q. The same is true of these whites, we’ll say, who live in Riverton; isn’t that right, sir? A. Yes, sir. Q. The same is true of these whites who live in Zone —341— E-l-A ; isn’t that so? A. Yes. Q. The same is true of these whites, if there be any, in this area that includes the Booker T. Washington School— and I think there are one or two of them? A. Yes. Q. That’s true, isn’t it, sir? A. Yeah. Q. Throughout that particular district? A. Yeah. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in a ld N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross Mr. Luckett: That’s all. 530 The Court: Anything further with this witness! Mr. Bell: Just one final question. Redirect Examination by Mr. Bell: Q. In your opinion and based on your studies, Mr. Neu wien, do the lines as drawn effectively exclude all Negroes from attending white schools! A. Yes, by practice. I mean by test even. Mr. Bell: No further questions. The Court: Anything further with this witness! Mr. Luckett: No, your Honor. The Court: You may stand down. - 3 4 2 - Do you have another witness! Mr. Bell: Yes, sir. The Court: I think before you call that witness this would be a convenient time to have the morning recess. Court is in recess until ten-thirty. (Thereupon, at 10:14 a. m., a 16-minute recess was taken.) The Court: You may be seated. You may call your next witness. Mr. Bell: Myron Lieberman. Your Honor, may I request permission to have a former witness be seated at counsel table now? The Court: Any objection, Mr. Luckett? Mr. Luckett: No; no. The Court: All right. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 R eg in a ld N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— R ed irect 531 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs—-Direct —343— Myron L ieber m a n , a w itness called by and in b eh a lf o f the p la in tiffs , h av in g been first duly sw orn, testified as follows: Direct Examination by Mr. Bell-. Q. State your full name and your residence, please. A. My name is Myron Lieberman and I live at 271 Doyle Avenue, Providence, Rhode Island. Q. What is your occupation? A. I am the Chairman of the Professional Studies Division at Rhode Island Col lege. Q. And what are your responsibilities in that job? A. Well, those responsibilities are those normally associated with the head of a large academic division in a college. I am in charge of the Departments of Elementary Educa tion, Secondary Education, Industrial Arts Education, Psychology, Philosophy, the Laboratory School of over 700 pupils, a student teaching program, and I am also the Director of Faculty Research. Q. Would you review your academic background? A. I went to high school in Minnesota. I have a Bachelor’s Degree in Law and a Bachelor’s Degree in Education from the University of Minnesota. I have a Master’s and a —344— Ph.D. Degree in Education from the University of Illinois. Q. Would you summarize your work experience in the educational field? A. In the educational field I have taught at the University of Illinois, at Emory University, at the University of Oklahoma. I have been Chairman of the Department of Education at Yeshiva University in New York City; I have been an 532 editorial consultant for various publishers, a professor at Hofstra University, and since 1963 I have been head of the Professional Studies Division at Rhode Island College. Q. How about specific experience in school desegregation problems? A. My academic field of study in the universi ties has included some work devoted to the interrelation ships between race and education, and my teaching field for over 10 years has also included as an important part the race relationships in education. I have published various articles dealing with problems of race relations in education, monographs in the Harvard Educational Review and other professional publications. —345— I have published two books which deal in part with prob lems of race relations and race in education. I have served as a consultant for six months to the school system in New Rochelle, New York, which was the first northern community to be involved in a legal case in the federal courts involving segregation in the schools. I had the responsibility of drafting a master plan for that school system to take it out—to get the court order re moved in that situation. I have done informal work with consultants working on school integration problems in various communities throughout the country. I have been in charge of two national conferences de voted to various aspects of segregation and education, and during the past 10 years I have given a number of lectures at various institutions of higher education around the country dealing with various aspects of the problem of race relations and integration in the public schools. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P laintiffs-—Direct 533 Q. What preparation and study have yon made for your testimony concerning the Clarksdale school system? A. I was sent the materials, some materials, concerning the situation in Clarksdale, I believe, in December. I spent, I would say, about one to two working days trying to —346— analyze those materials. I visited Clarksdale on January 13th and 1.4th, visited the schools, looked at the boundary lines. After that I studied the second set of interrogatories that were sent to me, so that altogether I would say I have spent the equivalent of four to five working days in studying the materials or looking at the situation here in Clarksdale. Q. Based on your study, Dr. Lieberman, would you give your opinion as to whether you think the Board’s lines have been drawn in accordance with sound administrative procedures? A. Well, it seems to me very obvious that there are certain situations where this is obviously—where it is obviously the case that the lines have been drawn not in accordance with what are generally regarded as sound administrative procedures in public education. For example, one illustration of this concerns the boundaries that have been drawn with respect to the Oakhurst, Clark, Hall and Booker T. Washington Schools. Boundaries should be drawn in order to achieve at least two purposes. One is to minimize the distances the pupils have to go to school, and another purpose is to maximize —347— the utilization that a school system gets from its schools. Now, in the Myrtle Hall School, the enrollment there, on the basis of the figures submitted by the Board, is S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 534 over the maximum capacity of the school. The enrollment at Booker T. Washington was given as 555, with a maxi mum for the school of 560, so that here you have two schools, one of which is over its rated capacity and one of them which is right at its rated capacity. Between these two schools is the Eliza Clark School, which is operating only at two-thirds capacity, and there are a number of pupils in both the Booker T. Washington and in the Myrtle Hall districts who are closer to the Clark School than they are to the school that they are going. So, in that situation,—and there are others—the Negro pupils are having to travel a longer distance to a school which is overcrowded, and in one case at least is already over the maximum rated capacity, than they would have to go to a school which is operating at only two- thirds capacity. Q. Now— A. There are— Q. I ’m sorry. Go ahead. A. Well, again there are sev- —348— eral rooms at the Myrtle Hall, Myrtle Hall and the Booker T. Washington School, which are operating over capacity, and, therefore, it would seem to me to be logical from a standpoint of sound administrative practice to have some of the children in that district go to a school which is closer to their home and which is far from capacity. Q. Would you indicate whether or not you have been able to make a similar type of comparison as to the Riverton School! A. Yes. The Riverton School—Rooms 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 are now over capacity at the Riverton School. Now, there are pupils in the Riverton district also who are closer either to the Clark School or to the Oakhurst H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— Direct 535 School than they would be to Riverton. So, I think the same would prevail there, that there are students there who are going a longer distance to a school which is over crowded, which is over capacity, that is, for the Riverton, and they are closer to a school which does have space in every grade. Q. Do you have any figures in mind or standards in mind when you speak of over capacity and under capacity; and, if so, what are they? A. Well, I am taking the - 3 4 9 - figures that the Board has given for the rated capacity of the rooms. Now, for example, in the Riverton School,—the rooms were just listed numerically—Room Number 7 has seven over the rated capacity; Room Number 8 has five over; Room Number 9 has seven; Room Number 10 has seven over; Room 11, five; and Room 12, six. In other words, these are the number of pupils over the rated capacity of the room—not the optimum, but the rated capacity of the room—that have been submitted by the Board. Now, at the same time, in Clark, Room 1 is 12 under capacity; Room 2 is 23; Room 3 is 12,—these are all under capacity—and so forth. Every room at Clark is under capacity from 10 to 40 students. Then at Oakhurst the same situation prevails, with the possible exception of one room, that in most of them there are over 10 vacancies as far as the rated capacity of the room goes. Q. How about the location of new schools constructed since 1960? Did you review the situation as to those schools and did that have any effect on your conclusions? A. Yes. B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 536 I studied the site and looked at the data that was sub- — 350— mitted in the interrogatories on the site of the new schools. It would appear to me that the site location is clearly not in accord with what is regarded as sound administra tive practice. For example, it is not regarded as sound administrative practice to locate a school— The Court: Excuse me. Which school are you talking about now? The Witness: Oh, I am now talking about the Booker T. Washington School. For example, in the Booker T. Washington School, it is not regarded as sound administrative practice to locate a school near the edge of the population from which it draws. The only basis upon which that might be justified is if there were strong evidence that the population was going to move be yond the school. However, in that particular case, the school is located at the very edge of the com munity, as is also the Oliver School, for example, and one would normally expect schools to be con structed more or less near the center of the popula tion from which they would draw. By Mr. B e ll : Q. Let me interrupt, Dr. Lieberman,— A. Yes. — 351— Q. —and ask you whether or not, assuming there were sound reasons to believe that there was going to be a great growth of population south of the Booker T. Wash ington, that would justify, in view of the location of other H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct 537 schools, the assignment of pupils above Twelfth Street within the Booker T. Washington zone to the Washington School. A. Well, I would not have thought—not—I would not think so myself. Actually, it would seem to me that, in view of the sub stantial amount of unutilized classrooms in the other schools, in the system as a whole, that it would have been far better administrative practice to add to the existing schools rather than to build a completely new school at the outskirts of the community, because in that way you would have been able to utilize the unused capacity at the existing schools, which you cannot do by building a brand-new school at the edge of the community. Q. Suppose utilization of some of the existing space available would have necessitated students living south of the line to travel north of the line, say to Oakhurst or something of this nature; could this have been justified —352— from an educational— A. Well, in my opinion, it is justi fied now. I think, for example, that some of the students who are nowT in the Riverton district, which, as I say, has many overcrowded classrooms, could easily be assigned to the Oakhurst School, which has space available in every room, with one possible exception, and the same is true, for example, for the Myrtle Hall students. Q. How7 about the traditional idea— A. They, of course,— Q. —of using railroad tracks— A. —are close to the Clark School. See, now Myrtle Hall is overcrowded. There are a sub stantial number of rooms there that have over the maxi H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 538 mum capacity, and yet there are students in the Myrtle Hall zone who are closer to the Clark School than they are to the Myrtle Hall School. Q. Well, how about the traditional idea of using rail road tracks as boundary lines because of a potential hazard? Did you consider this in your conclusion in in dicating the design— A. Yes; I did. I would not think that would be a factor in this com munity. —353— I noticed from the figures submitted by the Board in 1963-’64 there were 1,102 students who crossed the rail road tracks, and this year, according to the figures that they have submitted, there are 639 students. So, then, in addition to the figure submitted as to the very substantial number of students who are crossing the tracks, it seems that there are enough safe crossing points on the tracks so that I could hardly see where this would be a major factor in drawing the zones. Q. Did you consider some of the proposals as contained in the record at least that the Board is considering as far as increasing capacity for existing schools? A. Yes, par ticularly with reference to Riverton. I believe that there is some contemplation of expanding the capacity of that school. It is difficult for me at least to see how this could be justified when there is space available at Clark and at Oakhurst and when some of the students in the Riverton district, the Negroes in that district, are closer to Clark and they are closer to Oakhurst, both of which have a cer tain amount of space available, and in some eases the rooms are below optimum. So, there would be no problem. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect —354— I do not see the rationale for adding rooms to an over crowded school when simply by rezoning you could send pupils to schools that are now below optimum. Q. The factors that you have been talking about—in your opinion, do they have any effect on the quality of the education that’s offered to the Negro children; and, if so, what? A. Well, I would say that it would be a miracle if these practices did not have a harmful effect upon the education of both the white and the Negro stu dents in the City of Clarksdale. First, as far as the Negro students are concerned, they are in schools where their class size is substantially larger than that of the white students. I believe that the highest average class size in any white school is substantially lower than the lowest class size in any of the schools that are attended by Negro pupils, and the margin is a sub stantial one. Now, of course, what this means is that the teacher is going to have less time to deal with any individual pupil in the situation where the class size is very large. Then the Negro pupils must travel longer distances to —355— school than they would have to go if they were assigned to the school that is nearest where they live, and there’s a physical factor. There’s a safety factor. Their teachers are paid less because they are Negroes. The school system—the operating supplies—I believe there was a twenty-dollar differential. I have that figure here. At the elementary level the per pupil expenditure for operating supplies was $202.62 per Negro elementary 540 pupil and $295.98 per white elementary pupil. This is a huge difference, and this difference—a good part of this difference lies in the salaries of teachers; but, of course, the teachers are a very crucial element in the educational process, and if one group of students has teachers who are paid more than others they’re very likely to get a better education for that reason, so that you have a dis tance factor; you have a supply factor; you have a teacher factor. Then another thing: The curriculum in the Negro schools seems to be narrower than that in the white schools ̂ For instance, at the secondary level, there are some courses that are not offered at Higgins which are offered at Clarks- dale-Coahoma Junior and Senior High: There’s Latin I and II, Problems of Democracy, Spanish III, Practical —3 5 6 - Nursing, Distributive Education, Metals and Machines, Machine Tool Operation, Mechanical Drawing, and I think some others. It ’s not too clear because of the language or the terminology that’s applied to courses, but I would assume from looking at the list that there are other courses in addition to these that are available in the Clarksdale- Coahoma Junior-Senior High complex that are not avail able to Higgins. So, this, of course, is extremely crucial to the student, whether he can take a course that meets his particular needs. Then, of course, the very fact that the rated capacity for the rooms seems to be different at least-—not in every case, but in many cases—for white and Negro pupils; that is to say a room with the same size will have a rated capacity and the figure will be higher if the school is used H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 541 by Negro students than for white students. This is true not in every case, but in a substantial number of cases. Q. Now, what is this based on? Which interrogatory in particular? Do you recall? A. This is based upon the one—I believe it was the last one that we have. —357— Q. Do you have the number of the answer? A. Well, I think I have the number of the answer, but I don’t have the number of the question. Number 3. I should add something to the capacity problem: That it is somewhat difficult to know, to understand, the situation precisely because you will have rooms and the square footage will range from, say, 792 feet to a thousand feet, and yet the rated capacity will be 40 students per room. In other words, you have a number of rooms and the rated capacity—the square footage will vary as much as over 200 feet, and yet the rooms will be allocated the same rated capacity of 40 students. I listed for Heidelberg and Booker T. Washington and Myrtle Hall all the rooms that have a rated capacity of 40 students, and here’s one at Heidelberg, for example, that Room 15, that has 792 square feet and a rated capacity of 40, and another room in the same school that has a thousand square feet and a rated capacity of 40. But, in general, the point that I want to make is this: That there are exceptions to this, but in general it would seem that more Negro pupils are expected to be in an area, in the same size area, as would be expected to be if the school were attended by white students. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 542 H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct —358— Q. How about the number of teachers provided the Negroes and the number for the white elementary level! A. Well, this is one of the most striking facts about the system, as I looked over the material. I can give you the summary on this very quickly. According to the latest interrogatory submitted by the Board, there are approximately 1,102 white elementary students and 1,915 Negro elementary students. On the other hand, there are only four more Negro teachers for these elementary students than there are white teachers. In other words, although there are 700, approximately 700, more Negro elementary pupils, there are only four more Negro teachers in the schools where those pupils are, and that is, of course, a staggering difference, and even that doesn’t tell the whole story because it appears—and again I don’t have the additional information—that there are some teachers in the white schools that are not in class. It appears that they have about five teachers who are not in class who might be available for supervisory or remedial work with students; but, of course, over-all, a situation where you have 700 more pupils and only four teachers to cope with that difference would hardly be—I would say —359— would be impossible just about to defend on any sound administrative basis. Q. What is your opinion, Dr. Lieberman, as to the effect of the Board having drawn the lines as they have and hav ing followed the school construction policy and these other factors that you have discussed! A. Well, could you be a little more specific? With respect to what? 543 Q. The effect with regard to desegregation. A. Well, I think that result is really an obvious one. That doesn’t call for an opinion. There are, as I understand it, at the present time no Negro pupils and white pupils together in any school in the community. So, it would seem to me to be an obvious conclusion that the school construction policy, the addition policy and the zoning policy has had this effect. Q. Let me ask you: Let us suppose that the lines had been drawn so that every pupil would have been assigned to the school located nearest his home and so that you could balance the teachers and pupils— A. Right. Q. —in each school according to the school’s capacity. Generally, how would those lines, starting with the ele- —360— mentary grades, have differed from the lines that the Board has? A. Well, I can’t answer that for every school in the community, but it would seem to me obvious that in some cases the lines would have been drawn much differ ently. The lines for Clark would now include some stu dents from Myrtle Hall and from Booker T. Washington. As I mentioned before, Clark, which has space available, a good deal of space available, is closer to many Negro students who are now attending schools and in classrooms which are over their rated capacity. So, that would be one change that would follow. I would assume that another one wmuld be that the lines would be redrawn so that some students in the Riverton district, for instance, would now attend Oakhurst because Riverton is at or above capacity in many classrooms while, on the other hand, Oakhurst has space, substantial space, available. B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 544 So, I would assume that the lines would he redrawn in such a way that, if the zones were still, you might say, roughly rectangular, they would he—the longer side of the rectangle would be east and west instead of north and south. Q. In other words,—indicate whether this is what you —3 6 1 - are saying—the lines, the elementary school zone lines, south of the railroad tracks, which tend to run in a north- south direction, would run more in an east-west direction? A. Yes. Now, Booker T. Washington, for example—the northern part of the Booker T. Washington zone, for example, it would seem to me would be included in Clark. The Riverton—the eastern portion of the Riverton zone, you see-— Q. This? A. Yes. Q. Would you be referring to this? A. —it would seem to me some of it could be assigned either to Eliza Clark or some of it to Oakhurst. Then I would think that the zone at the south part of this community—that you could combine part of Booker T. Washington and what is now the Oliver zone. But, in any case, it would seem clear that if you held to the criterion of distance and you wanted also to get the maximum utilization of your facilities that the zone lines for the schools would be quite different from what they are now. —362— Q. What would your answTer be in regard to the zoning of the high schools? As you know, there are two high schools, one in the northern section and one in the southern section of town, S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs—Direct 545 and the zone line is the Illinois Central Railroad track running down between them. A. Well, I would recom mend that the line be drawn, and I think that a line— that using the Sunflower River, the river as a dividing line, would probably be the best solution there to maximize utilization of facilities and for the distance factor. Q. I ask you whether or not you would be able to definitely say that would be the line without further study and things of that nature. A. No; I wouldn’t be that categorical about it, but it would seem to me, looking at it, it would make a far more sensible line than using the railroad track. Now, you might draw the line— Of course, one factor that has to be taken into account here is the curriculum in the schools. Certainly if a pupil can demonstrate a real need for a course which is only given at one school—I would think that he certainly ought to be permitted to attend that school; but I think the — 363- demonstration ought to be a genuine one, that pupils should not be permitted to transfer just because they want to transfer. Q. On that point, were there some examples that you can give from your study of the curriculum,— A. Yes. Q. —where, for example, if— A. If, for example, to go back to the courses—if a student who is, let’s say, now at Higgins—if he wanted to take Latin or he wanted to take Machine Tool Operation or Mechanical Drawing, if he had educational or vocational plans that required a course such as this, I would think that—I can’t imagine any rea son that would be available to deny him that right. Q. I ask your opinion as to— A. Could I— H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 546 Q. Yes. A. —add one— Q. Yes. A. There are courses that are offered at Hig gins also that are not available at Clarksdale-Coahoma Junior-Senior High School, and the same thing would hold there. If any white pupil needed a course that was given at the present time only at Higgins, he could be permitted to go there. —364— Presumably the line should be drawn without any regard to race, and then the district—the line should—the zones should be adhered to very firmly except for a very dem onstrated educational reason. Q. Let me ask you whether lines drawn along the lines you have just suggested or the Board’s lines come closest to meeting the Board’s criteria for drawing lines, which was the proximity and school utilization. A. Well, as I said before, I don’t understand the justification for requir ing, say, students in the northern part of the Booker T. Washington district to travel all the way down to the Booker T. Washington School, nor do I understand why pupils in the Myrtle Hall district, which is over its rated capacity, and some of the students in the Myrtle Hall dis trict are closer to the Clark School than they are to the Myrtle Hall School—why they should not be assigned, for example, to the Clark School. So, if the—you have to consider both factors at the same time. You have to consider the distance factor and you also have to consider, of course, the utilization-of-school factor. There can be situations in which a pupil does not go to —365— the school nearest his home, but that would be a situation H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct 547 in which that school was overcrowded and he were going to a school farther away that was not so crowded; but here the reverse is the case. The pupils travel a longer distance —the Negro pupils travel a longer distance—to go to overcrowded schools than they would have to go to go to schools that are not crowded at all. Q. Well, then, would you say that drawing the lines along the lines you have suggested or the Board’s lines come closer to a true neighborhood school policy? A. Well, I ’m not sure what is meant by “a true neighborhood school policy”. This is a phrase that means different things to different people. You can—for example, if you have two secondary schools, you can divide the community up into two neighborhoods. The neighborhood school has a meaning that’s different from person to person and area to area. In this community the only criterion for “neighborhood” that I can honestly see is in using the criterion of race, that “neighborhood” seems to be defined by “white” or “Negro”. It certainly isn’t defined in terms of distance — 366— from school, because if it were there would be many Negro pupils going to schools that now enroll only whites and there would be some white students that would be going to schools that now are enrolling only Negroes. So, I don’t know, but my concept of neighborhood school would be that you would go to the school nearest your home, provided that due account were given to the utiliza tion of facilities and safety factors. That, I believe, is a legitimate conception of a neighborhood school, and if that H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 548 were followed in this community I think the lines could be, as I said before, much different from what they are. Q. I f the lines were drawn along the lines that you sug gested, would, in your opinion, there have been more de segregation, that is, more— A. Well, if there was deseg regation of one person in this community, there would he more; but I would say that there would be—well, I can’t give you any precise figures, of course, because where we would draw the line exactly could vary; but, as I say, it would be obvious that there would be a substantial num ber of white and Negro students in the same school if the lines were drawn on a nonracial basis. —367— Q. Would you say there would have been Negro pupils residing in what we can categorize as white school zones if the lines were so drawn? A. Would you— Q. If there— A. —rephrase that question? Q. I f the lines were drawn along the lines you suggested, then there would be Negro pupils living within the Eliza Clark zone, for example? A. That is correct. Q. And Negro pupils would be living within the Oak- hurst zone, for example? A. That is correct. Q. And would it also be true that there would probably be larger numbers of white pupils living within what have been traditionally Negro school zones? A. That is true. Q. I ask you, if you know, to tell us what is the effect on desegregation of continuing to assign teachers on the basis of race. A. Well, of course, if this is one, it’s an educational handicap to all the students because a person should be hired for the job that he is to do, and if you - 3 6 8 - hire them for any other purpose that is inevitably going H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— Direct 549 to impair the job, the quality of the job, that is going to be done. And there is another factor, and that is I think, from an educational pout of view, you want both teachers and pupils to think in terms of the job they have to do and not in terms of their race or color, so that if, however, race or color come to be the criterion then people are think ing in these terms instead of in terms of the educational job that must be done. Whenever you use the racial criterion instead of the job criterion, I think you’re going to weaken the educational process for that reason. If, for example, you are hiring a music teacher and you don’t go out and hire the best music teacher regardless of his race and regardless of where that teacher is going to teach, the pupils are going to suffer because you are not going to get the best music teacher you could get; and I would say this—it would seem to me this—-could apply whether you are talking about the white school or the Negro school. You want to hire the best person to do the job. Q. How about any other effect on the desegregation process of having a desegregated faculty in the schools? —369— A. Well, there has been some research on this point of what is the effect of a desegregated faculty and the over whelming evidence so far is it tends to have a good effect on morale of both teachers and pupils. I know there have been situations where there was some fear that it would make it difficult to recruit teachers, for example. That has not been borne out by experience. Q. Would the assignment of teachers on a desegregated basis, in your opinion, tend to alter the traditional image H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 550 —the traditional racial image—of the school? A. Well, I would say that it would—it might have that effect. I don’t see how it could have—I don’t see how it could con tribute toward perpetuating the image of white school and Negro school. I think if we had integrated faculties it would in most cases facilitate people thinking of schools as a place where there is an educational job to be done, and that would be it; but, of course, what the impact would be on individuals —this is something you can only tell by looking at in dividuals. I mean there might—there would be some per haps for whom this would make no difference. There is no doubt that in most of the schools where the —3 7 0 - faculties have been desegregated—and often this has hap pened with a great deal of hesitation on the part of some parties, but by and large the results have been good, and both in terms of the faculty and the students. Q. Were there any other points that helped contribute to the conclusions that you have made before that you haven’t had an opportunity to present? A. I think this may have been mentioned, but I think it—again to clarify one point, the problem relating to school sites and school additions: First of all, it would seem that the Board did not add to existing schools when it might have done so and taken advantage of the unused capacities in those schools. Q. Let me ask you whether adding to the capacity in the instances that you’re considering would have if done this year resulted in desegregated assignments. A. This is what I want to come to. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct 551 It seems to me in the past where this would have been a feasible thing to do it was not done, and now in the Riverton situation, where the Board is planning to add more rooms, that this is precisely the case where it should not do so, but should rezone that district to send part of those pupils to Eliza Clark or to Oakhurst. —371— So, again, if you look at the situation where they have not built additions and the situation where they are planning to build additions, the rationale for this escapes me per sonally, except that it would seem to be that those would facilitate the segregated situation that you have here in the schools. Mr. Bell: No further questions. The Court: You may cross-examine. Cross Examination by Mr. Lu ckett: Q. Mr. Lieberman, I take it from your answers that you equate segregation with integration; is that right, sir? A. I ’m not sure what you mean, sir. Q. Well, you seem to refer to a desegregated school as one that includes both colored and white, do you not? Do you accept the proposition that a desegregated school can be a school that’s all white or all colored? A. Yes; I do. Q. Then so far as, we’ll say, this Heidelberg School is concerned,—of course, there’s always the proviso that no one is denied admittance to the school on account of his race, color or national origin—if we take that school there in that particular zone, with no one denied admittance B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 552 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross — 372— to that school on account of race, color or national origin, that is a desegregated school, isn’t it? A. Well, not neces sarily. First of all, I want to make the distinction between a desegregated school system and a desegregated school, see,— Q. Well— A. —but— Q. We’ll say a desegregated school. Would that be a desegregated school? A. I f what? Q. If, as is true, every pupil living in that particular zone that is served by that particular school who is other wise qualified to go to school in that school is admitted to that school without regard to race, color or national origin, isn’t that a desegregated school? A. Not necessarily. Q. Why? A. It depends upon how the zones were drawn. Q. Well-— A. In other words, if you draw a zone so that within the zone there are only white pupils and then you say, “Now, within that zone I ’m going to treat people — 373— on a nonracial basis,” but the zone, itself, is drawn on a racial basis, I would not tend to call that a desegregated or an integrated school. Q. Well, Mr. Lieberman, don’t you know that the School Board has to take the town as it finds it? A. Well, I would assume they would. Q. It has to work with the housing patterns that have already developed? That’s true, is it not? A. To some extent. There are some communities where the school people work with the city planners and the other city officials, so 553 that the schools are just not a reaction to what some other city agency does, but they work together so they have intelligent planning of the schools and the rest of the com munity. Q. All right. We’ll take this particular line. It ’s been drawn. A. Which lines are you referring to, sir? Q. This line, E-4-B, that includes the Heidelberg School. A. The Heidelberg School. Q. Now, how else would you draw that line except the - 3 7 4 - way it is to include those pupils? A. Offhand, I ’m not sure. Q. Well, isn’t it perfectly obvious— A. I think that the specific drawing of a line is something that has to take into account what you’re doing in the rest of the community. So, I wouldn’t try to draw a line for the Heidelberg School apart from what I would do elsewhere in the community. Now, I have suggested that I would draw the lines dif ferently elsewhere, and I have indicated the general nature of how they would be drawn. Q. I ’m asking you about this particular school and these particular children living in this particular neighborhood. A child living right on this street right here that I ’m pointing to in this particular zone—where else would you send that child if that child goes to an elementary school grade ? Where else would you send that child except to the Heidelberg School? A. Well, I don’t know. As I say, it would depend upon the—you zone the community as a whole, in my opinion. You don’t just take one school and S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Myron- L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross — 375- talk about how you’re going to zone it or where those children will go until you have seen the community as a whole. Q. Would it make sense to take that child over here and send him to George Oliver School? A. It might. Q. That’s what you call busing the children across town— A. No. Q. —to a particular school? A. For example, there are some communities that have specialized schools, and cer tainly they’re the only place in the community where a certain curriculum is available, and a particular child might have to go across the community to get there. Q. We’re not talking about a particular child with a particular need. We’re talking about just the average second or third grader— A. Right. Q. —that the Court is going to deal with this coming school year. A. Right. Q. Where would that particular third grader go if he lives, say, right where my pencil is pointing,— A. All — 376- right. Q. —other than to the Heidelberg School, to make any sense? A. I ’d say the chances are that he’d go to Heidel berg. Q. Yes, sir. Well, if he lived in, say, this particular point right here, wouldn’t he go to the Kirkpatrick School, sir? A. I ’m not—I ’m not so sure. First, I can’t see it too well from here. The Court: You may stand down, if you care to do so. 555 The Witness: I can see it better now, Mr. Luckett: All right. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Eight here. A. Eight. Q. I ’ll put the point right there. A. Eight. Q. Where else would he go except to this school right here that’s within two or three blocks of his house? A. Well, again I want to emphasize the point that you’d have to see what happened when you zoned elsewhere in the —3 7 7 - community, and if you start to zone and look at an in dividual child before you’ve seen what’s required— Now, let me give you an illustration. You may decide that the best thing to do is to change the grade pattern in the community to get maximum utilization of your facili ties. So, it may be that that school which is only two or three blocks away—instead of having six grades, they only have three grades, and in that case he would have to go a farther distance to school. That’s why I have tried to emphasize the fact that you just can’t take this in isolation and look at it. I ’m going back to the point that you made, that the community has to look at the school as the community as a whole, and if it dose this it may find it advisable to change the grade structure, in which case the pupil would not be going to that school. Q. I guess we could visualize or imagine a lot of things, but we’re not changing the grade structure. Suppose the grade structure stays just like it’s been for a hundred years, that we have Grades 1 through 6 in these elementary grades, and there’s no reason that I know S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 556 of or that I think you can suggest why we should change it. If that he true, our grade structure is not changed,— — 378— A. Wait. Q. —and this child living within two blocks of Heidel berg— A. But my point is there may be good reasons to change. I f you have a school that is not being utilized, that in itself may be an excellent— The Court: Doctor, can you accept the hypotheti cal proposition given to you by counsel, that there is no change? The Witness: Well, if he’s asking me what I would do if the grade structure were not to be changed, I can answer that. Mr. Luckett: Well, that— The Witness: But if he is— The Court: That’s exactly what he asked you. The Witness: Well, your Honor, I wasn’t sure. Let me just clarify my confusion over the ques tion,— The Court: All right, sir. The Witness: -—and then I ’ll proceed. If he’s asking me where I would send pupils, where my opinion is to send them, my answer is I —379— would send them in terms of a plan that regarded the utilization of all of the facilities in the com munity, and by looking at all the facilities I might very well come to the conclusion that the grade struc ture might well be changed, that in a school that’s H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 557 not being used you might be better off to reduce the number of grades there, in which case a child who lived across the street might have to go to another school. Now, if he— The Court: I understand your position on that, but you still haven’t answered Mr. Luekett’s ques tion. The Witness : All right. Now, what is the question? The Court: I f you accept the proposition that the Clarksdale school system will maintain a grade structure in each of its elementary schools includ ing six grades, starting on that premise,— The Witness: On that premise? The Court: Right. The Witness: That’s not what I recommend, but that’s the premise. The Court: —where would the child in the loca tion pointed out by Mr. Luckett logically go? The Witness: Probably to the school—to the— —380— that was the Kirkpatrick that you were pointing to. Mr. Luckett: All right, sir. By Mr. Luckett-. Q. Now, you were saying, “That’s not what I recom mend.” A. No. I— Q. You’re not recommending a change in our school structure, are you? A. No. I ’m not either recommending or not recommending it. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 558 I ’m only saying that until you analyze the facilities as a whole and try to see what would be the best way to utilize the facilities I would not rule out a change in the grade structure, and for that reason I would not be cate gorical about saying what school a person should attend. Q. I take it, then, you have not made that analysis your self? A. I haven’t made the kind of analysis that would lead me to recommend categorically that you change the grade structure, nor have I made the kind of analysis that would lead me to say that it is appropriate to keep the grade structure that you have. Q. Well, would you suppose that the School Board and —381— the Superintendent who live here and have worked with this problem for years have made that sort of analysis? A. I don’t know whether they have or not. Q. Have you made any inquiry about whether they have? A. I have not asked them whether they have studied the grade structure. Q. Well, who do you think would be better qualified to decide that particular question—you who made this lim ited study that you say or these people who have lived with the problem for years and have studied it? A. Well, not knowing those people, I couldn’t say how qualified they would be. Q. Do you question their qualification? A. I neither— I just don’t know what they are. Q. Have you tried to inquire about who they are and what their qualifications are? A. No. Q. Now, I understand you to say that insofar as the Riverton zone is concerned that you would say that these R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 559 children in the westerly section of Riverton should go to the present Riverton School and these children in the east erly section of Riverton should go to the Oakhurst School? — 382— A. No. I was referring to the part that juts out right next to the tracks in the Riverton district, the part that’s closest to the Clark. Q. Don’t you— A. That part there. Q. Do you— A. That some of those should go either to Clark or perhaps go to Oakhurst. Q. You realize they are across the river, do you not? A. Yes. Q. That makes no difference so far as you’re concerned? A. Not as far as the conclusions are concerned. Q. I see. A. I don’t say that it— Q. Do you know that that distance there is the same, whether they go to the Riverton School or to the elemen tary school up here at Oakhurst, at the Oakhurst site,— A. Would you— Q. —by actual measurement? A. Would you repeat that? Q. Do you know that the distance that they have to travel once they cross that bridge, whether they go north — 383— or west to a school, is the same distance? A. No. I think this point should be made, however: That, in looking at distances, pupils do not travel in a straight line to school, that sometimes the shortest way to get to school is not in a straight line, and for that reason I would not always say that, looking at a map as the crow flies, the closest school to a person’s home is the one that’s closest on the map. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 560 Now, it may be in particular cases that the closest school by the way the person should go would not necessarily be the closest one in terms of as the crow flies. Q. Well, I know they’re not going to fly to school, Mr. Lieberman. I wasn’t thinking of that. That didn’t occur to me. But as they would walk ordinarily to school— A. Bight. Q. —from this particular neighborhood, where they go from this particular point, they have to get to that par ticular point before they go to make a turn either to the north or continue west, and that particular distance to this school is at least as close as this particular distance up —384— here to this particular school. You said they were closer. You’re wrong in that, are you not, Mr. Lieberman? You have not made that measurement, have you? A. Well, I don’t know where you are pointing your pencil. I mean I—and where you put your pencil down, and what the exact mileage is from that point to the schools— Q. Well, have you made those measurements? A. Well, I ’m trying to explain I ’m not sure— Q. Well— A. You put your pencil down on a map, and I don’t know what— Q. You know who we’re talking about, don’t you? A. That’s my point. I ’m not—I don’t— Q. Well, you were telling about the pupils in this par ticular area, that is, between the river and the railroad, who were in Zone E-2-B,— A. Right. Q. —these particular pupils right here,— A. Yeah. Q. —and you said they would be closer to the Oakhurst H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 561 School. A. I said they are closer to Clark, and I believe —385— that some of them would be closer to Oakhurst. Q. All right. You think they ought to go to Clark? A. Some of them; yes. Q. I see. All right. And you think that these in here ought to go to the Oak hurst, that is, in the easterly section of the Riverton School district,— A. I wouldn’t— Q. —Zone E-2-B? A. I wouldn’t be too sure of that. That would depend upon an analysis of that whole section. Q. Would that depend upon the fact they happen to be white people there, sir? A. No; not with me. Q. All right. Well, do you understand that there are white people in that area? I ’m talking about the easterly section of Zone E-2-B, the Riverton section. A. I think at one time that was in my consciousness, if I may say that. As I have been talking —386— here this morning, I had not thought of that as either white or Negro. Q. Well, assuming that it is a fact that at least half of that territory is occupied by white residences, with white families living in it, when that line was drawn requiring the pupils in that particular neighborhood to go to this particular school, that is, to the Riverton School, here in Zone E-2-B,— A. Yeah. Q. —race could not have been a consideration if we were trying to just create all black schools and all white schools, could it? A. I don’t know. That’s what you’ve got. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 562 Q. Don’t you understand, Mr. Lieberman, that under this plan every child in this particular zone, when he reaches a grade in his plan, is required to go to the school in his district? A. Yeah. Q. Do you understand that? Do you understand, so far as the first grade was con cerned, there were 20 or 30 white pupils last year who were required by the plan in this Riverton district to go to this Riverton School? A. I believe that; yes. I believe I recall that. —387— Q. Now, the fact they are not there is not the fault of the plan, is it? The fact they are not over there in the Negro school is not the fault of the plan, is it? A. It might be the fault of the plan. Q. How could it be the fault of the plan? A. Because if the plan is so drawn that you have a very few white students in a predominantly Negro school and you draw a plan so that you can maximize segregation, if only a few white families will move, I think there’s something wrong with that plan. Q. Well, then, you think the thing should be done to correct racial imbalance? That’s what you’re talking about—racial imbalance? A. No. I think the plan should be drawn so it doesn’t maximize segregation. Q. I see. Well, insofar as this particular area is concerned, if all whites are in there and all blacks are in there, whether that maximizes it or minimizes it is something over which the School Board has got no control, has it? A. Oh, H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm cm — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross — 388— I think the School Board’s policies will have a great deal to do with the racial composition of the schools. I think, for example, if the School Board were to draw lines— Q. That’s not the question I asked you. A. Well, ask it— I ’m sorry. Would you repeat the question? Q. About half of this area is occupied by white chil dren— A. Right. Q. —of white families, and about a third of them, a third of the children, I suppose, over there are white children. Now, that’s the situation that confronts the School Board, isn’t it? A. Rig’ht, as far as I know. Q. And if we provide a school to take care of the chil dren in that particular area, which is a very definite area of Clarksdale, is it not, bounded on the north by a rail road track and on the east by a river and on the south by a highway and on the west by the boundaries of the town? That is a very definite area in Clarksdale, is it not, a — 389— very definite neighborhood, is it not? A. It would seem to be. Q. Yes, sir. And if we provide a school for that particular neighbor hood and require every child in that area, if he goes to public school, to attend that particular school, can you fault the plan on account of race consideration? A. You may; yes. 564 Q. You, I suppose, are familiar with the Pierce case, which holds that you cannot require children to attend public school! Mr. Bell: We object, your Honor. I ’m not familiar with the Pierce case, and I thought I knew them all, and I don’t think the wit ness should be expected to— Mr. Luckett: That’s a landmark case. The Court: Wait just a minute. This is an area of opinion, and the basis upon which the opinion is expressed is a fit subject of inquiry on cross examination. The objection is overruled. By Mr. Luckett: Q. The Pierce case is a case from Oregon in which the —390— Supreme Court held that the statute of Oregon requiring all children of Oregon of school age to attend public school was unconstitutional. Do you recognize the case now? A. Yes. Q. And you know about that principle? A. Yes. Q. So, you know that neither the State of Mississippi nor the City of Clarksdale nor the School Board can re quire a child over here, whether he be colored or white, or whether he be a white child or the child of Dr. Henry who goes to a parochial school—that neither the School Board nor the State of Mississippi nor the City of Clarks dale can require that child to attend public school? Do you accept that as a fact? A. Are you talking now as a legal issue? S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 565 Q. Yes. This is a fact of life that we’ve got to live with. The Court: I think it probably would be better to ask whether you took that legal principle that he’s talking about into account in expressing your opinion. The Witness: Well, the answer to that would be yes, that I am aware of the fact that a state cannot —391— legally require all pupils to attend public schools.. If that’s what counsel was inquiring, the answer to that question is yes; I ’m aware of that. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Well, you have evidently concluded there’s some thing wrong with the plan because these white parents here did not choose to send their children to public school? A. Let me put it this way: I think that a plan should take into account how people will react to it and what they will do, and if you draw up a plan so that it results in underutilization of facilities, for example, then I think that the plan should be looked at again. Q. Well, do you think there’s underutilization of the Riverton School plant? A. No. Q. You’re saying it is overcrowded, aren’t you? A. Riverton ? Q. Yes. A. Well, it has some rooms that are over maximum, and the school compared to the schools attended by the white children—it’s certainly overcrowded; yes. Q. You say it’s overcrowded and it should have more rooms, but those rooms should not be built there; is that H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 566 R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross —392— it? A. No. What I had said was that Booms 7 through 12 at Biverton are over their rated capacity. Q. What do you understand “rated capacity” to mean! A. Well, that’s the figure—“rated capacity” means the number of pupils that you can reasonably accommodate in a room. Q. How do you know that’s the definition of “rated capacity”? A. Well, you don’t—you don’t know the defini tions are right or wrong. I ’m merely telling you the definition that I used. Q. Well, you’re taking that figure from the statements made by the School Board,— A. Yes. Q. —aren’t you? A. Yes. Q. Do you know that that was the meaning of “rated capacity” as the School Board used it there? A. Well, this has a meaning that’s commonly given to it, and I— it’s the meaning that I would—that I have ascribed to it. Now, my point was with reference to Biverton that —393— rather than build additional rooms there it would be more feasible to rezone and send some of those pupils to schools that have far—that have a great deal of unused capacity. Q. Well, you’re speaking, I suppose, now of the Eliza Clark School particularly? A. That is one; yes. Q. Well, that’s the particular one, isn’t it? A. That’s, I ’d say, a glaring example of the thing I am pointing to. Q. Well, which is the other one? A. Well, in all the— all the white schools in the community have substantial unused space, but—or it’s not that the rooms aren’t being used, but the number of pupils in the classrooms are sub 567 stantially lower, class size is substantially lower, than in the Negro schools. The point about the Clark School is, however, that it is much closer to a number of Negro students who must travel a longer distance to a Negro school. Q. You understand we’ve got six vacant classrooms at the Myrtle Hall School? A. Yes. Q. Do you understand there is a vacant room at the George Oliver School? — 394- Do you understand that? A. That may be. I— Q. Well, they would be what you would call Negro schools, wouldn’t they—Myrtle Hall and George Oliver? A. What I would call what? Q. You call them Negro schools? A. Myrtle Hall—I would say yes. Q. Would you call George Oliver the same? A. Yes. Q. And— Well, you’ve answered the question there. Do you know anything about the physical condition of the Eliza Clark School? A. I went by the school. I did not go inside of it. So, I don’t know the internal condition. Q. Do you know that there is a very grave danger of that school having to be abandoned on account of the shifting of the foundation? A. I have no such information. Q. You, of course, know that there’s going to be a transi tion from this joint operation out here at the westerly edge of two into the junior and senior high school here known as the Elizabeth Dorr School and the Bobo High — 395- School? A. I understand that is planned. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P laintiffs~—C ross 568 Q. That’s coming next year! A. I understand that’s the plan. Q. And that will necessarily bring more pupils into this particular grouping of schools! A. Well, if that’s where you’re going to bring them, the answer would be yes, I suppose. Q. I ’m sure that you will agree that schools ought to be built to take into consideration the future needs of the town, don’t you, Mr. Lieberman! In fact, that’s one of your points! A. That’s right. Q. I show you a map—and, of course, I ’m sure you don’t know these facts. If these green spots on the map represent houses that have been built in the last 15 months throughout Clarksdale, that would indicate to you that this development in the westerly edge of town is going to take up some of the slack you were talking about in the Heidelberg or Kirkpatrick School! A. Not neces sarily. Q. Well, if there are enough people there, it would, —396— wouldn’t it ! A. You can have a housing development, for example, for elderly people who have no children. Q. Well, this is just normal— A. I mean just to know there were houses there would not be enough to know you ought to build more schools there. Q. Well, let’s say they’re not just for elderly people, but just ordinary residences where people come and build a house and start living. There’s no unique thing about the development of these particular houses or residences for individuals in this town. They’re just normal people— A. Well— S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 569 Q. —who build a house to live there. A. Well, they may be normal, but let me put it this way: The number of children will vary a great deal depending upon the nature of the housing development that you have there. So, I think, from an administrative standpoint, a person would not just say, “Well, there are so many houses there; how many more school buildings or classrooms do you need?” You would have to know more about the constituency in that housing development to make an intelligent judg ment about your school needs. —397— Q. I see. I see. I f three or 400 houses were to be built out here for ordinary residences for ordinary people, people 25 or 30 years of age, starting a family, you wouldn’t assume by that that would bring with it the need for school develop ment? A. Yes. If there were not capacity available, yes. Q. It would affect the capacity that is available, would it not? Every time you bring a new family into a neighborhood with school children you affect the capacity of the school in that particular neighborhood or the school to which they’re going to be assigned, don’t you? A. Well, you may affect the use of the capacity. I mean the capacity may be existing. Q. Well, the pupils would go to school— A. Yes. Q. —and acid that— A. Yes. Q. -—many pupils to the school? A. I don’t think we disagree on that point. Q. I don’t see how we could. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 570 Now, you said Myrtle Hall is grievously overcrowded? —398— A. Well, it has Rooms 1, 3 and 4 which are at—-the net enrollment is at the rated capacity, and Rooms 5, 7, 8 and 10 have a net enrollment which is over the rated capacity. Q. Mr. Lieberman, it has 20 classrooms and 502 pupils out there. I f we had the teachers to staff those classrooms and if we provide them next year, you’d have less than 25 pupils. You’d have around 25 pupils per classroom there, wouldn’t you? A. I ’m not— Q. Twenty into 500 would be 25, wouldn’t it? A. I ’m not questioning your arithmetic. It was the other informa tion I wasn’t sure I understood. Q. Well, you are familiar with the fact that throughout this school district we have 426 Negro pupils who are going to school in the School District of Clarksdale who are not entitled to go here because they don’t live with their parents or with their legal guardian; they are non residents of the district? You know that fact— A. I was— Q. —from the interrogatories? A. Yes; I had some in formation on that. I didn’t recall the exact number. I —399— understood there were some. Q. Well, if they were excluded from these schools, that would relieve some of the overcrowding, would it not? A. Yes; presumably. Q. What do you think ought to be done about those pupils ? Do you think they ought to be left there and overcrowd or put out and relieve the overcrowding? A. Well, I H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs—■C ross 571 think that there is space available in the white schools in this community and that the zone lines should be drawn to take advantage of that space. Q. To provide schooling facilities for people who are not entitled to go to school here in Clarksdale? A. Well, if you—if you have—if your school policy is not to provide schooling for children who are not legal residents and you apply that without regard to race, that may be a defensible policy. Q. That happens to be the law of the State of Mississippi, not a matter of school policy. A. Well— Q. We accommodated ourselves to it up to now. Whether we can do it in the future I don’t know. A. Eight, —400— Q. I was just asking your opinion about what should be our policy. You’re giving us some advice on these problems. A. Well, I would not personally want to adopt a policy that prevented any child from getting a good education. Q. You’ve noticed that some of the white children who are nonresidents have also come into the school district in the past several years, as the answers to the interrogatories indicate? A. I recall that there were some. I don’t recall the exact figure. Q. And that they came under what you would call a legal transfer, that is, with the consent of the district from which they came and with the consent of the district into which they came, to wit, the Clarksdale Municipal Sep arate School District? A. I believe, if I recall that, those were white students. Q. Yes, sir. And you recall since 1960 those white pupils, these non resident white pupils, have paid a total of $225,000 into H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 572 the school district by way of tuition while the colored pupils —401— who have come in here have paid $190, haven’t they? That’s in the interrogatories, isn’t it? A. Well, I ’m not —as I say, I don’t recall the figures. Q. Do you know about the accreditation of our schools? A. Do I know what about the accreditation? Q. Well, do you know whether they are accredited or not accredited? A. I know that—I looked at the interrog atories and I believe the schools were accredited, that the white schools were accredited. Q. How about the Negro schools? A. I wasn’t sure now whether they were or not. Q. If you will refer— A. I believe they have been seeking accreditation. Q. What’s that? A. I believe they have been seeking accreditation and have just received it. Q. You don’t know, as a matter of fact, that the answers to the interrogatories show that every Negro school in the City of Clarksdale— —402— That’s what you call a denominated Negro school. After all, we’re not supposed to refer to them by race. But the schools, we’ll say, that are called Riverton and Booker T. Washington— Riverton is a new school. A. Right. Q. So, that shows an application. Booker T. Washington-—what’s its classification? A. It says Class AA. Q. Myrtle Hall? A. Well, I know the letters. I don’t know what they stand for. Q. Myrtle Hall? S e a r in g o f A p ril 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 573 Well, assuming that’s— If you just, give the letters, then we’ll let the Court know what they stand for. What is the rating or accreditation given to Myrtle Hall? A. It says Class AA. Q. George Oliver? A. AA. Q. Higgins Junior-Senior? A. AA. —403— Q. How about Heidelberg? A. Wait. I just—this is under the Mississippi Accrediting Commission. Q. Yes. That’s right. A. Heidelberg is Class A. Q. Kirkpatrick? A. Class A. Q. Oakhurst? A. Class A. Q, Eliza Clark? A. Class A. Q. Clarksdale Junior High School? A. Just says ac credited. Oh, Class AA. Q. Clarksdale Senior High School? A. Class AA. Q. We have three secondary schools in the system, do we not—the Higgins Junior-Senior High School, the Clarks dale Junior High School and the Clarksdale Senior High School ? Does this show that every one of them have been ad mitted to full membership in the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. Yes; it does. —404— Q. Do you know whether many towns in the State of Mississippi can make that statement, Mr. Lieberman? A. I don’t know. Q. Would it surprise you that only one other town in the State of Mississippi can make that statement, the City of Natchez? A. It doesn’t surprise me. R e a r in g o f A p r il 9 , 1965 M yron L ieberm cm —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 574 Q. Do you know what the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges is! A. In a general way. Q. It ’s a regional accrediting— A. Right. Q. —association, is it not? A. Right. There are six regional accrediting organizations in the country. Q. You have one in your part of the country. A. There’s a New England,— Q. We have one in our part of the country. A. —a North Central, a Southern— Q. Do you know when they evaluate a school they send in a team of 50 people from universities, state departments —405— of education and other schools and spend a minimum of two and a half days in a study of a particular school before they evaluate the school? A. Who is the “they”? Q. They being the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges, the accrediting agency. A. I ’m not familiar with the operations of the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges. Q. I f that be true, then, you would think that would be a rather thorough investigation, would you not? A. I would doubt it very much. Q. You would doubt it very much? A. I would. I would doubt that they make a thorough investigation. Q. Why do you say that? A. Because I ’ve had some experience with accrediting agencies, and my experience with them in general has been that their investigations are not especially thorough. Q. Does that include the investigation made by the Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. No; it does not. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron Lieberm .an— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 575 Q. So, you are casting a reflection on that association without knowing anything in the world about it, aren’t —406— you! A. No; I wasn’t casting a reflection on it. I was merely making this observation: That my experience with accrediting organizations is that their investigations and analyses are not what I would regard as adequately thorough, and I have no reason to assume the Southern Association is any better or any worse or any different from the others. Q. Do you think your investigation of the Clarksdale school system has been adequate and thorough, adequately thorough, as you explained? A. For some purposes; not for others. Q. Let’s see. You have been here, was it, three days or two days? Did you make it three days or two days? Is that the length of your stay here—two days or three days? A. I believe this was my fourth day. Q. Prior to getting on the witness stand it was three days, then, so far as the study is concerned? A. Today is my fourth day. Q. Are you a member of the NAACP? A. No. Q. Are you employed by the NAACP? A. No. —407— Q. Are you employed in this case by the NAACP? A. No. Q. Who is paying you for your services in this case? A. The NAACP Legal Defense Fund. Q. Well, you’re employed by the NAACP Legal Defense Fund, then? A. Correct. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm am —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 576 Q. Have you been employed by it in other cases! A. No. Q. Is this the first time yon have testified for them? A. In court; yes. Q. Well, where else have you testified if not in court? A. Well, it’s the first time I have testified in any legal proceeding. Q. Did you help with the preparation of the interroga tories in this case? A. I suggested some questions con cerning— Q. You didn’t tell that on your direct examination, about your participation in this case, did you, Mr. Lieberman? —4 0 8 - Now, do you realize that beginning with the school term 1965-1966 there is no distinction whatsoever in the salaries paid teachers in the school system over the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District? A. It is my under standing that the Board has made some statements that as of that date there wall be no distinctions. Q. You don’t know, then, that the contracts have already actually been executed? A. No; I don’t know that. Q. Do you know whether additional teachers are going to be hired or have been hired and contracts executed for the employment of additional teachers in the schools that we refer as being south of the track? A. No. I have no information on that. Q. Do you know that there are going to be fewer teachers in the schools north of the track next year than we have ever had before? A. I have no information on that. Q. That being true, if those facts are true, that more teachers are employed for schools south of the track and fewer for those north of the track, the teacher-pupil ratios H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 577 in the various schools will tend to come close together, —4 0 9 - will they not? A. Well, they would; but, of course, from the standpoint of administrative practice, it might he a better thing to do to send more pupils rather than hire more teachers. In other words, you don’t have equaliza tion of utilization of staff. Q. Well, if we have, say, six vacant classrooms at Myrtle Hall and we have, say, one vacant classroom at George Oliver, do you know any reason in the world why they should not be utilized? A. I can think of some—I can think of some possibilities which would be legitimate rea sons for not utilizing them. Q. Well, do you know of any fact-— A. I don’t know— Q. Do you know of any fact, Mr. Lieberman— We are not talking about something you pull out of thin air. From your studies, this detailed study you made of the schools of Clarksdale, do you know of any real fact why the vacant schoolroom at George Oliver should not be utilized in the coming school year? A. I would say that I see some reasons that might lead me to say that that — 410— would not be the right thing to do. Q. Why? Racial reasons? A. No. Reasons concerning the dis tance pupils travel, for example. Q. Where are you going to send those pupils? A. Well, let me put it—let me try to answer your question this way: I f a school system such as Clarksdale has a problem concerning some schools being overcrowded and others H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 578 being underutilized and there’s a substantial difference in class size, those problems can be resolved in a number of different ways, one of which is to send more teachers to the schools that are overcrowded. Another way is to rezone the school district, for example, so that—and there are other things that can be done. You can change the grade structure of the school district,— Q. Well, that all— A. —so that— Q. —is a matter of judgment, is it not, sir! That’s a matter of judgment, is it not, sir,— A. Well, judgment is— Q. —as to what approach you take! A. Well, judg ment is involved. — 411— Q. Well, what else is involved besides judgment when you make a decision as to which avenue you travel? That is a matter of judgment, isn’t it? A. Well, you have to have criteria on which you make your judgment. Q. I understand. A. You can’t— Q. We have criteria. The criteria is overcrowded con ditions or underutilization, or whatever way you use it. We have got those basic criteria before us now. It ’s a matter of judgment whether you shift the pupils or bring teachers into the schools, isn’t it? That’s a matter of judgment, isn’t it? A. Well, in a sense, it is ; yes. Q. And that judgment is reposed in the School Board of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District, isn’t it? A. To be exercised in a certain way; yes. Q. It ’s not reposed in you— A. No. Q. —or me, is it? A. It’s not reposed in me. I ’m not S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross sure- 579 Q. Well, I don’t have that responsibility either, sir. —412— I ’m not a member of the School Board. Q. Are you familiar with the cost of land and property in and around Clarksdale? A. The figures that I have— there was—in one of the interrogatories there was a refer ence made to the cost of acquiring a school site, I believe, for $3,000 an acre, and the comment was made if it had been acquired sooner the cost would have been $1500 an acre. Q. Yes, sir. That’s naked, raw land, isn’t it? A. I don’t know. Q. You haven’t been to the Riverton School site? A. I don’t recall now the specific site which those figures applied to. Q. Well, now,— A. I could— Q. —there was some reference about the reasonableness of prices. Does $3,000 an acre for undeveloped land appear to be high to you? Is that, in your opinion, high or low or average or what-not? A. Well, that would be hard to characterize. —413— I would say it would be—well, I ’d have to know more about the values here to characterize it. Q. Do you have any idea how much it would have cost the School Board to have acquired a central location in this zone on which to build the new Booker T. Washington School? A. You mean how— Do you want me to say do I know what the figure would be? H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 580 The answer would be no. Q. An approximate figure; just how much you— A. Well, I don’t know—I don’t know the figure, but I know that, generally speaking, site acquisition is a relatively minor part of school construction and development. Q. Well, it should be a minor part; isn’t that right, sir? You shouldn’t spend as much on the school site as you should on the school, itself, should you? A. No; you should not. Q. And if the site is going to cost as much as the school, then you’ve got to go and get a cheaper site, don’t you? A. Well, I would assume that one would not pay as much —414— for the site as he would for the school, although again you could visualize circumstances where that might have to be done; but I wouldn’t assume that would be the case here in Clarksdale. Q. Why do you assume that? A. Well, because there isn’t anything in this particular situation that would lead me to assume that the School Board would have to pay as much for the site as it would for the school. There is no reason for me to draw that conclusion. I could think, for example, in a large urban center like New York or Detroit where you might have to buy a site that might be enormously expensive, but I don’t see that as the situation here. I think sites are— Q. Well, your cohort said it should take at least 10 acres of land for an elementary school or that would be recommended. Do you go along with that statement? A. I wouldn’t see any reason to object to it. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron Lieberm ,an—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 581 Q. Well, a school the size of— A. Do you know what— Q. A school the size of Booker T. Washington ought to have, say, a 10-acre campus? A. That would sound" —415— reasonable to me. He knows—he’s an expert in that field. I ’d be inclined to follow his judgment. Q. Then we would have to buy a central location of about 10 acres in their neighborhood if we would centrally locate Booker T. Washington School in this zone? A. Well, if you have 10 acres for it and you’re going to buy a site of 10 acres, why, you’re going to have to buy a site of 10 acres. Q. That’s right. And if it’s put into the center of the zone, in an already developed area, you’ve got to buy up developed property, do you not? A. Well— Q. That’s necessarily true, isn’t it? If there is no vacant property in the center of town, the only way you can get it is to buy developed land and tear it down and make it vacant on which to build a school, isn’t it? A. Well, if those are the facts, the answer is yes. Q. The same thing would be true in the Biverton area or any area? You say that this Booker T. Washington School is a —4 1 6 - perimeter school? A. That is at the edge— Q. Is that what you call it? A. It’s at the edge of the community. Q. Yes, sir. And it would be better if it were more centrally located ? And we agree with you. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs ■.— G ross 582 That is right, isn’t it, sir! The same thing is true of the Riverton School! A. I think that a more feasible arrangement could have been made. Q. Well, do you know that when this particular school site was developed here, right here, that that was a perimeter school! A. I didn’t know that, Q. Did you know that when the Kirkpatrick School was developed that that was a perimeter school! A. I don’t k n o w what the situation was at the time those schools were built. Q. Do you know that the Heidelberg was a perimeter school; actually, the site was outside the city at that par- —417— ticular time! A. I did not have that information. Q. Well, they are no longer perimeter schools, are they! A. Well, perimeter— Q. Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick—they are not perimeter schools! A. Well, “perimeter school” is your phrase. I have talked about a school being at the edge of the popula tion from which it draws. Q. I picked it up from Mr. Neuwien. A. Well— Q. That’s where I got the phrase. Mr. Luckett: I think that’s all, your Honor. The Court: Will you have redirect! Mr. Bell: No; we do not, your Honor. The Court: You may stand down, Doctor. The Witness: Thank you. The Court: Court is in recess until 2 o’clock. (Thereupon, at 12 noon, the Court recessed until 2 p. m.) S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 583 H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—-for P la in tiffs— D irect — 418— A fternoon S ession (The Court reconvened and the hearing was con tinued at 2 p. m.) The Court: You may be seated. You may call your next witness. Mr. Bell: The plaintiffs call Dr. Wilkins. The Court: Mr. Bell, didn’t you previously offer and wasn’t there received the deposition of this witness? Mr. Bell: That is correct, your Honor. The Court: Well, in the light of that, I suggest that you make the testimony from the witness stand as brief as possible,— Mr. Bell: All right. The Court: —assuming that you got the benefit of rather complete testimony in the deposition. Mr. Bell: I hope to be able to do that. The Court: All right. — 419- W illiam T. W il k in s , a witness called by and in behalf of the plaintiffs, having been first duly sworn, testified as follows : Direct Examination by Mr. Bell: Q. Would you state your name, please? A. William T. Wilkins, M. D. Q. And you are the Chairman of the Clarksdale Munici pal Separate School District? A. I am. 584 Q. You have held that office for how long, sir? A. About 10 months. Q. And you have been a member of the Board for how long? A. About 12 years. Q. I call your attention to the construction of the River ton School. Could you tell the Court when the Board decided to build a school on the site where the Riverton School now stands? A. The exact date I cannot tell you. I know that the school was planned there, had been planned there, for some time before it was built. Q. Could you give us an idea how long “some time” is? —-420— A. I believe that we were making plans to build a school in that area before the suit, this suit, was filed, to the best of my knowledge. Q. Would it have been several months before the suit was filed or— A. I do not know exactly. Q. It wouldn’t have been— A. Possibly. Q. I ’m sorry. A. Pardon me. Q. It would not have been more than one year before the suit was filed? A. Oh, no; I don’t think so. However— Well, that’s all right. Excuse me. Q. Are you familiar with the comprehensive city plan for Clarksdale, Mississippi that was discussed here yester day and is now, I believe, one of defendants’ exhibits? A. Do you mean so far as the school districts are concerned or so far as the City of Clarksdale is concerned? Q. Well, I was just asking whether you, personally, are familiar with the comprehensive city plan. A. No; I ’m not personally familiar with it. All I know about it is S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins— f o r P la in tiffs— D irect 585 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect —421— what I have heard here and what I had previously read in the papers. Q. How was the financing arranged of the Riverton School, Hr. Wilkins? A. Pardon me. Q. How as the financing arranged? A. For what school? Q. The Riverton School. A. Part of it was got, was obtained, from the—I believe it’s called the State Educa tional Finance Commission, and the rest of it was obtained by short-term notes. Q. And the short-term notes were obtained from local financing agencies, banks? A. As I recall, yes. I ’m not positive where or who bought the .notes, where the money was obtained. Q. Now, is this the usual method of financing new school construction? A. This has been done in the past. Also, in the past we have been able to get a greater portion of the money from the State Educational Finance Commission, and also on some of the other school build ings we have floated bonds to build. Q. Now, as I understand it, there was not sufficient —422— funds forthcoming from the state agency in this instance; is that correct? A. There never—the funds coming from a state agency are never sufficient to build, to complete and build a whole school. Our credit with the State Educational Finance Commis sion at this particular time and the money available was not sufficient to—I don’t remember how far it went, but it was not sufficient to build,.construct the building; no. Q. Well, from the standpoint of the cost of financing, this is a more expensive method that you followed in order 586 to construct the Riverton School than would have been available had you had more money available from the state agency; isn’t that correct? A. That question is rather hard to answer. Had we sold bonds, I don’t know that it would have been any less expensive. Of course, the more credit we had from the State Edu cational Finance Commission, the less money we would have had to raise from, other sources. Q. What were the factors that resulted in this decision less than a year before this suit was filed to construct a school on the site of the Riverton School, which school was opened, I believe, in the first week of January of 1965? A. —423— The school was needed because of the number of students in that area. Q. Is there any reason why, Dr. Wilkins, the compre hensive city plan, referred to as one of the defendants’ exhibits, that speaks in terms of proposed schools that was published in 1962—is there any reason why that plan— any reason you know why that plan—would make no men tion of a need for a school in the area where the Riverton School was placed? A. I ’m very sorry. I haven’t gone into the comprehensive city planning plan and I don’t know anything about it. I ’m not competent to answer any questions on that particular plan. Q. Do you have any doubt that the plan makes no men tion of the fact that a school would be needed in the area where the Riverton School was constructed? A. I ’m not familiar enough with the plan to have doubt or not to have doubt about it. Q. All right. A. I have never seen the—so far as I re- H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r Plaintiffs-—D irect 587 H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 19S5 W illiam T. W ilkins— f o r Plaintiffs-—D irect —424— call, I have never seen the comprehensive city planning map except from a distance here in the courtroom yester day. Q. I think you indicated—I ’m switching over to talk about Booker T. Washington School—that it was not possible to build a new school on the location of the old Washington School because of the cost of land acquisition; is that cor rect? A. That’s right. Q. And I believe your testimony or it’s my indication that you indicated that the site of the old school, the old Washington School, was somewhere in the vicinity of the center of the Washington school zone; is that correct? A. No. I don’t think that you’re accurate on that at all. The old Booker T. Washington site was about two blocks from Tenth Street on Sunflower. Q. Would Tenth Street be— A. Tenth Street is the highway. Q. —relatively close to State? A. It ’s Highway 61. Q. I point to the area that you’re indicating and esti mate that that is perhaps one third of the distance south of the north boundary of the Booker T. Washington zone. —425— Would that be relatively accurate? A. Well, that’s very roughly a third. I ’d say it was a fourth of the distance from the top of that zone. Q. Now, would you repeat again what you indicated the cost of land acquisition would be in this general area where I understand site selection was initially sought? A. At Booker T. Washington? Q. Yes; that general area. A. Where the old Booker T. Washington used to be? 588 Q. Right. A. It was in the neighborhood of two hun dred, two hundred and fifty thousand. Q. For how many acres would that have been! A. It was two blocks. I don’t know what the acreage would have been in that. Q. And that would have been the total cost for the— A. Acquiring the land. Q. Acquiring the land. A. All of that land, except the site where the school was, was developed and had houses on it, and then also we could not get—well, we found that we would be unable to get clear title to some of that land even if we acquired it at that price. —426— Q. Why would that be, sir? A. You’ll have to ask some body that knows more about real estate and titles to land than I do to find out. Q. How many acres are encompassed in the Riverton School site? Do you recall? A. It seems to me there are 12. I ’m not sure of that. Mr. Luckett: 7.92. The Witness: 7.92. Pardon me. Mr. Luckett: You are talking about the Riverton Elementary School site? Mr. Bell: That’s right. Mr. Luckett: 7.92. Mr. Bell: Thank you. B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 589 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 William T. Wilkins—for Plaintiffs—Direct By Mr. B e ll : Q. Now, is there any reason, in terms of structures that were located on the areas initially considered for the Booker T. Washington site, why the land there would cost so much more than the Riverton site land? A. You mean than the present Riverton—than the Riverton site land? —427— Q. That’s correct. A. There was housing developments all over there. It was improved land, and the landowners thought their property was very valuable. Q. When did these improvements take place, Dr. Wil kins? A. Pardon. Q. When did the improvements in this area take place? A. At the old Booker T. Washington site? Q. That’s right. A. I have no earthly idea. They have been there ever since I have been in Clarksdale. Q. Let me ask you this: Was an effort made to acquire land in that general area, but not right on the old site of the Booker T. Washington School? A. I don’t know. I can’t recall. Q. Then you are— A. There were, it seems to me, some other areas talked about, but I don’t know any actual effort was made to acquire any other property right in that immediate area. Q. Then your estimate as to the land-acquisition cost is limited to the site of the old Booker T. Washington School; —428— is that correct? A. In that general area; yes. There was no site anywhere else around in there unless you did go into developed land, land that had been devel oped, that could be acquired. 590 Mr. Bell: Just one second. The Court: All right, sir. Mr. Bell: 1 think I was in error earlier, and I would like to state for the record that the compre hensive city plan book we made reference to yester day was not actually entered into evidence. The Court: I didn’t remember it had ever been offered in evidence. Mr. Bell: I make a correction on that. B y Mr. B e ll : Q. I show you, Dr. Wilkins, a copy of the comprehensive city plan book for Clarksdale, Mississippi, which outlines the urban renewal program that was prepared and sub mitted in 1962, and call your attention to a map on Page 53, reference to which was made during the case yesterday, and on this map it shows priorities for neighborhood analyses. I call your attention to Area IY, which covers generally —429— the area of the Booker T. Washington School, and addi tional areas, and ask you: Are you able to identify that as covering the area of the Booker T. Washington zone and the additional areas? A. Let me see. Q. I think this is it right here. A. This is it, but where is Eighteenth Street? Eighteenth Street is down here somewhere. That’s where the present Booker T. Washington School is. This covers a part of the present Booker T. Washington area. Q. Yes. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 591 Would you also be able to identify it as covering that part of the old Booker T. Washington or that part of the area on which the old Booker T. Washington School was located? A. Yes. Q. Then, sir, I call your attention to the explanation of the area of priorities beginning on Page 52 and going on over to Page 55 and read to you the information contained in regard to Area IV, which indicates: “This area extends eastward from the Sunflower —4 3 0 - River to the Illinois Central Railroad between Twelfth Street and South Edwards Avenue. The area predominantly is populated by Negroes. The majority of the dwellings therein are in the critical category, and only a few dwellings are sound, stand ard structures. Mixed land uses prevail throughout the area.” Now, I ask you: In view of the Planning Commission’s categorization of this area as one of the areas of blighted conditions and giving it a priority value of IV, would it not have been possible, sir, to purchase land in that area on which a school could be built for less than the amount that you indicated? A. The only answer I can give to that is the prices that we were given on the land at the time that it was tried to—that we tried to obtain it, and we couldn’t get it under, at less than, the figure I quoted you, the approximate figure that I quoted you, for two blocks in there. I believe it was two blocks that we wanted. The Court: Excuse me, Mr. Bell. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 592 Doctor, when was the new Washington School constructed! The Witness: I believe it is about six years old. —4 3 1 - May I ask Mr. Carruth? The Court: That’s all right. Your memory on it is enough for the time being. The Witness: I believe it’s about six years old. I ’m not positive of that, though. It was built before this plan was set up here. By Mr. B e ll : Q. Let me call your attention to Page 119 of the city planning book, which is proving rather helpful, which indicates that the Booker T. Washington School was con structed in 1960, and ask you whether that’s— A. I stand corrected. Q. Is that correct, sir? A. I don’t know whether it’s correct. That’s what the book says. Q. I just wondered whether that refreshed your memory any further. A. No. Mr. Luckett: That is when it was constructed. The Witness: In 1960? Mr. Bell: Just a few further questions. By Mr. Bell: Q. I understand the decisive reason or primary reason —4 3 2 - why the Clarksdale Board determined not to renew the contract with the county, the junior-senior high school contract, was because the contract provided a racial clause H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 593 that the two boards would jointly educate the white high school and junior high school pupils of the city and county and because this racial clause, in the view of the Board, was in violation of the Court’s order it was determined that it would not be possible to renew the contract. Is that statement substantially accurate, sir! A. Yes; that statement is substantially accurate. Q, And I believe also that the Board considered renew ing the contract without the racial clause and determined not to do so; is that correct? A. I don’t think that state ment is accurate. Q. Was there consideration given to renewing the con tract without the racial clause? A. Not that I am aware of. Q. Is it your testimony, then, that no consideration was given to this possibility? A. Pardon. To what possibility? Q. Of renewing the contract without the racial clause? A. Not that I recall. — 433— Q. Isn’t it correct, though, sir, that the county, Coahoma County, was interested in renewing the contract? Isn’t that correct? A. They were interested in renewing the contract, but so far as I can recall the racial clause in there was never mentioned. Q. As a matter of fact, they were interested in renewing the contract even on a one-year basis ? A. As it is written or as—yes; as it is written. Q. Isn’t it also true, sir, the failure to renew the con tract will, in terms of pupil capacity, site location and so on, result in the junior and senior high school students living in the zone served by that school getting a poorer educa tion than they would have gotten had the contract been renewed? A. No; it is not so. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 594 Q. Isn’t it correct, sir— A. We would not—we do not— expect them to get a poorer education because of not re newing the joint contract. Q. Isn’t it correct, sir, that for a number of years you have been concerned about the inadequacy of the site on which the Dorr and the Bobo Schools are located? A. By this contract having been terminated and by the policy —434— that the Board has recently adopted of accepting no trans fers into the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School Dis trict, we’re not going to be in such an awful crowded con dition in those particular areas at the present time. Q. But, even so, the student body assigned to those schools for the next year will be fairly close to capacity; isn’t that correct? A. It will be fairly close to capacity, but I don’t think it will be up to the complete capacity of the school. Q. There were quite a bit of protests raised from the Clarksdale community at the time the Board announced the contract would not be renewed; is that correct? A. If by “Clarksdale community” you mean the county, I think I can say that that is correct. Q. I was thinking also of residents of the City of Clarks dale who protested the— A. I don’t believe there was too much protest from the residents of the City of Clarksdale. Q. Didn’t newspapers of the period, just after the an nouncement that the Board would not renew the contract, contain stories to the effect that meetings had been held of parents who were concerned about the cancellation of the —4 3 5 - contract? A. I think if you will go back and read your papers, if it so states-—I think you will find that those H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 595 meeting’s were organized mainly by people outside of the City of Clarksdale, although probably some people from within the city did attend the meetings. I think you will find out they were organized by people outside of the City of Clarksdale. Q. It is correct that even within the contract, itself, it sets forth a number of hoped-for educational advantages that would be realized by virtue of the joint operation of the Clarksdale-Coahoma High School; isn’t that correct? A. That’s correct. Q. And to some extent at least these benefits will be lost when that contract is canceled; isn’t that correct? A. We are under an order, a court order, and we have got to abide by that court order, and we could not renew the contract and still keep our faith under the court order. Q. 'Wasn’t it quite possible to renew the contract with out that racial clause? A. I don’t know. We did not,— Q. Moreover— A. —and we could not, because there was never a contract presented to us that did not have — 436— the racial clause in it. The only contract that I know of that they wanted to renew was the present contract. Q. Moreover, even with the racial clause included, Dr. Wilkins, isn’t it correct that the court order requiring de segregation as presently approved by the Court won’t reach either the junior or senior high schools for a num ber of years? A. At present it will not; no. Q. Then how do you interpret that the court order would have prohibited the renewal of this contract for at least one year as suggested by the Coahoma County Board? A. We couldn’t have stuck within our school zones. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 596 S e a r in g o f A p r il .9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect Q. I ’m sorry. A. I can’t answer that question. Q. Well, did you not understand the question, sir? A. I apparently didn’t. Q. Well, what aspect— A. Well, repeat the question. Q. My question was: In view of the fact that the court order as presently approved is working up from the bottom, Grades 1 and 2, and we don’t know what the Court would —437— require for this fall, but as to the various schedules set forth in the plans submitted to the Court desegregation of both junior and senior high schools would not take place for a number of years—in view of that, what was there to prohibit renewal of the contract even with the racial clause for a period of one or two years? A. We were under a court order not to operate racially segregated schools, and we were under a court order not to even—we were told that we were not even supposed to designate a school as a white or a colored school, and being under such an order how could we sign a contract for the education of white pupils ? Q. Well, you’re still designating, in terms of assignment, schools as either Negro or white; isn’t that correct, sir? A. Oh, no; we’re not either. Q. In terms of pupils that you’re assigning— A. No. We are not designating any school as a Negro or white school. We have a unit school system in the City of Clarksdale. Q. In terms, Dr. Wilkins, of how you assign pupils, re gardless of how you designate your calls or classify the - 4 3 8 - school, isn’t it correct that as of this year all Negroes throughout the City of Clarksdale who are of the junior 597 or senior high school age attend the Higgins High School? A. In onr plan the plan was so submitted that pupils in grades not affected by the plan or grades not supposed to be desegregated by the plan in that particular year would attend the school that they had previously been attending. Q. And wouldn’t that also affect the situation with the Clarksdale-Coahoma School? A. That I don’t know. Q. The fact is, Dr. Wilkins, that as the lines for the high school are presently drawn down the Illinois Central’s railroad track, and in accordance with information pro vided in the interrogatories, there would only be two Negroes who would be eligible to attend the Clarksdale- Coahoma School or the Bobo and Dorr Schools if the high school level was desegregated right at this moment; isn’t that correct? A. I can’t answer that question. Q. Why can’t you answer it? A. I don’t have that in formation. Q. Do you disagree there are only two? A. I don’t have that information. I cannot disagree or agree there are only two. — 439— Q. Well, could I read from the interrogatories, which I imagine you are familiar with and signed— The Court: Mr. Bell, isn’t this a matter that will be settled when you, as I presume, examine the Super intendent ? Mr. Bell: I think so, your Honor. Let me just ask a few other questions. By Mr. B e ll : Q. It’s correct, isn’t it, that under the present agree ment with the Clarksdale-Coahoma Boards white high S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 598 school pupils from all over the county come into the Clarksdale-Coahoma School? A. That’s right. Q. And it is likely that if the Coahoma School Board was ordered to operate its schools on a desegregated basis Negro pupils from outside, in the county, would be elegible to attend the Clarksdale-Coahoma School; isn’t that right? Mr. Luckett: I object. The Witness: I don’t have any idea— Mr. Luckett: That is a matter of speculation, if the Court please, and I object. The Court: The objection is overruled. — 440— The Witness: I have no idea of what type of plan that the county would submit, nor what type of order that they would give. By Mr. B e ll : Q. And you don’t have any knowledge as to whether, if by doing away with the arrangement with the county and if your plan were approved—what effects that would have on the possibilities of actual desegregation occurring in the high schools north of the Illinois Central Railroad track? A. We still seem to be having trouble here with the word “desegregation” and “integration”. Q. I asked you before whether, based on information in the interrogatories, there are now at the present time only two Negroes of high sechool age living in the zone servicing the Bobo and Dorr Schools or the Clarksdale- Coahoma School. Now, you disagreed with that informa tion. A. No; I did not disagree with that information. I said I do not know whether that was correct or not be cause I do not have that knowledge. R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 196S W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 599 Q. Well, do you know that it’s just a small number, sir? A. I would think that there weren’t too many at the present- time. There are not as many now as there were when —-441— the zone lines were originally set up. Q. Part of the reason there are so few, of course, is the action taken by the city and the county last summer in the deannexation of certain areas and the purchase of other sites where Negroes were residing; isn’t that cor rect? A. Yes; that would be to a certain extent correct. Q. I would like you to tell us when you first learned that these transactions were going on. A. As to any specific date, I do not know. The first I knew about it was what I read in the local papers. Q. Then you must have learned of it sometime in July when— A. I have no idea. I didn’t try to fix a date in my mind. Q. Well, you knew this was so, that these actions had taken place, before we had the hearing, the first hearing, on August 19th of this case, did you not? A. August last year? Q. That’s right. A. I don’t recall having known i t ; no. I don’t know how much of it had been under way at that time. Q. Well, you just indicated that you didn’t learn any thing about it until you read it in the newspapers, and I —442— suggest that the newspapers carried stories concerning these activities in July of 1964. A. I didn’t understand you to say anything about 1964, but if I remember cor rectly my answer to that question was that I did not try to fix a date in my mind. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T . W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect 600 Q. Well, you indicated, sir— A. I don’t know when it was. Q. Did you indicate, sir, when it was published in the papers that you learned of it then? A. What part of it was published in the papers? Q. The purchase by the city of sites around the County Ja il; the purchase by the county of the site around the County Ja il; the passing of the city ordinance to deannex certain sections of the town. These were published, sir— A. I don’t recall that having been in the paper that early. It probably was. I f it was, why, I knew of it at that time. Q. Well, whenever it was,—you led us to assume it was about that time that you learned of it—what action did you take? A. What action did I take? Q. That’s right. A. None. — 443— Q. Did you go to the Mayor and the City Commissioners and advise them of the effect of the action that they were taking on the zone lines that you were submitting to the Court? A. No. Q. Did you advise the other members of the Boai’d of Education as to the effect on the zone lines that they were submitting to the Court of this action? A. Actually, it never entered my mind as to what effect it was having on the zone lines. We had our zone lines set up, and I wouldn’t have advised anybody because 1 wasn’t actually cognizant of what it was doing myself. Mr. Bell: No further questions. The Court: Any questions from this witness, Mr. Luckett? Mr. Luckett: Just one or two. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 601 H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 William, T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett: Q. Dr. Wilkins, don’t we refer to the Riverton area of Clarksdale as what we would call the southwest quadrant of the City of Clarksdale? A. Yes. —444— Q. That is the area of Clarksdale that’s bounded on the north by the right of way of the Illinois Central Railroad Company, on the east by the Sunflower River and on the south and west by the city limits of the City of Clarksdale? A. That’s right. Q. Well, I show you a copy of the comprehensive city plan for Clarksdale, Mississippi. That’s right, isn’t it? A. Yes. Q. Is this Page 123 of that particular plan? A. Yes. Q. Does it show community facilities? A. Yes. Q. Does it show both existing facilities and proposed facilities? A. Yes. Q. Do you see the symbol for schools? A. Yes. Q. Does it show a proposed school to be built in the southwest quadrant of Clarksdale ? A. It does. Q. In the Riverton district? A. It does. —445— Q. The only difference is it is south of the highway rather than north of the highway where we have it? A. That’s right. Q. That’s on Page 123 of the plan, isn’t it? A. Yes. Mr. Bell: Could I see that, please? Mr. Luckett: That’s all, Dr. Wilkins. The Court: You may stand— Mr. Bell: May I have just one moment, please, your Honor? 602 The Court: All right. Mr. Bell: No further questions. The Court: You may stand down, Doctor. Will you call your next witness! Mr. Bell: Call Superintendent Tynes. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect —446— Gycelle T yn es, a witness called by and in behalf of the plaintiffs, having been first duly sworn, testified as fo llow s: Direct Examination by Mr. B e ll : Q. Would you state your full name, please! A. Gycelle Tynes. Q. And your position with the Clarksdale School Board! A. School Superintendent, Q. You have been in this position how long! A. In 12 weeks now five years; since July 1, 1960. Q. And you testified in the hearing in this case held last August; is that correct! A. August 19th at Oxford. Q. Now, in your second set of interrogatories you make the statement on Page 3 that: “As far as we can tell, there were 72 Negro school children and two white school children living in the residences located in that part of Clarksdale which is north of the right of way of the Illinois Central Railroad Company which runs from Lyon to Bobo which were acquired by either the City of —447— Clarksdale or the County of Coahoma for public use. Of those 74 pupils, 30 would have attended 603 either Grade 1 or Grade 2 during the 1964-’65 school year.” Now— A. Which page is that! Q. Page 3, sir. I think it’s part of Answer Number 1. The bottom paragraph. Now, I ask you: Will you indicate— Let’s carry on to Page 3a. The first paragraph indicates that: “The area referred to includes the central business district of the City of Clarksdale and the real prop erty hereinbefore referred was located in such cen tral district.” Now, we have also discussed, Superintendent Tynes, the effects, as far as the removal of Negroes from areas located above the Illinois Central Railroad tracks, of a city ordinance passed last July which deannexed two sec tions located in what I now believe is Zone E-3-A; isn’t that correct? A. That is correct. Right. —448— Q. Now, would you give me an estimate as to how many Negro pupils were affected by the deannexation of the sections described in a newspaper story of the period a s : “The two areas to be excluded are located in the vicinity of the Lion Oil Company tanks on East Second and on East Second near Planters Manu facturing Company.” H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect I believe there were two strips. 604 Would you tell us how many students were involved in that? A. As close information as we have on it is found on Page 4 of the Interrogatory Number 2, from which I will read—answer to Interrogatory Number 2, Question Number 2: “Of the school children mentioned in answer to Interrogatory Number 1, we believe that eight have moved out of the State of Mississippi, that three others have moved out of the local community, that 19 others live outside the city limits of the City of Clarksdale, . . Apparently the answer you’re seeking is 19. Q. Yes. A. Of course, to continue: “. . . and that 40 now live in that area of the City —449— of Clarksdale which is south of the right of way of the Illinois Central Railroad Company running from Lyon to Bobo.” Q. Now, included in the 40, would this be pupils who were residing in what is generally referred to as the Tuxedo Park area, whose homes were purchased and removed, and many of them moved down into sections located south of the Illinois Central Railroad track? A. No figure which we submitted in this interrogatory, any other interrogatory, any other document to this Court includes a single pupil of the Tuxedo Park area. Those people have never been in the city, never in the city school district. Q. Had you made a study as to how many pupils there were involved in that area? A. No. R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 605 Q. Would you have an estimate based on the number— A. I have no idea whatsoever. Q. Had— The Court: Mr. Bell,— Mr. Bell: Pm sorry. The Court: —I ’ve listened to an awful lot of testi mony about Tuxedo Park, and I had had the impres- — 450— sion before Mr. Tynes just now said it that it never had been inside the city. Is this correct! Mr. Bell: That’s correct. The Court: Well— Mr. Bell: The significance of it, your Honor, as I think was indicated on the map setting forth the zone changes, is that had the zone line, the new zone line,—I ’m sorry—the new city line, been drawn in a continuous fashion, along in a generally straight line, that area would have been included; but, as a mat ter of fact, what was done is that the line continued —well, let us say continued from west to east in a generally straight fashion and then took a sharp dip to the south and back to the north in such fashion so as to exclude this area, and I think that in view of that that there is significance for the issue that we’re trying to present. The Court: All right. Go ahead. Mr. Bell: I think your last response was, Mr. Tynes— The Court: He said he never had given any con sideration to the number of pupils in that area. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 606 H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect —451— By Mr. Bell: Q. I ask you, Mr. Tynes: When did you first obtain knowledge that the city was taking the action that we have been discussing concerning the purchases of property around the County Ja il and deannexation proceedings? A. My only source of information is simply the local news paper. Q. So, would you also say you obtained your first infor mation on this in July 1964 or thereabouts? A. Whatever date the paper was published and carried accounts of it. Q. Now-— Mr. Luckett: I f the Court please, we have been speaking about July and July is the date of the ordi nance, but that’s not necessarily the date of these other things. I, myself, don’t know. I know every thing didn’t happen in July. Mr. Bell: I think the newspapers reported some time in July that these purchases were being made, that the city was going to acquire this property. Mr. Luckett: Some of the purchases were made in 1965. Those purchases were made in Tuxedo Park over at least a 12-month period. It couldn’t have been those things happened all in the month of July. —452— The Court: Are you objecting, Mr. Luckett? Mr. Luckett: Yes. I am objecting— The Court: Your objection— Mr. Luckett: —to using the month of July as the basis of the questions that are being put to the wit 607 ness when the witness says he doesn’t know the dates of the newspapers. I f we are going to refer to the newspapers, I sub mit the newspapers ought to be presented to the wit ness so he can recognize those dates. The Court: The objection is overruled. The witness has said whenever it was published in the paper that’s when he learned about it. B y Mr. Bell: Q. Now, upon learning that this action was going to be taken, I ask you, Mr. Tynes, whether or not you went to the Mayor and City Commissioners and advised them of the effects of their action on the school zone lines as you had drawn them. A. I have never done so. In fact, from time to time we read in the local newspaper concerning the ad dition of territory to the city or deannexation. Conse quently, these things are somewhat routine, and frequently —453— I just simply glance over them and forget about them com pletely. Q. Did you do that in this—- A. Surely. These things haven’t appeared to me as being critical. Of course, I am a professional person employed here to take care of all the children in the school district without any consideration whatsoever of color, whether yellow, black or white,— Q. Yes, sir. A. —as the case may be. Q. Mr. Tynes, when did it first strike home to you that, as a result of the actions taken by the city and county, vir tually every Negro pupil in the system who had previously lived north of the Illinois Central Railway lines had now, H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1966 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 608 for one reason or another, become ineligible to attend schools located north of the line? When did that first hit you? A. I suppose when school opened last September. Q. Yes. A. That’s the time. Q. Not before that, Mr. Tynes? A. No. Q. No one— A. We had worked up, of course, figures showing that between 75 and 80 pupils, Negro pupils, lived north of the railroad. I had no idea how many were still in the city or out or moved away or anything else until those pupils registered in September or late August, as the case may have been. Q. Let me ask you this: I show you Defendants’ Exhibit 25, which is a map showing the area—I believe the area in this vicinity, which was one of those areas covered by the— Let’s see if I can get myself oriented here. Hold on just a second. Now, this map indicates the area north of town along Friars Point Road generally referred to as the Tuxedo Park area. Do you recognize it as such, sir? A. I recog nize Florence Avenue and Friars Point Road as outstand ing,—I don’t have perfect knowledge to that effect—and part of this triangle area created by the intersection of those two roads just mentioned, Friars Point Road and Florence Avenue, does comprise Tuxedo Park. Q. And, further, in the bottom portion of the map, the —4 5 5 - area located by the County Ja il and various surroundings in that part of the business district—do you recognize that? A. I simply recognize the general area. R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966 G ycelle Tynes-—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 609 Q. Now— A. Of course, this map—I cannot identify the buildings. Q. Let me ask you this: Isn’t it correct, sir, the area shown on this map is a part of the Elementary School Zone E-3-A? A. Correct, except the Tuxedo Park, of course, is outside the city— Q. That’s right. A. —and completely out of that zone. Q. Now, you indicated, I believe, at some earlier point an explanation as to the disparity in or justification for the disparity in the Negro and white teacher salaries as fol lowed by the Board for the last several years? A. I wouldn’t call it a justification. Just simply a statement of facts. Q. And what were those facts, sir? A. Well, simply this: I came here five years ago. I came from a school system in which we had equalized completely pupil costs —456— for all children in the district. Of course, I came here, as sessed our situation, studied what we had, inventory, facili ties, checked on pupil-teacher ratios and classrooms, studied the entire structure here, educational setup, and saw where we were and where we needed to be, the mean salary, edu cational practices and objectives. Now, we had to set up, of course, goal lines along the way in order to reach the objective. It’s quite well known in this city, in this state, that our school districts are not simply as rigid as some of the dis tricts in other parts of the nation. Consequently, we have to set these up step by step. You have information in your hand concerning answers to certain of the interrogatory questions in which we set forth, of course, the steps by which we have achieved at the B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 610 beginning of the 1965-66 scholastic year complete salary equality in our basic salary schedule. Q. Well— A. I think I stated at the January deposi tion, of course, which was garbled at the recording, that even with the attainment of that scale, which we have done, and already entered a contract with the teachers, and still —457— we lacked two or three areas, certain principals, certain key officials like coaches, possibly a band director or two, we would still lack one final step to be effected at the beginning of the ’66 year. We have never stated to this Court or any other agency or body anywhere that we could come from Point A all the way to Point M or Point Z in one 12 months’ period or even one 24 months’ period. Had we not been well along the way when this suit was filed we could not say this. We cannot say to this Court now that we can attain these objectives at the dates which I have just specified. Q. Let me ask you this: Will the salary schedule as set forth in the interrogatories for the ’65-’66 school year be completely implemented next year, that is, will Negro teach ers go right on to their correct steps based on education and experience? A. If you will check with Professor Stamp- ley or any principal, you will find that contracts have al ready been signed, countersigned, of course, back in the hands presumably of the teachers, themselves. Every teacher who received a salary contract received with it, stapled to her contract, a complete, spelled-out salary schedule for the ’65-’66 year. This salary informa- —458— tion is in the hands of every professional employee of this school system. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966 G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 611 Q. Well, now, does that answer my question,— A. In my opinion,— Q. —to this extent— A. —it answers it affirmatively. Q. All right. A. Yes. Mr. Bell: I think we have no further questions. The Court: Mr. Luckett. Mr. Luckett: May we confer just about two minutes? The Court: All right. Mr. Luckett: May I inquire, while we confer, if the Court please: You know, of course, Mr. Tynes testified at length in the August 19th hearing about the way these lines were drawn. The Court: Yes, sir. Mr. Luckett: Now, I gather this is a continuation of the August 19th, 1964 hearing and— The Court: Let me say this: So far as I am con cerned, all of the testimony taken at the August 19th hearing and all of the evidence offered on this hear ing will be considered by me in making such disposi- —459— tion as I conclude is proper. Mr. Luckett: Would it be a part of the record in the event of an appeal? The Court: It is a part of the record so far as I am concerned, and it will be reviewed and considered again in connection with the pending matters before the Court. Mr. Luckett: All right, sir. In the interim I want to be sure and check that a transcript of this particular testimony is certified and— H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—-for P la in tiffs—D irect 612 The Court: Are you asking for a recess! Mr. Luckett: Please, sir. The Court: How much time do you estimate? Mr. Luckett: Five minutes will he plenty. The Court: As I have said and as you have prob ably heard me say many times, I don’t know any member of the legal profession that can get very much done in five minutes, and when you combine them with the teaching profession that is an impos sible time in which to get anything done. Court is in recess until three-twenty. (Thereupon, at 3 p. m., a 20-minute recess was taken.) —460— The Court: You may be seated. All right, Mr. Luckett. Mr. Luckett: I f the Court please, before we start, may I say to the Court that the comprehensive city plan has not been made an exhibit to anyone’s testi mony up to now and both counsel for the plaintiffs and myself would like to have a portion of it in the record, particularly that portion which is under Chapter V dealing with housing and which includes Pages 47 to 57, both inclusive, and also I would like to have in the record that particular map which was referred to in my cross examination of Dr. Wilkins and which is on Page 113 of the plan, and I— The Court: Why don’t you just introduce the whole thing, Mr. Luckett, and if and when the case goes to the Court of Appeals, by your designation, you can eliminate the part that’s not pertinent. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect 613 Mr. Luckett: We will do that, if yoar Honor please. The Court: All right. Let it be received and marked. The Deputy Clerk: This is Defendants’ Exhibit 26. (The plan referred to, comprising a booklet en titled “A Comprehensive City Plan for Clarksdale, —461— Mississippi”, was marked and received in evidence as Defendants’ Exhibit 26.) Mr. Luckett: With the statement from the Court that all the testimony that was taken in the case on last August the 19th is now before the Court and will be part of the record, we will try not to encroach into that particular area in our questions of Mr. Tynes and we’ll simply leave that as having been covered by that testimony on that particular date; but there are two or three other matters I would like to ask Mr. Tynes— The Court: All right, sir. Mr. Luckett: —to bring his testimony up to date. Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett: Q. Mr. Tynes, has there been compliance by the defend ant Board of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District and its Superintendent with the orders of the Court entered in this cause at the conclusion of the August 19, 1964 hearing1? —462— Mr. Bell: We would object. That’s the issue before the Court, your Honor. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 614 The Court: Well, everybody who has testified has expressed opinions about nearly everything from A to Z. The objection is overruled. The Witness: Concerning compliance, of course, first, we had one case of a pupil of the first grade thinking he had to come to a Clarksdale school. He attended a county school and had given a county residence. It so happened that this child’s home had burned sometime in the summer and his parents rented an apartment somewhere in the city and while they rebuilt their home. Now, I think they were two or three weeks late in getting that home completed. Consequently, we learned sometime in the second or third week that some child in the city was being car ried by his mother outside the city to catch a bus. Now, we checked on that and found that this pupil had never, of course, attended a Clarksdale school, and possibly an older brother or sister had done that. Of course, that terminated it immediately. In fact, their home was virtually completed and they moved back in. Of course, you could hardly say that was not compliance. The second semester we had a family, a Chinese —4 6 3 - family, by the name of Goon—G-o-o-n—which gave an address outside the city. We went through the process of getting transfers, legal transfers, and then collected tuition on January; then found that actually this family had given an erroneous address, an ad dress outside the city, where in actual fact this fam ily was living—I think it was either in Zone E-2-A S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 615 or E-2-B. I think the corner of E-2-B. Of course, im mediately that child, second grader, had to be ex cluded from school. That perhaps went on for three or four days. I ’d say less than a week. Aside from those two cases, which were of a techni cal nature, we have had 100 per cent compliance. I would say so far as effort to comply is concerned that effort has succeeded 100 per cent. Teachers, principals, all staff members have been completely vigilant, checking, double-checking and the like. In fact, that’s how they found these two particular situ ations I just related. So, I say to the Court that this School Board, this school administration, has made every human effort to comply 100 per cent. By Mr. Luckett: Q. And you mean by that in checking and seeing to it that no child attends a school outside of the zone in which —464— he or she lives'? A. Absolutely. Q. All right, sir. Mr. Tynes, there has been some discussion by the experts who came here to testify for the plaintiffs about the teacher- pupil ratio in the various schools in the system. Will you address yourself to the subject of teacher-pupil ratio in the various schools of the system? A. When I came to Clarksdale live years ago this summer, I found that the teacher-pupil ratio for whites was approximately one to 30 in the elementary, and now for our Negro children and Negro teachers the ratio was somewhere between one to 50 and one to 60, somewhere up in that area. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—C ross 616 The first year that I was here, 1960-’61, we cut this ratio to one to 49. Successively thereafter we have brought it down. At the presest time it is slightly less than one to 35. Now, we have been following a definite step-by-step pro cedure. We had never heard about going to court or any thing at all when this measure was adopted by the Board. For the ’65-’66 year the School Board’s plan calls for a one-to-33 maximum average pupil-teacher ratio anywhere —4 6 5 - in the city. In schools primarily for white children the ratio dropjjed two years ago because of the loss of population. At that time it dropped down to close to where it is now, one to 25. We eliminated some teachers last year working in these schools. We have eliminated more for the year coming up. And now at the beginning of the 1966-’67 session, which is just less than 15 months away, July 1, ’66, we will have attained a one-to-30 ratio throughout the system. Now, our present one-to-35 ratio meets completely the highest standards of the State Accrediting Commission. Of course, we have a top of 40 pupils, which is an accredit ing standard. Now, some of the persons who have testified in here, pseudoexperts or complete experts in the field of education, seem to be not acquainted with accrediting standards, state, and, of course, regional as well. We’re complying 100 per cent with the highest state and regional standards, of course, which apply to our schools presently, schools anywhere in this state. Consequently, we don’t come to this Court apologizing for a one-to-35 ratio one minute. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 O ycelle T ynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 617 R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross —466— Actually, we have been coming step by step in a fashion which would not break up the taxing district. Of course, we are just to the point now where we are reversing this trend in the schools chiefly for whites, backing it up one to 30, and closing the gap with the other, and then one year hence we will have completed that set of objectives. Q. Do you anticipate that one year hence on that par ticular program that there will be no differential in the teacher-pupil ratio in the schools of Clarksdale! A. I can’t see how there can be. Q. Sir? A. I can’t see how there can be any differen tial— Q. All right, sir. A. —or disparity. Q. You mentioned a drop in population, wdiite popula tion. You’re talking about a drop in white school popula tion,— A. Bight. Q. —are you not, Mr. Tynes? A. The children, of course, are still here increasing. Now, two things have contributed to this temporary drop. Of course, it has virtually hit the bottom now. Several —4 6 7 - private schools have been opened in the last two or three years. Secondly and formerly, a great number of white elementary pupils, county, Coahoma County, plus even some adjoining counties, came into this school system on a tuition basis. We have been gradually, of course, phasing out that operation. At present there are less than 50 white elementary pupils from outside the school district attending schools in the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District, elementary 618 schools,—that’s of the white race—of course, all at full tuition. Now, July 1st, of course, that practice completely stops by order of the Board adopted some months ago. We also have some 246 pupils of our Negro population who are simply here at the mercy of the School Board and who are, of course, attending schools without any legal right under the laws of Mississippi to do so. Now, the State Superintendent of Education, in a com munication dated March the 23rd, 1965, directed attention to every school superintendent in the state, county and dis trict superintendents, concerning the requirement of the State Legislature’s Concurrent Resolution Number 106 adopted in July 1964. —468— It seems everything was adopted in July ’64. This resolution requires that every school superintendent and all of the auditors, attendance auditors, must by May 1, 1965 give a complete accounting for all pupils attending the schools in the State of Mississippi, without regard to race or color or national origin, who are not legal, bona fide residents of those school districts. We know, of course, the next step here is cutting off all state funds for these children. Now, this blow right here would cost this school district between thirty-five and $40,000 for the current year. Of course, that’s over a mill tax money. Our limits in our mill- age structure, of course, are getting quite restricted. We’re getting close to the legal limit. Consequently, a thing like this, with which we must comply,—we have no choice—is just simply bound to have the result of temporarily at least greatly lowering our population in some of our schools. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1966 G ycelle Tynes-—fo r P la in tiffs—-Cross 619 There can be no other result. Two hundred and forty-six pupils are right here affected as a result of one state statute. Q. As I understand it, Mr. Tynes, these children or the equivalent number of children have been in the schools dur ing the past several years, have they not? A. That is eor- —469— rect; this number or perhaps even greater. Q. And they have been included in the ADA report which went to Jackson— A. Eight Q. —from Clarksdale? A. Eight. Q. And, as a result, we got some state funds to help edu cate these children? A. Eight. Q. Did we have to supplement those funds? A. Yes. District funds were used to supplement; right. Q. Now, if this means that the state funds are going to be cut off from these 246 pupils because of the fact they are not entitled to go to school here, then it will be necessary that they be excluded from the schools? Is that what you are saying? A. They will have to be. Q. Do you— A. In fact, under state law, they simply have no right to be here now. Just simply the School Board hates to simply turn a child away from a school door. We hate to do it, of course. —470— At the same time, may I state, Mississippi is usually recorded in the lowest position on the economic ladder in the nation we’re perhaps educating more children in the State of Mississippi for other states in the union than any other state of the entire 49. Q. Where do you think these 246 children come from? A. Well, of course, we have the Illinois Central Eailroad and we have Highway 51 and 61 straight north and south. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Q ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 620 Now, we have parents who more or less make it a prac tice simply to leave their children here with grandmothers and aunties and sisters and brothers, and sometimes, of course, no relatives at all, just simply give the children away, temporary custody, sometimes complete custody, even at birth. Of course, these parents move northward or some other direction and leave this great responsibility here of educating these children on what is supposed to be and perhaps it is the least wealthiest state in the entire union. Q. All right, sir. Now, something has been said about the salaries of the school teachers in the system and the differentials that have —471— existed in the past. Will you tell the Court whether that, too, the matter of salaries, that problem, was attacked in the plan that was adopted here five or six years ago? A. Of course, when I came here— May I say one thing before answering that: When I came to the school system, we had a shortage of classrooms and different things here which were deficient; but this School Board and the previous administration had no way to know, in the light of conditions which Dr. Henry brought out yesterday concerning the agrarian economy, how a huge segment of the population was tied to the chopping and the picking industries. This School Board, this com munity and the person who headed this school system had no way to know when mechanized farming practices,—of course, the machine picking, the poison application, all of these things—the national cotton program and the like would just more or less make it entirely impossible for large segments of this population to continue, and, of H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 621 course, I can’t say to this Court today how long this popu lation can remain intact or what the future can be. I sim ply do not know. There are too many variables, too many things here over which this community does not have con trol. - 4 7 2 - Now, coming back to your question, I may have to be reminded there of it just for a second. What was it? Q. The matter of salaries. A. Yes. Now, I have said that these disparities, differences, here cannot be totally blamed against prior administration. In other words, I play no hero role here whatsoever. This is just a simple task, attempting to do the job that had to be done with some degree of faith and persistence. Now, salaries, of course, had a wide disparity. We saw immediately, in order to close that gap, it would take us anywhere from five to 10 years. We have worked at it rather continuously since my second year here. Of course, with the adoption of the new ’65-’66 schedule, the basic salaries are completely unified. There’s only one schedule; no longer a minimum and a maximum. Q. And it applies to every school teacher in the system! A. I have signed contracts with virtually the entire staff for next year. We have a few vacancies, possibly a dozen or something like that, 10 or 12, out of a total system of, —4 7 3 - say, 220 teachers. Now, every contract which I have countersigned for the Board, acting in behalf of the Board, has been in compliance with this schedule. If there were a key person or a coach, one who had addi tional duties, worked longer than nine months, of course, S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs—■Cross 622 his salary went on np according to his added responsibili ties and duties. That salary schedule is in effect, in effect completely now. It’s already an accomplished fact. Q. How about the differences, if any, in the curriculums that have been referred to? A. I would suppose an edu cator—I was slightly disappointed that some of our experts yesterday and this morning did not mention perhaps the most single important fact in all—well, the field of educa tional administration, instruction. That’s a matter of indi vidual differences, these variations from pupil to pupil. There are some common needs to all pupils at given ages, but as pupils mature their needs begin to differentiate. They simply boom out in this direction and that and the other. Consequently, we have to vary in our curricula offer ings in order to meet these special and peculiar and par- — 474— ticular needs of the pupils. If you go to any comprehensive high schools, I suppose, throughout the nation, you will find a vast offering of sub jects. Now, in given years a pupil may not elect to take this course. In fact, frequently courses are just not elected at all; no pupils at all. But we have a broad range of curricula offerings here in both senior high schools, one of the broadest, I suppose, anywhere in the state or perhaps this region for schools the size of these. Now, if a given subject is not offered in a given school in a given year, picking out a certain year, that does not mean that the counselor and the principal of that school S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—-Cross 623 have not acquainted pupils with just the whole gamut, the whole range, of subject patterns, selections. We, of course, don’t attempt to compel students at the upper grades to take certain subjects. Our counselors, principals, of course, head teachers, work with the students, guide them, give them information and the like in a pro fessional way. I would have to say, therefore, that so far as curricula offerings are concerned there are no substantial or material — 475- differences. I have never known a student since I have been in this community to want a given subject who could not, of course, have access to it. That’s the purpose of administration, the purpose of counseling, to determine what the needs of the pupil are, and then, of course, we work that into the curriculum im mediately. We have here not a fixed and inflexible curricula whatso ever. It changes year by year. Subjects are added; others are deleted and the like. It’s a dynamic, constantly chang ing thing, and, of course, the differences between what one school and what another does are insignificant, of course, without consequence. Q. Will that continue into the future— A. Oh, yes. Q. —so far as the— A. That’s the policy of the School Board. Surely. Q. All right, sir. Tell us something about the qualification of the teachers in the several schools of the system. A. Well, for several years since we have had schools on an accredited basis in Mississippi certification standards have been held, I would B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 624 R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966 Gycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross —476— say, rather highly. In fact, teachers coming into this state from California, elsewhere, frequently cannot qualify for a certificate. So, we would be in the upper 10 or 12 so far as certification requirements are concerned. Of course, that’s a fact that is oftentimes of complete amazement to teachers coming into the state. In the position which I held previous to coming here, on the Mississippi coast, with a very large center at Keesler Field, we frequently had people coming in there from Cali fornia and elsewhere, and, of course, we hunted for the top ones for our school system, and frequently a person with three and four years of experience could not qualify in our system since we had the regular state regulation for certi fication. Now, in this school system no beginning teacher may be employed unless that teacher has a Bachelor’s Degree from a college, plus a certificate from the State Department of Education. Now, we do not have regulation concerning age. The certification regulation makes this stipulation regarding age, and so far as I know this is the only one: It says sim ply no teacher less than or no person below the age of 18 - 4 7 7 - may be given a certificate unless that person is a graduate of a four-year approved college. Now, of course, that never affects us. Usually the begin ning teachers are in their early 20s, 21, 22, 23, along there, but we have had for several years identical requirements throughout this school system, for our teachers so far as certification, their qualifications and the like are con cerned. 625 Now, we have several teachers in some of the schools, in the northwestern area of Clarksdale, who did not have Bachelor’s Degrees some years ago when these rules and policies, of course, came into being at the state level. Those teachers, I suppose you would say, are under a grand mother clause or grandfather clause, or something of the sort, and by periodically attending college for a certain number of semester hours can continue to maintain their certificates. We have some four or five teachers in that category. It so happens all of these teachers are white. We have no teachers of the Negro race with less than an A certificate. Of course, we have a sprinkling of AA certificates, a Mas ter’s Degree or equivalent, throughout the system. — 478— Q. Something has been said about overcrowding in cer tain school systems or certain schools in the system. Will you address yourself to that matter, sir! A. Well, we have one or more empty classrooms in every school, every elementary school, south of the tracks, railroad tracks, which run from Lyon to Bobo, -with the exception of Riverton. We did have one spare classroom there, but, oh, sometime in January, I think it was, that teacher or a teacher was necessary to come in there because of tempo rary crowding. Now, we have one spare classroom at Booker T. Washing ton. We have one at George Oliver. We have what we call two permanent ones plus four semipermanent at Myrtle Hall. We have one at Eliza Clark. Now, we have blueprints in preparation now for this six- classroom addition at Riverton, which was planned, of S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T yn es—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 626 course, from the beginning, which, of course, will enable that addition to be ready this fall. Now, if you go to the southeast part of the zone or the district, you will find, of course, there, to take Myrtle Hall, we have 502 pupils at Myrtle Hall. Now, that’s net enroll ment at present. Now, we have 20 classrooms there. At the same time, of that 502 pupils, we have 62 pupils who come —479—- under this blanket prohibition here of the Legislature and the State Auditor’s Office. If we, of course, have to, of course, eliminate these 62 pupils, that will leave only 440 pupils in that center. I f you divide that 440 by even 30— oh, you get less than what? Fifteen classrooms needed or a maximum of 15 there. Consequently, we have this situation right before us, this legislation here, which must be imple mented, which was passed during this fiscal year, sometime in July of ’64. We, of course, must be cognizant, especially in southeast Clarksdale, concerning any construction. We know there are pupils in southwest Clarksdale who will occupy the classrooms we are setting up there. We know the growth is there and the potential. We have studied the population. Our census figures and the like convince us of that. In fact, we can’t afford to build classrooms anywhere unless we justify it to the State Educational Finance Commission and to the State Department of Education that these are needed. I would have to say just categorically we have no crowd ing in this school system. We have no threat of double sessions or anything of the sort. We’re meeting, of course, A A standards on teacher-pupil ratio completely. We have these step-by-step plans there, which will, of course, eom- —480— pletely eliminate the small disparity which we have between H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 196S G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 627 some of the schools or among some of the schools in the teacher-pupil ratio. I would say we have a very comfortable situation here compared to more or less the standard of the norm over the nation. This school district has attacked its problems of construc tion periodically; in fact, more or less in a continual fash ion. As a consequence, we have no serious threat of over crowding, and, of course, we have some factors and some conditions which are right before us indicated here which the School Board must pay careful attention to lest it over build in some areas of the City. Q. All right, sir. Now, you spoke about accrediting agencies and what-not. Will you tell the Court about the standards of our schools, that is, with respect to their accreditation, both with the Mississippi State Accrediting Association and the regional accrediting association? A. Mississippi has a voluntary accrediting commission. I think perhaps only one or two other states in the union have accreditation on a local or voluntary basis—possibly —481— Georgia or Florida; just one or two others. Now, this function is carried out through the educational association of the state. This is an old, old arrangement. It came on well before World War I, and now through the years it has served completely, even though this state has been quite saturated at times by politics—this voluntary professional arrangement of accreditation at the state level has served to completely keep politics out of the schools of Mississippi. Perhaps that one statement indicates why this state, with its low ability to invest money in its schools and in its chil S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Gycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 628 dren, has still been able to turn out the Faulkners and the Youngs and the others. In fact, it’s doubtful that any state in the union gets a return from its money that this state does in education. Now, under the Accrediting Commission of Mississippi, the four schools in this system which are primarily at tended by white pupils have a Class A rating. They can’t quite measure up in two or three, I would say, not too sig nificant particulars, but still they are in the manual and we can’t measure up to them. Consequently, we have had to be satisfied with a Class A rating for some years. —482— I do not know whether these schools have ever been Class AA. They have not during my tenure here these five years. Now, we have four schools at the present time primarily attended by Negro pupils at the elementary level. Three of these schools have been in operation for several years, one but not about—I think this is the third or fourth year for George Oliver. All three of the older schools are Class AA and, of course, were Class AA last year. Riverton has made full application for Class AA rating. The rating will be announced sometime, I would say, the middle of this month or the latter part. They usually come out about April 20th. We have every espectation that we have met fully and completely all accrediting requirements and that Riverton will be so classified at the AA level. Now, all three secondary schools—-junior high, senior high and one junior-senior high—have classification at the AA level in the State Accrediting Commission, and they are also full-fledged members of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, and possibly we should add here, simply for the record, that when—oh, about two or three S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 629 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tyn.es—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross - 4 8 3 - years ago—two years—it was two years ago—in fact, last December, one year before—that would be December of ’63 —when the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools had its annual meeting in Memphis, at that meeting permis sion was given for the first time for schools made up pri marily of the Negro population to come in as full-fledged members of the Southern Association. Now, a number of the states in the South, a number of these so-called progressive states, held back. They did not stand up before that body and move to have their schools who had been on an approved list to come in as full-fledged members. It was my pleasant duty as Chairman of the Mississippi Committee of the Commission on Secondary Schools for the Southern Association to stand before that body and to move that our schools come in,—-that’s all the schools in Mississippi, some 12 or 14 at that time, primarily attended by Negro pupils—to come in as full-fledged mem bers. That action carried unanimously. Now, we, therefore, have every school in this system, secondary and elementary, and chiefly populated by Negro pupils at the highest rating which it can achieve. And now one word about elementary schools of the South ern Association: The Southern Association about three - 4 8 4 - years ago opened up full memberships at the elementary level for the first time, and now two or three schools in Mississippi—I think one at Port Gibson and one or two others—have come in. We have targeted the year of ’66 for all of ours to come in. I know for a fact Oliver, Booker T. Washington, Myrtle Hall and Eiverton will be able to meet these standards. I cannot say at this time, but I certainly 630 hope—and if I expect to remain in this community I better make certain of the fact—that the schools Kirkpatrick and Heidelberg and Oakhurst and Eliza Clark, if it’s, of course, still in session at the time, will come in likewise. But we are simply meeting standards just as rapidly, of course, as standards are set before us, constantly upgrad ing the schools. Q. Well, in that connection, sir, something has been said about special teachers, teachers not assigned to classroom work. Are additional teachers, additional special teachers, be ing employed for the coming school year, ’65-’6 6 f A. I think— What was the figure ? — 485— Five perhaps. Either five or six— Q. Five. A. —special teachers. Q. Five was the figure. A. Now, some of these teachers are working in special education classes, one in the area of speech, speech therapy, possibly one or two in music and the like. We have given our principals instructions already to employ this year three teachers, what we call special teach ers, in the schools generally in the south Clarksdale area. Of course, the second step will be taken one year hence in order to completely take care of that situation and the edu cational needs of children. Q. Now, Mr. Tynes, that concludes everything I would like to ask you about except to ask you if you have any thing to say with reference to the zones, and in that par ticular I would like to ask you to tell the Court so that it can be in the record if there are any children in this area H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Gycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 631 that forms a part of Zone E-l-B which is bounded on the north by U. S. Highway 61, on the west by the railroad line and on the east by U. S. Highway Number 49. The reason I ’m asking you that is that it seemed to have been suggested that those children in there might move over —486— to the Booker T. Washington. Are there any children in that areal A. At the extreme northern limit I think there are two Chinese children who attend a private school. There could possibly be one other family, the color of which I don’t know, living in that entire area, which, of course, makes up geographically, oh, pos sibly 40 per cent of the Myrtle Hall zone. That area there is completely industrialized and commer cialized. In fact, when we drew that zone, I didn’t think that there was a child in there. The principal had so re ported to me. Q. This area south of Wissler and east of Highway 49 —that’s in the same condition that you referred to? A. Bight. I think one witness perhaps mentioned a horizontal or east-west zoning. Of course, if you’d zone there and attempt to get some children in Booker T., you’d miss completely. You wouldn’t have a child in that entire area. All of that is commercial and industrial. That’s not residential. Q. If you made a horizontal drawing of a line through Biverton, what would happen to the children that are south —487— of that line? Where would they go to school? A. They perhaps would have to go—where? To Booker T., wouldn’t they? Q. Would that be much further— A. Oh, yes. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 632 Q. —than the Riverton? A. Three times, Q. Well, do yon have anything to say to the Court with respect to the lines, sir? A. There has been some question raised from time to time concerning, I suppose you would say, the efficacy of geographic zoning or, as we have fre quently called it here, neighborhood schools. This, of course, type of zoning or type of school assign ment is the prevalent means of assigning pupils throughout this nation. We tried perhaps last August to make that fairly clear to the Court. In this publication which I hold in my hand here called “Guidelines for Southern School Desegregation”, which comes out from Dr. G. W. Foster, Jr., Professor of Law and Consultant to the U. S. Office of Education, University of Wisconsin—even though this is set up and called “Guide lines for the Desegregation of Schools in the South”, still —4 8 8 - Professor Foster, in all honesty, has to say that he cannot commit the federal government or the U. S. Office of Edu cation, but that he knows what the policies are being worked up, and in general these are the policies, but they are not what you would call 100 per cent official. In fact, there are still none. Now, Dr. Foster says there are chiefly two types of com pliance with the courts’ desegregation orders, and he says this on Page 3 under Topic A, “Assignment by Geographic Zoning”. He says: “First, throughout the country geographic zoning is the prevalent means for assignment of pupils to schools.” And now he goes ahead and points out that in -the dual system in the South there was zoning before the desegrega H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r Plaintiffs-—Cross 633 tion orders were implemented, but, of course, they were on the racial patterns, and now he states in order to comply with this type of an arrangement through geographic zon ing with the courts’ decrees there must, of course, be a uni tary assignment of pupils, and he says that the chief test of whether or not that compliance is being made with that unitary geographical arrangement is simply this: He says, puts it in the form of an example: —489— “All elementary schools of the district, whether formerly Negro or white, would have to be zoned on a single map without any overlapping of attendance zones,” I submit to this Court that the zoning map which this School Board has given to this Court in compliance with a temporary order for desegregation has no overlapping whatsoever. There is not one square foot in the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District which contains two ele mentary school attendance zones. I would have to say, therefore, that is meeting the basic criterion that Dr. Foster has enounciated. I have heard Dr. David Seligman; I have heard Dr. Sulli van and numerous ones from the U. S. Office of Education. I have heard them speak, I expect, four or five times in the past four or five months, even including the recently held University of Tennessee Point Institute at the Hotel Pea body, which was 10 days ago, at which these men were there. They constantly enounciate these guidelines, even though they say they have not had the final word of Commissioner Keppel’s stamp of approval upon them. Yet they are all we have to guide us at the present moment, and I submit to H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 634 this Court that we’re completely in compliance with the - 4 9 0 - guidelines which have been enounciated thus far by the U. S. Office of Education. Q. Are the lines, the zone lines and the district lines and the subdistrict lines, in your opinion, reasonable and ra tional lines! A. I would have to make this statement to this Court: If this School Board had come with any other zones than these, the Court could have viewed them as be ing suspect, possibly invidious. We have large lumps of integrated housing—southeast Clarksdale; southwest Clarksdale; there’s a little bit in north Clarksdale in Zone E-4-A; the Riverton zone. There are several Negro pupils who live there, inciden tally, and I suppose will be in school next year or the fol lowing year. Q. That’s E-3-A! A. No. E4-A. Q. Yes. E-4-A. A. There are at least several school-age children in there now. Of course, their grades haven’t been reached thus far. First and second have not caught them. But if we had come with any sort of gerrymander at tempt, simply to exclude pupils or include pupils, or anv- —491— thing else, I would have to say this Court could have doubted the good faith of this Board of Trustees and the Superintendent who are defendants in this ease. Viewing this entire school district as a whole and with all the information which we could amass on it, combined with the counsel of our principals of the various schools affected, we came up with this plan in good faith and we submitted it to this Court in the belief that we were complying fully not only with the Court’s order, but with the civil rights statute as passed in July 2nd, 1964. R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes■—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 635 Again I say everyhing seemed to happen in July. But we believe that this is the sort of evidence or integ rity and of attempting to measure up to a most difficult and awkward situation. There’s no question about it. One of the chief complainants in this case has testified concerning the over-all difficulty of getting desegregation, of course, accepted here in the South, and perhaps this is the first school district, that is, to my knowledge, with a ratio of perhaps 60 per cent Negro, 40 per cent white and perhaps yellow, to grapple with a problem like this, and it’s amazing to me that a school board and a school community would have the courage, instead of attempting to come here —492— through plans of compliance based on freedom of choice and this ruse and that and the other. Dr. Foster says here very bluntly that any of these other plans, other than geographic zoning, must be viewed by the U. S. Office of Education as transitional in nature, as not full compliance, but more or less temporizing and compro mising with the issue and, of course, playing for time. Now, the defendants in this case came all out with a plan here, as they stated to the Court last August 19th, they hoped would get them out of litigation, get them out of the courtroom, in order that we could spend our professional effort and that the School Board, itself, could spend the time which it has to do in deliberation and adjudication of the various matters brought before it in looking after the twin responsibilities which the laws of Mississippi spell out for every school board and every school superintendent in this state, that of looking out for the educational welfare of children and of being concerned with and about the eco nomic welfare of the supporting school district. S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 636 I say to this Court the defendants in this ease are en deavoring, with all of the knowledge and all of the courage they can amass within the resources of this school district, —493— to do the thing which has to be done, not only under the U. S. Supreme Court decision in the Brown case and all the following cases and in the light of the Court’s decree in this case, but in view of the larger legislative mandates which were set forth in the Civil Bights Act of ’64. Q. Did the defendants bring forward in their plan any transfer provisions which might be manipulative with racial considerations in mind? A. There is not the first possi bility of any transfer from zone to zone in this situation. I noticed that some of the witnesses for the plaintiffs yesterday afternoon or this morning possibly—I think it was this morning—seemed to be not absolutely certain concerning that thing. Apparently they had in mind free dom of choice or something else. This thing is completely rigid. We’ve had to tell parent after parent that: “You must attend this school or none other in the school system.” Naturally, these parents haven’t been happy with the Superintendent and with the Board of Trustees, as you could well imagine. They’ve had to adjust, to accommodate to this sort of thing. —494— I think this Court had, of course, completely in mind this fact: That south of the railroad there were 464 white pupils in a completely integrated housing situation, and, of course, those pupils are simply scattered throughout that area. Now, of course, there were nearly 80 north of the rail road, some of which, of course, still remain. H ea rin g o f A p ril 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs—-Cross 637 Q. Now, just one other thing, Mr. Tynes: Did you and I request the City Engineer to provide a map which shows in green color the residences built in Clarksdale during the past 15 months? A. We did so; yes. Q. Was that done so as to show the Court the future development of Clarksdale or the way the City of Clarks dale is developing? A. It was. Q. Do we have to take those things into consideration in planning our needs as school needs? A. Some of the ex pert witnesses brought in by the plaintiffs in this case, of course, have set forth the fact that every school district must study population trends and projections and the like. Of course, that’s part of the work which is represented right there. —4 9 5 - May I say one other word in connection with that: I suppose that the first undertaking I engaged in after com ing to this school system in July of 1960 was simply to spell out the period 1950 to 1960, simply showing what we call the average number belonging or roughly equivalent to tfye average or the net membership and the ADA by school for every school in this school system—of course, part of the over-all look—to see how the trend was setting up as regard population, when and how rapid and the like. Of course, we study these population figures. We make our projections in the light of them. Constantly—in fact, continuously—these problems must be before us. Other wise a school system will come up quite similar to the one that I worked in before coming to this school system here. When I went to that system, it had 175 classrooms. I made a study there and it needed 176 more, and we immediately had to engage in a five-million-dollar building program to H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 638 get the 176 more in a two-year period. We had to double the number of classrooms there plus one. A school district can wander into a situation like that if it doesn’t constantly stay informed. Mr. Luckett: This map I referred to has on it Plaintiffs’ Exhibit 8 for purposes of identification, and it has the figure 178, showing the number of resi- —496— dences that have come into being in Clarksdale in the last 15 months. If you have nothing further to add, that’s the end of my interrogation, if your Honor please. The Court: Mr. Tynes, one thing that I would like to ask you about: One of the witnesses testified that there was a difference in the curriculum for Higgins High School and the other high school. The Witness: Yes. The Court: Latin, for example, is not being taught at Higgins, according to that witness. Is this correct? The Witness: That is correct. The Court: Did you—- The Witness: It ’s offered from time to time, but the students just want no part of it. The Court: Let me ask you one other question. The Witness: Yes. The Court: Did you have any requests for this course at that school? The Witness: None. The Court: I believe the witness testified also that there was a shop course offered in one high school, but not at Higgins. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 639 The Witness: Yes. The Court: Do you have a shop facility at Hig gins? The Witness: We have what’s called—actually, three shops there. To answer your question directly, three shops there. One is a composite shop, what we call a unit shop, in which a whole number of unit skills are offered. One shop is a masonry shop. The third shop is a carpenter, wood-working shop. Actu ally, virtually the same skills, training, are offered in one, in the Higgins shop, as in the other. These things vary somewhat by title. They may be a little more intensive in one than in the other, but in general these shop programs are geared to meet the needs and the demands and the wants of the boys and girls-—of course, here chiefly boys—in the shop program who attend that school. Again we have flexibility. Actually, of course, at Higgins we have what we call straight-out vocational shop programs in masonry and in wood working, what we call Type B, which we do not have in Clarks- dale High School or Clarksdale-Coahoma at the moment. —498— The Court: And also a course in drafting. The Witness: Yes. The Court: I believe he mentioned that was avail able in one high school and not in Higgins. The Witness: Actually, there’s unit work at Hig gins. Now, of course, at Higgins any time there is a need for a drafting course they can get it, of course, at R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross — 497— 640 the drop of a hat. They have some preliminary draft ing. Of course, that’s a prerequisite in some of their shop activities; in fact, virtually all in the composite shop program. They do blueprint work, minor draft ing, of course, in a number of those courses. It’s not a full year of straight-out drafting. It ’s just simply short periods of three weeks, six weeks, like that. The Court: Has this school district since you came here or from the knowledge you acquired about its operations before you came—perhaps I should have asked Dr. Wilkins this question—ever used eminent domain to acquire property for school purposes? The Witness: We’ve had to go into court twice since I ’ve been here under eminent-domain proceed ings acquiring sites. — 499— The Court: Let me see if I understand the state support that you get for your public schools in Missis sippi. I think I have it in mind, but I want to be sure. You actually have two different types of funds; you get assistance in capital funds and you get as sistance for operating funds? The Witness: Right. That’s correct. The Court: The capital funds come from the State Education Finance Committee? The Witness: That’s correct; yes, sir. The Court: Your operating funds are based on your pupil census? The Witness: No. The small per capita fund, that old constitutional provision, still comes from the census, but that’s just a minor school part, just a fragment. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 641 Now, virtually all state operating funds come strictly on a basis of average daily attendance. You simply are given so many teacher units; in other words, one for each 30, 30 pupils, average daily at tendance or major fraction thereof. Now, as to how much money that will be, this one to 30 is tied into the certification and experience of the teacher employed, of course, for that unit, that teacher unit. — 500— The Court: The reason I was asking that: I wanted to try to get clear in my mind the purpose of this last directive that you mentioned from the state with respect to state money for pupils going to the Clarksdale school system— The Witness: Eight. The Court: —who live actually outside of the Clarksdale school system. The Witness: Eight. The Court: Is that designed to require the district of the residence of the child to pay the local part of his education? The Witness: The district is doing that already, but under this— The Court: They are not getting the benefit of it? The Witness: Pardon me. The Court: What I ’m talking about— The Witness: I think I understand. The Court: Let’s take a pupil now attending the Clarksdale school system, not paying tuition, whose parents’ permanent residence is outside of the dis trict. Is this directive designed to require that the H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 642 S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross - 501- district where he should he going will bear the local expense of his education rather than the Clarksdale district? The Witness: That’s correct. If he stays here, then the Clarksdale district must underwrite not only the district’s share of the cost of his education, but the state’s share also. The Court: I see. The Witness: In fact, it’s simply a belief on the part of the state, to which I would have to subscribe, that any pupil who is not a bona tide resident of a school district, if he’s supported by the district or by the state, and, of course, jointly or by either— that that’s somewhat of an extralegal situation. We have known from the mores of a large segment of the population of this state down through the years—this is common knowledge—that this thing has been prevailing. We have grappled with this for years and years and years. Of course, we have dozens of children who don’t know their parents. They’ve never known their parents or anything else. They have no identification with them. The Court: Well, this directive actually would not change the state’s responsibility for a state-resident - 502- pupil? The Witness: That’s correct. That’s correct. The Court: It would shift the local responsibility when this is carried out from the Clarksdale district, in this case— The Witness : That’s right. 643 The Court: —to another district— The Witness: Yes, sir. The Court: —in the state? The Witness: Yes, sir. The Court: Do you have any estimate as to the loss of pupils by reason of attendance at private schools ? I ’m concerned only— The Witness: Yes. The Court: —since the order was entered— The Witness: Yes. The Court: —in this case. The Witness: We’ve had two new schools come into being this year. I think one has approximately 26 or 28 pupils. The other possibly has 26 or 27 or 28. Now, one of these schools is adding a grade. It has two grades at present and kindergarten. The figure I gave was for Grades 1 and 2. Now, next year that school will add a third grade. — 503- In addition to these two new schools, there were three schools already in operation, one a parochial— The Court: They are long-time schools that have been in operation for a good while! The Witness: Well, one has come into being since I ’ve been in Clarksdale, the past five years; the other two well before that time, apparently. Now, the attendance at at least one of these schools has jumped greatly in the last 12 months—in fact, this school year and the year before, these two years. I expect the public schools lost at least a hundred pupils to private schools this year and the year pre ceding. H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross 644 The Court: I ’m concerned really with the loss of pupils since this case began— The Witness: Yes. The Court: —by reason of the development of private schools. The Witness: I expect the figure would approxi mate a hundred. Of course, you can’t say—I can’t say—let me make it that way—I can’t say what prompted some pupils to attend some of the private schools, but I know what prompted some. At least —504— I think I do. Of course, I ’m not as omniscient as one of the witnesses this morning concerning motives, but some came to our schools, enrolled, and, of course, had to go to a different school. They refused. It would appear, of course, their motive for so going to a private school was somewhat clearly established by that act. The Court: Was the Washington School, the present Washington School, built after you came here? The Witness: No. It was occupied when I came here in 1960. It had been occupied in the ’59 and ’60 school year. I think possibly about March of ’60. The Court: When was the Higgins School built? The Witness: Nineteen fifty-two, I believe. Of course, we have added considerably to it since I ’ve been here. The Court: I believe that’s all I have. Mr. Bell, do you have anything further? Mr. Bell: Just a few questions, your Honor. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross 645 Redirect Examination by Mr. B e ll : Q. Would you indicate, Mr. Tynes, what are the few little points that the white schools, the white elementary schools, —505— lacked that prohibited them from having the same AA rat ing that has been given by the state agency to the Negro schools? A. Would I indicate, you say? Q. Yes. You said— A. List them? Q. —there were a few small things. A. I perhaps don’t have the whole list in mind, but one simply a free period for each teacher each day,—I think at least 20 minutes, possibly 30 minutes—one standard right there. Q. Could you indicate what’s the reason that hasn’t been—in view of the teacher-pupil ratio data that we have had here, why it is that the white teachers in those schools can’t have this 30-minute free period? A. They simply say they can’t. The principals say there is just no way to work it in the schedule. Q. All right. Is there anything else? A. I think we have four or five teachers with Class B certificates. Of course, that’s a miti gating circumstance there. —505-A— Q. Would that fact alone be sufficient to prohibit the granting of an AA rating to the white schools? A. I think it would eliminate two of the schools. Q. I see. Is there anything else? A. I think those are the chief two. Of course, there would be some more. Q. You indicated or at least the interrogatory indicates that the Negro junior high schools have had a Class A H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965 G ycelle Tynes-—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect 646 rating, the Negro elementary schools, Washington, Hall and Oliver, have had a Class A rating, since 1963,— A. Class AA. Q. —Class A A—and yon indicate that when you came the average number of pupils per class in the Negro schools was up to 50, 60 per class and it’s been brought down slowly, but surely, since then, so that it is correct to assume that at the time when these schools received the Class AA rating that the average number of pupils per class was approxi mately 40? A. Forty, upper limit, as a maximum. Mr. Bell: All right. No further questions, your Honor. Mr. Luekett: Just one question to get it in the - 5 0 6 - record. Recross Examination by Mr. Luekett: Q. What does “rated capacity” mean, Mr. Tynes? That got into the record. A. Well, as used here, of course, that expression simply, which was introduced in the interrogatory—we simply gave the square footage of each classroom in the system. It would depend upon the function of that classroom, whether it was science or whether it was homemaking or whether it was a general academic class room or a shop classroom and so forth, and we simply used a factor commonly accepted by professionals, number of square feet per pupil, and, of course, divided the factor into the number of square feet and came out with X num ber of children as capacity, but in all cases we showed on the interrogatory that the maximum allowed any classroom by the Accrediting Commission’s regulation is 40. Conse H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 196S G ycelle T ynes— fo r P laintiffs-—R ecross 647 quently, if you came out here with 45 or 50—if you had, say, a thousand square feet in this classroom, you’d divide 20 into it as your factor and get 50. Yet the Accrediting Commission says to you: “You’re going to be Class AA. You stop here at 40.” Consequently, we had to use the - 5 0 7 - figure 40. Of course, for shops it was quite different. Maybe we used a hundred feet there a person or per pupil. A 2400-square-foot shop divided by 100 would be 24-pupil capacity. Now, we showed two capacities beyond that. In our summary we showed what it would be at 35 and we showed what it would be at 30, the optimum figure. I think that information is clear if a person, of course, would just read it carefully. Mr. Luckett: Thank you, sir. The Court: Anything further with this witness? Mr. Bell: Nothing further from the witness, vour Honor. The Court: You may stand down. The Witness : Thank you. Mr. Bell: Plaintiffs have no further witnesses, your Honor, and a few loose ends of the case to tie up would be, I guess, a request for permission to fol low the Court’s instructions as to having a copy made of the decree concerning that ordinance of last year. The Court: That needs to be supplied for the record,— Mr. Bell: Yes. The Court: —I think, on the understanding we —508— had about that matter earlier. H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1.965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— R ecross 648 Mr. Bell: And I will take care of that. The Court: All right. Mr. Bell: And with that plaintiffs would rest. The Court: Do you have anything to offer for the defendants, Mr. Luckett? Mr. Luckett: I think our case is in the record, your Honor. The Court: All right. What are your wishes about submission? I can give you this much information: I have no idea at all of disposing of this thing summarily this afternoon. We are not under the strain nor in the rush that we were in August. I want to give it mature consideration. I want counsel to give me their very best efforts. What would you propose, Mr. Bell? Mr. Bell: I ’ve prepared and would like to submit a brief today that summarizes the facts and material prior to the hearing and also summarizes the cases that I think are applicable, even including the mate rial that we’ve had during the present hearing. I would submit this in lieu of an oral summary, as I think it is just as complete, has all of the cases, — 509— and as far as the summary of the facts— The Court: Actually, I would prefer a brief, es pecially because of the time of day right now. Mr. Bell: Then-— The Court: Would you like an opportunity to brief it further on a transcript? Mr. Bell: I think that that might be helpful also, as far as a more complete summary of the facts, H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 19GS Colloquy 649 although the testimony already shows that the Court perhaps is more familiar with the facts than at least one of plaintiffs’ counsel. The Court Reporter indicates that it would per haps he a month before he could get a copy of the transcript, but at that time— The Court: From the time that transcript was re ceived, how much time would you need ! Would you need very much time after that! Mr. Bell: I would think that the time factor, con sidering the opening of school and the possibility that one party or the other would like to appeal, and certainly the idea that both parties would like the matter settled before school opens, would mean that we would try to get it within perhaps a week, further brief within a week, after we receive the —5 1 0 - transcript. The Court: Would 15 days be surely enough! Mr. Bell: Yes, sir. The Court: All right. Fifteen days from the time you receive the transcript— Mr. Bell: Yes. The Court: —furnish me a brief. Mr. Bell: Yes. The Court: Give it directly to me. Mr. Bell: Yes. The Court: It’s not properly a part of the jacket file, as you understand. Mr. Bell: Yes, sir. The Court: Fifteen days from the time plaintiffs’ brief is served on you will you respond with your brief, Mr. Luckett! B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965 Colloquy 650 Mr. Luckett: Yes, sir. The Court: Anything further we need to deal with on this particular case at this time? Mr. Bell: I can’t think of anything further, your Honor. Mr. Luckett: Not that I know of, your Honor. The Court: All right. The hearing on this case, —5 1 1 - Henry against the Clarksdale School District, is adjourned. (Thereupon, at 4 :30 p. m., the hearing in the above- entitled cause was adjourned.) H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 196S Colloquy 651 Hearing of November 15, 1965 Proceedings had and evidence taken in the ahove-entitled cause on the 15th day of November, 1965, at 9 a. m., in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi, Delta Division, at Clarksdale, Mississippi, be- for the Honorable Claude F. Clayton, United States Dis trict Judge. A ppearances : F or the Plaintiffs: H enry M. A ronson, E squire, 5 3 8 % N o rth Farish S tr e e t , Jackson, Mississippi. F or the Defendants: S em m es Du ckett , E squire, 121 Yazoo Avenue, Clarksdale, Mississippi. — 10— # * # # # Gycelle T yn es , a witness called by and in behalf of the defendants, having been first duly sworn, testified as fol lows: Direct Examination by Mr. Luckett: Q. Is this Mr. Gycelle Tynes! A. Yes. Q. You have testified before in this case, have you not, Mr. Tynes! A. I have. Q. And what is your position with the Clarksdale Munici pal Separate School District, Mr. Tynes! A. Superinten dent of the Schools. 652 Q. Mr. Tynes, you know, of course, that in the order of August 10, 1965, in Paragraph 13 thereof, that it is pro vided : — 11— “That defendants shall be, and they hereby are, di rected to reconsider their proposals with respect to the proposed elementary attendance zones listed in Para graph 12, supra, and to resubmit to this Court a plan for attendance zoning for elementary school purposes of all of the school districts now included in the said proposed elementary attendance zones. The attendance zones to be devised by defendants in preparing the said plan shall be predicated on the efficient utilization of available school facilities on a racially nondiscrimina- tory basis in accordance with sound educational princi ples.” Are you familiar with that paragraph of the order, sir! A. I am. Q. Did the defendants in the case, that is, the members of the Board of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District and yourself as its Superintendent, attempt in all good faith to comply with that paragraph? A. We did. Q. Did the Board and you reconsider the proposal with respect to the elementary attendance zones that are listed — 12- in that particular paragraph? A. We have done so. Q. Do you have before you a copy of the revised plan that was prepared in accordance with those directions? A. I have. Q. Is that a copy of the plan that was later submitted to the Court? A. It is. H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect 653 Q. Mr. Tynes, when we speak about the elementary at tendance zones listed in Paragraph 12, we are really talk ing about the elementary zones in Zone E -l and E-2, are we not, or Subdistrict E -l and Subdistrict E-2! A. That is correct. Q. Can you see that map, Mr. Tynes? A. Push it this way. I can see it. Thank you. The Court: Mr. Aronson, if you wish to come around here where you can— Or do you have a map on which you can follow this? Mr. Aronson: Yes, your Honor. I think this is the same map, is it not, Mr. Luekett? —13— Mr. Luekett: Yes. I t ’s bound to be the same map, I ’m sure. Mr. Aronson: I can follow it from here. Thank you. Mr. Luekett: Now, on this map, your Honor, the schools have been sort of dubbed in in red ink. I don’t think it appears on Mr. Aronson’s map. You might want to take a look at that, if you don’t know the whereabouts of the schools. By Mr. Luekett: Q. Is this a copy of the map or one of the maps that are on file here in this case, Mr. Tynes? A. It is, with the single exception which you indicated. Some indication has been made to indicate where the schools are located, certain ones,— H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 654 Q. In other words,— A. —simply for clarity. Q. —this is an identical copy of the map, of the composite map, of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District showing all subdistricts, including the senior high school subdistricts, junior high school subdistricts and elementary school subdistricts, and also all of the attendance zones? —14— A. That’s correct. Q. And you have, as you say, dubbed in the particular spots where the schools are located? A. That’s correct, especially elementary, with possibly one or two exceptions. Q. All right, sir. This particular— A. Riverton. Q. —spot right there— A. Riverton Elementary School Center. Q. That is the location of Riverton Elementary School Center ? A. Right. Q. This spot right here—is that the location— A. That’s the Booker T. Washington Center. Q. This spot right here? A. That’s the Eliza Clark Center. Q. And this right here? A. Is Myrtle Hall Number— Of course, the whole complex is Myrtle Hall. There are three buildings. Q. And this right here? A. That’s the Higgins Junior- Senior High School. —15— Q. This right to the east of that? A. That building is George Oliver Elementary School Center. Q. So, as I understand it, these show all of the elementary schools that are in those two subdistricts that are dealt with in this revised plan? A. That’s correct. S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—-for D efendants— D irect 655 Q. There are five in number, are there not, Mr. Tynes? A. That is right. Q. There are three in Subdistrict E -l and two in Sub district E-2? A. That’s so. Q. Will you tell the Court something about the relative ages of these buildings? For instance, the George Oliver Elementary School? A. It is about three years old. Q. Is it a modern building? A. It ’s a modern 18-class room building. Q. Now, you say there are three buildings here on the Myrtle Hall property? A. Eight. One of them is a quite old building, Myrtle Hall Number —16— 1, at the north section of the campus there where you have the pointer indicating. Q. Yes, sir. A. That building perhaps is at least 40 years of age. It was remodeled six years ago and is in quite good condition. It has 10 classrooms—Myrtle Hall 1. At the south end of the campus, indicated there where you have the ruler pointing, is a modern six-classroom building, constructed about 10 years ago. It has six classrooms. There’s one other building on the campus, besides the cafeteria, four-classroom frame building, some 20 years of age, which is not being used for regular classroom pur poses. We have one special education class in that small group. I think perhaps one or two of the rooms are used for special purposes. Music groups meet there or something like that, but for our regular academic program is not in use. Q. All right, sir. We’ll point to the Eliza Clark, sir. A. That building is some 10 years of age. It has seven classrooms. Of course, H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 656 it’s a brick building, except the cafeteria, a frame building. The building, of course, is quite new, but considerable de terioration in the foundation has occurred. In fact, the —17— building is in a continuing deteriorating condition. How long it will be serviceable without complete renovation, ex tensive work on the foundation, I can’t say. The School Board twice a year has its architects and engineers study it extensively and complete and make measurements to see how much deterioration is continuing. The deterioration seems to be accelerating rather than arresting. Conse quently, the building may not be serviceable for many years longer. In fact, last Christmas the engineers found condi tions in there which occurred which were endangering two classrooms. In fact, some of the girders overhead were about to turn off pilasters supporting them, a hidden con dition in behind the ceiling of the building and had not been observed previously. Fortunately, some bricks had fallen out and knocked the ceiling down. The engineers discovered the trouble during the holidays and extensive repairs, run ning into several thousand dollars, had to be made on an emergency basis. Q. That was caused by the north wall moving— A. Simply gravitating northward. There are a number of motions, horizontal motions, verti cal motions, of course, resultant motions, occurring from —18— the two particular types of stresses. Apparently the foundation is simply washing out from under it by some subsoil condition, which—even though the building is on concrete pilings, still it’s not holding up at all. Q. Actually, that’s the site of the original white school there in Clarksdale, isn’t it? A. That’s correct. H ea rin g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes—-fo r D efendants—D irect 657 Q. Are you familiar with the fact that this property was deeded to Clarksdale by way of gift? A. It was. Of course, it had the reverter type clause in it. The same is true of some of the other buildings in the district. Q. For use only by children of the white race? A. That’s right. Q. Now, down here is the Booker T. Washington School? A. That’s correct. Q. Will you tell the Court about that particular building? A. That’s a 16-classroom building, completed in 1960. It ’s an outstanding building, so far as architecture and func tional qualities, not only in the School District, but in the —1 9 - state at large and perhaps in the southern area. It is an outstandingly functional building. In fact, it’s a building of such character, such quality, for any particular portion of the city, I would be hard to recommend one of that quality. It looks to me sometimes as if it was actually over built. The classrooms are huge. Of course, 30 pupils in a classroom designed for 45 or 50 are almost lost, almost like having 20 or 30 people in this courtroom. It’s quite an ex cellent building. Q. Now we’ll move over to the Riverton building. A. The Riverton School first had 12 classrooms erected in 1964. Six additional classrooms were added the summer of 1965. It now has 18 classrooms, and, of course, a brand-new, mod ern building. Q. All right, Mr. Tynes. Now, of course, this map shows the whole City of Clarks dale, does it not? A. That’s correct. Q. And it will include some area that is commercial and some area that is industrial? A. Quite right. R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 658 Q. As well as the residential areas! A. Yes. — 20— Q. And to that extent it may be misleading insofar as school areas are concerned, may it not! A. In fact, one of the zones yon might pick ont may appear to be abnormally large, abnormally long, with dimensions which seem to be somewhat peculiar for a school zone. Q. Now, I was going to come— A. The fact may re main, of course, considerable of that territory may be ter ritory in which not a single residence is to be found. Q. We probably were derelict in not pointing out to the Court before, because I think the Court is wondering, why the children in this area bounded on the north by U. S. Highway 61 and on the east by U. S. Highway 49 and on the west by the railroad track could not go to the Booker T. Washington School. As a matter of fact, what is in this area that’s bounded on the north by IT. S. Highway 61, on the east by U. S. Highway 49 and on the west by the railroad track? A. That area is completely industrial and commercial in character. To my knowledge, not a single child resides in that whole area. Q. And no students in that area? A. I don’t know a - 21- single one. Q. All right, sir. Here’s a street here that goes in an easterly and westerly direction called Wissler Street, and there is some area south of that Wissler Street and east of the highway, H. S. High way 49. Is that area also commercial and with no children? A. It ’s completely commercial and industrial. To my knowl edge, not a single child resides in it. Q. So, to the best of our knowledge, there are no children in that part of Clarksdale that would run from the inter S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect 659 section of the railroad track and U. S. Highway 61, thence in an easterly direction to the intersection of U. S. Highway 49, down south towards the intersection of U. S. Highway 49 and Wissler Street and to the east from Wissler Street out towards, we’ll say, the boundary line of Zone E -l-B ! A. To my knowledge, there’s not a single child residing in that total territory. Q. All right, sir. Now, here’s a street called Louisiana Street that runs in a northerly and southerly direction, and a portion of it runs in a northerly direction from Fourth Street to the — 22— railroad track, that is, the railroad track that runs in an easterly and westerly direction. From that particular street, Louisiana Street, on out in an easterly direction towards the end of Clarksdale and between the railroad track and Fourth Street, are there any children in there, sir? A. There may be two or three. That’s primarily in dustrial and commercial. I f any children are in there, I would say you could count them on the fingers of perhaps one hand. Q. All right, sir. So far as the dividing line that is between the Subdistrict E -l and Subdistrict E-2, the dividing line that makes the easterly boundary line of Subdistrict E-2 and the westerly line of Subdistrict E -l, there is a railroad track, is there not! A. That’s correct. Q. That is a railroad track that’s constantly referred to in the plan as the railroad track that runs from Clarksdale to Mattson! A. That’s correct. Q. Now, when we speak of a railroad track, sometimes we think of it as just a railroad track with two rails on it, do we not! A. True. B e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 660 H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—-for D efendants—D irect —23— Q. Actually, insofar as these railroad tracks within the City of Clarksdale, as they divide these two subdistricts, is there really more than just simply a right of way of the railroad company with one line of tracks down it! A. That’s a multitrack system in there. In fact, some areas of it have as many as six tracks parallel. Numerous and extensive switching operations are carried out there. In fact, it is referred to as the Tallahatchie Yard in which trains are broken up, made up, in that entire area. It’s quite a busy area. Q. Sometimes it’s necessary to kick the trains, that is, there will be boxcars turned loose and not even connected with a locomotive; is that not true! A. I would say that’s a daily occurrence. Q. All right, sir. Now, is that one of the reasons that led the defendants in the case—and when I refer to the defendants I ’m talking about the Board of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District and yourself as its Superintendent —to adopt that railroad line as one of the boundary lines, —2 4 - sir! A. That is one of the considerations, of course, haz ards, the safety of children. Q. Would it be dangerous for elementary school children to cross over those railroad tracks daily? A. Evidently it would be. Q. Was that one of the main, defects of the Clarksdale school system prior to the building of the Kiverton School? A. One which gave me and the Board of Trustees continued concern and anxiety. Q. Is it a staging yard for the railroad tracks? A. It is. 661 Q. It was publicized in a TV show one time, was it not, sir? A. Yes. Q. All right, sir. Now, for that reason, because of the composition of those tracks, would you say, in reconsidering this plan for these two subdistricts, that is, Subdistricts E -l and E-2, that is the principal reason that led to the conclusion that that par ticular line should not be disturbed insofar as the dividing line between the two subdistricts? A. I would have to say it’s a major consideration. Of course, there are other factors, but the factor of safety is certainly one of the over whelming issues. Of course, there are other factors, but —25— the factor of safety is certainly one of the overwhelming issues. Q. Insofar as school population is concerned, what about the school population east of that line, that is, in Subdistrict E-2 as it’s now set up,— A. West of the line. Q. —and that west of the line, in Subdistrict E-l, or vice versa so far as east and west is concerned? A. The rail road which extends north-south of Clarksdale, south to Mattson and Tutwiler, just about mathematically bisects the population of that entire area south of the easterly and westerly railroad track. Actually, there are perhaps a thousand elementary pupils east of the line and possibly 940, 950 west of the line, almost exactly divided. Q. Now, the Court speaks about the efficient utilization of available school facilities. Are there just about the same so far as the pupil ratios per classroom east of the track and west of the track? A. That’s correct. We have 34 classrooms west of the track, in the south west quadrant, which houses Booker T. Washington and S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 662 H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect ..-26— Riverton. We have 18 classrooms at George Oliver and 16 serviceable, first-class condition classrooms at Myrtle Hall, which makes 34, pins seven at Eliza Clark. Of course, we have slightly more pupils in the southeast quadrant. Q. And those are the considerations, in addition to the safety factor, that led to the conclusion that we should main tain that railroad line as one of the boundary lines! A. That’s correct. Of course, the School Board had several options. It had the highway, Highway H. S. 61, U. S. 49; it had a river, all of which are clearly defined boundaries, easily identifiable, but the highway would not serve because it does not divide the pupil population into manageable factors or divisions. For instance, the total population south of H. S. 61, includ ing both subdistricts, is less than 500 pupils out of a total of more than 1,900. Consequently, you’d have only about one fourth of your population—that’s the entire school dis trict—-south of U. S. 61. I f you come to the Booker T. Washington zone, E-2-A, there’s something like 240 pupils south of H. S. 61, which, of course, would occupy only eight classrooms at Booker T. Washington. You couldn’t cross the railroad going east and pick up any children until you had gotten completely across Highway 49, way over within - 2 7 - two or three blocks of Myrtle Hall and the George Oliver Schools. Consequently, the only way to utilize efficiently the classroom capacity at Booker T. Washington was to pull in pupils north of U, S. 61 highway, as indicated there on the map before the Court. Q. Well, let’s go now to Subdistrict E-l. It is stated in the plan that the Board came to the con clusion that Zone E-l-A should remain as it is? A. That’s correct. 663 Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Direct H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, .1965 Q. Now, we’ve already pointed out to the Court that from Louisiana here, which is pretty close to the westerly bound ary line, that is, insofar as the residences north of Fourth Street are concerned, that there’s only one or two children in this particular area, that is, the area north of Fourth Street? A. That is correct. Q. All right, sir. Now, these children—can they he conveniently cared for in the George Oliver School? A. South of the highway, Highway U. S. 61, in that zone are perhaps more than something like a hundred and forty pupils. Consequently, with the 18-classroom facility, which needs to he filled to —28— be utilized to its capacity, it’s necessary, of course, to go north of the highway and bring in something like 300 chil dren. The lines as indicated on the map, bordered on the west by Florida Avenue and on the east by the city limits, bring in a sufficient number of students to utilize rather to a max imum degree the facilities located at the Oliver School. Q. Mr. Tynes, while the U. S. Highway 61 is a through highway, when it gets into the city limits of Clarksdale it becomes almost a street, does it not? A. It simply does. Q. Does traffic slow down for that reason? A. Yes. Thirty-mile speed limits. Q. Well, is there a crossing here that the children can cross with perfect safety? A. There’s Ritchie Avenue, the intersection of Ritchie and IT. S. 61, which is also called Tenth Street here in the city, the traffic light there, which, of course, is manned by a policeman during the time when children are crossing to and from school. Q. That’s the Immaculate Conception, Negro Catholic school,— A. That’s correct. 664 Oycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Direct H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 —29— Q. —right north of that ? A. Yes. Q. In other words, these children in here, by crossing at this crossing where there is a stop light and a policeman, can cross with perfect safety? A. That’s true. Q. Would it he closer for these children in the easterly section of Zone E -l to come to George Oliver rather than to Myrtle Hall or Eliza Clark? A. There’s not a block dif ference. Consequently, it does not operate. Of course, it’s perfectly obvious on the map. Q. Now, we have stated in the revised plan what would be the pupil-teacher ratio by utilizing this particular zone. I don’t remember exactly the figure, but we have set it up. A. That’s correct. Q. Under this plan as we have developed it, these pupil- teacher ratios would be just about the same at all the schools, would they not? A. The School Board is setting them up 1-30 all over in all the elementary centers. —30— Q. You speak of one to 30 very often. Is that really the key to the accreditation of the school system? A. One-to- 30 ratio meets any accrediting standard, to my knowledge, in the nation. That’s certainly true here, AA, with the State Accrediting Commission. It also meets the revised and projected standards for the Southern Association. Q. As a matter of fact, it’s possible to have one-to-35 average pupil-teacher ratio in a classroom and still be ac credited A in Mississippi? A. That’s true. Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, I would like to enter an objection. I think that some leading may be permissible, but I think it’s gotten a little bit out of hand and I would like to object to the leading questioning. 665 The Court: Don’t lead your witness any more than you have to, Mr. Luckett. Mr. Luckett: All right, sir. I ’m sorry. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Mr. Tynes, there has been spoken of on several occa sions something about the overcrowding of the schools in —31— the Clarksdale school system. Will you tell the Court how Clarksdale rates in the schools of the State of Mississippi with reference to pupil- teacher ratio or pupils to the classroom ? A. I would think this school system would certainly rank in the top five school systems anywhere in the state, teacher-pupil ratio. Q. The School Board has said that in its opinion what was Zone E-l-B and E-l-C should be combined as one single zone? A. That’s correct. Q. To be known hereafter as Zone E-l-B? A. That’s right. Q. We have already pointed out to the Court, have we not, that there are no children in this area that’s south of U. S. Highway 61 and west of U. S. Highway 49, and also south of Wissler Street, have we not? A. Bight. Q. All right, sir. What is the distance between the Eliza Clark School and the Myrtle Hall complex? A. Hardly three blocks. Q. Heretofore we have drawn a line between the two —3 2 - schools, have we not? A. That’s correct. Q. Do you know whether that line followed the boundary lines of subdivisions? A. It followed lines of old, clearly established subdivisions; that’s correct. H ea r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants-—D irect 666 Q. It is also true that west of that line there are white people and east of the line that there are Negroes, with the few exceptions that there are some whites in there? A. That’s true. Q. All right, sir. To get away from the objections insofar as calling this a racial line, what would be necessary for us to do in that respect, Mr. Tynes? A. Because of the number of children in the total combined Zones E-l-B and E -l-C ; of course, the diminishing population in E-l-C, the white zone; of course, in an effort to get out of court, in order that the defendants can stop spinning their wheels, losing administrative lead ership which the school system so badly needs, we’re pro posing to the Court that the line simply be abolished com pletely, the two zones be consolidated, and end that problem once and for all. —33— It’s the feeling of the defendants that any movement of that line perhaps would never be acceptable to the com plainants, the quantity and the number and the like there of the pupils brought in from Zone E-l-B perhaps would never completely satisfy them; but, disregarding the issue com pletely, the School Board for several years, since the popu lation began declining in Zone E-l-C, the Eliza Clark zone, has recognized eventually that would have to be completely abolished. So long as that zone was free to draw white pupils from the entire southeast quadrant of the city, it had an adequate number of pupils. Of course, the school center has been administratively expensive throughout its recent history. However, three years ago it did have some 240 pupils. However, Desoto Street, which is really the north ward extension of U. S. 49 as it comes into the city south, the extension of that street several years ago on northward S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 667 to Florence Avenue and then on northwestward to Friars Point Road, is producing a very rapid commercialization of the territory all along Desoto Street, which, of course, was the heart of the residential section of Zone E-l-C, the Eliza Clark zone. Consequently, with these factors of economy, efficiency, the need, of course, to get all possible from its administrative staff, its teaching staff, to utilize its build- —34— ings to the maximum degree possible, and, of course, to get out of court, the School Board simply believes it is wise and prudent, feasible, to abolish that line which separated those two zones. Then, of course, that would cease to be an issue. Q. Is it proposed that all the first and second grade pu pils in the new zone, E-l-B, go to what is called the Eliza Clark School! A. That’s correct. According to our figures, the entire two grades, first and second grades, would just about utilize seven classrooms at Eliza Clark. Q. And then the third, fourth, fifth and sixth would go to what is now the Myrtle Hall School? A. Right. Q. What is called the Myrtle Hall complex! A. That is correct. Q. Would it be served by two sets of principals or— A. At present we have two principals and two secretaries serv ing those two schools; of course, one set at each school. Under the consolidation, one principal and one secretary would be necessary, thereby effecting a savings of some - 3 5 - seven thousand dollars annually. In fact, more than that. Close to eight. Q. All right, sir. Well, suppose we go over here to Subdistrict E-2. Now, after due consideration, was it decided that the H ea rin g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 668 best interest of all the children in that particular subdistrict would be served by leaving the lines as they were? A. That’s correct. The School Board could find no reason—educationally, administratively, for the safety and the welfare of the pu pils or any other factor—for changing the present bounda ries of those two zones. Now, the School Board requests, in its most recent an swer, through its counsel, that the School Board have the privilege from time to time, in order to utilize to the best possible or the maximum extent possible its educational facilities, to change slightly boundary lines within a sub district; in other words, the zones that make up the sub district. For instance, in Subdistrict E-2, southwest quad rant, it’s quite possible that the line presently at the north portion there of Zone E-2-A, along Fifth Street, will need to be moved one block south to Sixth Street and that that —3 6 - group move over to Riverton where we have several class rooms not in use at the present time. The only reason in the world for making any such changes in zone boundary lines, of course, would be for the educational welfare of children, enabling the School Board to utilize its existing facilities to the maximum extent pos sible. Q. Now, we were saying, Mr. Tynes, suppose the city built a bridge across Sixth Street. Would that add to the feasibility or make more feasible the utilization of Riverton School for those children who live in the northerly part of Zone E-2-A? A. It definitely would. Of course, it would place those children much closer to their attendance center than is the case at present where they have to go south to Booker T. Washington. H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 196S G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants-—D irect 669 Q. Should the area south of Booker T. Washington build up where there would be enough pupils in that area to at tend Booker T. Washington, that is, the area that’s south of Highway 61, would that enable the utilization of that building by those particular pupils without anybody cross ing the highway? A. It would. —37— Q. Now, there is a necessity at the present time for those children who are south of Fifth Street and north of U. S. Highway 61, which is called on this map State Street, to cross over Highway 61,— A. That’s true. Q. —is there not? A. True. Q. All right, sir. Is there a stop light there where these children can and do pass over? A. There at the intersection, Sunflower— Is it not Sunflower ? —and U. S. 61, that is, of course, right at the east end of the bridge across Sunflower River, there is a traffic light. Of course, that’s the only crossing in that entire school zone crossing along IT. S. 61. Of course, a traffic light there is supervised by a policeman at all times when children are going to and from school. Q. The children are shepherded across? A. Definitely so. Q. Does the School Board consider that there is anything unusually dangerous about this crossing, any more than there is this crossing that’s utilized to get across to the —38— George Oliver School? A. To my knowledge, we have had no accident, pupil accident, at either crossing. Q. Do we have any unusual hazards, that is, any in the opinion of the defendants, about those in Zone E-l-B south of the highway going across to Myrtle Hall? A. We have S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 670 nearly a hundred pupils, 95, who live in that Zone E-l-B south of U. S. 61. There is a traffic light at Grant Street where it intersects U. S. 61. That crossing, of course, also is supervised by a policeman during all times when children are going to and from school. Q. All right, sir. Now we’ll get over here to Zone E-2-B. It includes some territory which is south of U. S. Highway 61, does it not? A. It does. Q. Are there any children in that territory in Zone E-2-B that are south of U. S. 61? A. To my knowledge, there’s not a single child residing in that particular portion of that zone. Q. So, there is no problem about any highway crossing? A. We have no problem there. —39— Q. All right, sir. Is there any problem connected at the Riverton School that you know of at all about the utilization by anybody? A. I have had none brought to my attention and have dis covered none. Q. In addition, is there much vacant land out here that can be developed for residential purposes that’s west of the present school? A. The Riverton School, of course, is located just on the west side of Washington Avenue. That entire territory west of Washington Avenue within the city limits is completely open. It ’s expected, of course, to develop at least partially in a residential pattern. Some of it no doubt will develop along commercial or industrial lines. Q. Are you familiar with the fact that there is a sub division that’s been opened up down here just immediately west of the Booker T. Washington School? A. I am. B e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 671 Q. So, there’s area for development for houses in that area? A. Quite a development is under way in there at the moment. —40— Q. All right, sir. Now, such building as we have in Clarksdale and south of this east-west raiload line, where is that building going on at the present time? A. Quite a bit of it is located southwest of the Higgins High School in the territory where you are indicating with the pointer. Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, at this point, with respect to this line of inquiry, I would like to object also to the form of leading with the pointer as well as leading in the form of a leading question. Counsel is asking him where building is going on while lie’s pointing to a certain part on the map, and I think that is an impermissible form of leading. Mr. Luckett: Well— The Court: As a matter of fact, for counsel’s in formation, as I sat here and observed it, Mr. Tynes had said in the southwest area before the pointer ever went to the board. Let’s get the record straight on that. Mr. Luckett: And may I say, if the Court please, Clarksdale is a relatively small place. Mr. Tynes knows this as well as I do. I don’t have to tell him —41— this information. He can see it. Anybody knows where the building is going on. I don’t have to prompt Mr. Tynes to tell him where the building is going on in Clarksdale. The Court: All right. H ea r in g o f N ovem 'ber 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 672 Your objection is overruled. You may proceed. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Mr. Tynes, do you know of anything else that should be pointed out to the Court with respect to how these new lines were drawn or how the old lines were left or why the old lines were left as they have been? A. The School Board and its administrative staff can see no reasons, edu cational reasons, administrative reasons, for following any other course or proposing any other zones and subdistrict boundaries other than those which have been proposed to this Court. The school officials, including the Board and its adminis trative staff, have studied these total situations for years, long before this School Board was ever called into court. The School Board was seeking to solve its problems in a satisfactory, administrative, educational way. I would say again, which I have said before, there is not —42— a racial consideration in any proposal before this Court, anything under discussion here today at this hearing. The School Board is disregarding totally the racial char acteristics of the people and is simply proposing these zones as being the best for the children and patrons of this school district, and racial considerations are just simply out the window. Q. Let’s get now to the problem of combining the Eliza Clark and the Myrtle Hall School. Mr. Tynes, will the consolidation of those two schools into one school, with the first and second grades that are now present in Myrtle Hall switched over to Eliza Clark and the third, fourth, fifth and sixth now at the Eliza Clark S e a r in g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect 673 switched over to Myrtle Hall, present any particular or peculiar administrative problem or can it be easily accom plished! A. That consolidation can be easily effected and administered during the summer months. Of course, in the summer months we keep our elementary principals on duty two weeks into June after the end of the school year. We bring them back in August two weeks before the new term is to begin. In addition, we bring in all teachers three days before the opening of the fall se- — 43— mester for a workshop, preschool workshop. Now, during these periods of times set aside for plan ning, changes of this type, whether consolidation or decon solidation,—of course, we have experienced both types here in this district—we can plan a phasing out of one zone— in other words, a combining of the two—-in an efficient, or derly and educationally conducive manner. On the other hand, if this consolidation process were en gaged in during the school year, it would almost amount to educational chaos. We would have no time for planning with teachers or principals. The administrators involved are busy with their task already and very little time would remain for them, of course, to do any planning. Not only that; it takes a teacher, of course, some days to get estab lishment of communication or rapport between herself and her pupils. The confidence, the empathy, the compassion, these lines of feeling, sensitivity and the like, must be es tablished because a teacher, as is set forth in the law, stands in place of the parent with these children, in loco parentis, of course, a legal term. Now, that has been done for this school year. Each teacher has her group. She has studied their permanent records, their cumulative records, their antodontal records. S e a r in g o f N ov em ber 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect 674 H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect — 44— She has studied their intelligence test scores. She has studied their achievement test scores, aptitude scores and the like. She knows these children quite adequately. She knows their strengths, their weaknesses. She has studied their home backgrounds, all of these factors which enter into the learning-teaching process. Now, if we come into the middle of the year and cast aside all these preparations which have been made, plan ning in June, planning in August, and the orientation which teachers and principals have made, of course, contact with parents and the like, if we should come and simply junk all of this planning, this entire community would wonder, of course, what sort of local administrative leadership it has. There certainly would be doubts raised as to the com petency of the School Board, the School Superintendent, the principals and all concerned. In fact, we wouldn’t have a leg to stand on to defend that sort of thing before the community. Q. Would it require two thirds of the pupils now at the Eliza Clark School to transfer over to Eliza Clark? A. That’s true. Q. I mean to Myrtle Hall. A. That’s true. — 45— Q. Would those children have to adjust to new class mates? A. They would, of course. Q. And to an entirely different environment? A. That’s true. Q. To an entirely different teacher? A. Right. Q. Would that be hurtful or helpful to them from an educational viewpoint, Mr. Tynes? A. It would be de cidedly hurtful and harmful. Q. Even the one third that are left here— 675 A third from Myrtle Hall would come over and be with— A. A third would have to— Q. A third would come over to Eliza Clark? A. That’s true. Q. Even the third that’s left at the Eliza Clark—would they have to adjust to new classmates? A. That’s true. Q. New teachers and what-not? A. True. Q. The whole thing would have to— A. In fact, all the children at each center would have to adjust to a new situa- — 46— tion. There would simply be a period there of turmoil. Of course, there’s the legal side here. The School Board is under a contract with two principals and two secretaries. Once a consolidation is effected, one principal and one sec retary will no longer be needed. Consequently, the School Board would find itself paying off contracts simply to a principal and a secretary and from which it would be re ceiving little or no service. Not only that; the School Board contracts with teachers to teach at a particular center pursuant to state law, which requires the Superintendent to nominate principals to the School Board. Once the School Board has selected its prin cipals, then the law and Board policy both require the prin cipal to nominate his or her staff. He or she nominates them to the Superintendent. He in turn passes on the fit ness and qualifications of those recommended, makes his recommendations to the School Board, and, of course, the final appointments are made then. We therefore, have all of the teachers at each center recommended by their re spective principals; of course, approved by the Superin tendent finally upon advice of the Board of Trustees. If these are shifted about, of course, there will be confused H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect 676 H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect — 47 — loyalty, whereas one principal had recommended them and later they’re being exchanged or reassigned, and, of course, there will be a great weakening of teacher morale in a sit uation like that. Q. If this consolidation is brought about during the mid dle of the year, will teachers from one school have to be transferred to the other school? A. They would have to be. Q. Do we have any legal right to transfer the teachers? A. I know of none. Q. Do you know whether the teachers would rebel at mak ing the change or whether they would refuse to make the change? A. I do not know. The teacher, of course, would have to weigh that prob lem, and what would occur I do not know. Q. Would those problems disappear if we can make that transition at the beginning of the next school year? A. Totally so. It would never enter the picture. Q. Will the benefits that will accrue to the consolida tion inure to the school district if it’s done in the middle of — 48 — the year? A. No. The benefits, advantages, would be en tirely dissipated. Mr. Duckett: I f the Court please, that’s all I have of Mr. Tynes at the present time. The Court: Mr. Tynes, what are the administra tive values of what you call here subdistricts? The Witness: The chief thing we’re attempting here, of course, is a long-range plan. We expect this city to grow and grow. In fact, its history of recent growth indicates that some day there will be a good size metropolis. 677 Now, we’re hoping here to set up subdistricts in which eventually more or less the entire school sys tem will grow up, all 12 grades. We have that, of course, in the southeast quadrant. We have it in the northwest quadrant. We’re proposing right early in the future to add a junior high school just south of Riverton where we’ve already acquired the acreage. The School Board has title to the site now. Of course, that is for efficiency. It ’s for maximum utilization of teacher resources. It ’s for the purpose of keeping the schools as close to the pupils and — 49— the people as possible, where loyalties can be built up. In fact, it’s for the successful administration of a school system. We have seen other centers grow up in which planning wTas not carried out, and all sorts of prob lems arose. We’re hoping here to circumvent some of those problems by long-range planning. Of course, we have pointed out already that within these subdistricts we would hope that the Court would yield to the Board of Trustees some discre tion in— The Court: Flexibility? The Witness: That’s right. —altering slightly—never, of course, in a major way, but slightly—the boundaries in order to utilize school facilities to the maximum or optimum degree. The Court: Do you envision a development of the school system so that you might or—I say you— the Superintendent might need assistant superin tendents ? H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect 678 The Witness: That’s correct. The Court: That may not have a thing on earth to do with the problems now before the Court, but percentagewise what growth prediction do you have pupil-wise for this system? —50— The Witness: In what period of time! The Court: Over the next 10 years. The Witness: The next 10 years. In the past—well, 1950 to 1960 the pupil popula tion just lacked a fraction of doubling. Consequently, the next 10 years we would expect, with the present 5200 enrollment, to push up somewhere around, ap proaching 8,000. The pupil population for some reason is really constantly expanding, especially in the urban areas. The Court: Thank you, sir. By Mr. Luckett: Q. Mr. Tynes, what would you say, along that line, about the holding power of the schools, particularly with reference to the children who are south of the track? A. It has vastly increased. In fact, just a few years ago I would say close to one third of the entire population, 12 grades, would have been located in the first grade—almost a third. At present there is no more than, oh, 14 or 15 per cent located in the first grade. Consequently, the pupils are now taking their place all the way across the structure from Grade 1 to 12. The upper grades are constantly increasing in size. In fact, the fastest growth right at the moment percentage- —5 1 - wise is occurring in the secondary grades, junior high and senior high. S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect 679 Q. Are there not more elementary school children south of the track than there are north of the track! I ’m talking about the east-west track now. A. Consider ably more. Q. Considerably more. Are there not considerably more high school pupils north of that east-west track— A. That’s true. Q. —than there are south of the east-west track? A. That’s true. Q. With the schools south of the track developing a hold ing power comparable to the schools north of the track, as you seem to indicate that they’re beginning to develop, will it not be true that there will be more high school pupils south of the track than there are presently north of the track? A. That’s true. It ’s bound to happen. Q. That being true, given that same holding power south of these tracks as there is north of the tracks, will there not be enough senior high school and junior high pupils in the southwest quadrant and in the southeast quadrant —52— for a separate school district? A. There will be for a com plete 12-grade system in each quadrant. Of course, that’s back in the planning which the School Board has here, has projected. Q. Now, this map does not show the new subdivision that’s created—it’s actually outside of the City of Clarks- dale at the present time—in what is now or joins what is now Zone E-3-A? A. That’s true. It does not. Q. Are streets being installed at the present time? A. Streets are being laid out. Utilities are being run out there at the present. I think one, possibly one, unit is under con struction. S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect 6S0 Q. We have already pointed out to the Court at another time that the westerly boundary line of the town and of this zone, elementary zone, in the northwest—well, the whole northwest quadrant—hits the sixteenth section line— A. That’s true. Q. —out there? A. True. Q. That’s a barrier to the future development to the west? A. That’s true. —53— Mr. Luckett: I have no more questions, your Honor. The Court: You may cross-examine. Cross Examination by Mr. Aronson: Q. Mr. Tynes, to clear one factor up, you were just mak ing some distinctions about the so-called holding power south of the track and north of the track. Are we talking about Negroes and whites, Mr. Tynes? A. Primarily. Pri marily; yes. Q. Primarily? A. Yes. Q. Or exclusively? A. Almost exclusively. Of course, some whites south of the track. South of the tracks include some white,— Q. Do you— A. —but chiefly the school Negroes south of the track,— Q. Do you— A. —except one white elementary. Q. Do you find that the whites south of the track act differently than the whites north of the track? A. Well, — 54— not a great deal; no. Q. A little bit? A. Well, I haven’t studied that matter per se. H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— Cross 681 I would say, so far as that’s concerned, in any residential areas in the city there would be slight differentials, but no perhaps major ones. Q. It’s a fact, isn’t it, Mr. Tynes, what you are talking about is Negroes and whites when you were talking about south of the track? A. Primarily. Q. Well, if your judgment is influenced by the activities or responses of some white people, I would like you to tes tify to it, Mr. Tynes. I f not, I would like your answer to indicate— A. Well, of course, the witness is under oath here to tell the whole truth and nothing but the truth. Consequently, I cannot cover the truth more exactly than I have by use of the term “primarily”. Q. All right. A. There could be some differences in there which the witness does not know. Q. Mr. Tynes, I ’d like to talk to you just for a moment, without reference to any specific zone, about the philosophy —55— of the School Board and your office in setting up these, and most particularly what considerations in terms of impor tance, from most important to the least important, were you and your associates evaluating when you set out the school zones. Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, I object to any testimony except in respect to the zones which are now under consideration with this revised plan. The rest of the matter of the zones has been covered by the order of August the 10th and I don’t think we ought to retry the lawsuit that’s already been tried. Mr. Aronson: I respectfully submit, your Honor, I ’m going into areas that were opened up by Mr. Luckett and his witness at the time that he asked H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross 682 about areas that weren’t even in the City of Clarks- dale. I am, indeed, interested in these areas and would like to expand them. Mr. Luckett: I— Mr. Aronson: He was— Mr. Luckett: Excuse me. Mr. Aronson: —-testifying about areas where they don’t even have streets laid down yet north of the city and an area which pursuant to the August 10 order is closed. The door has been opened by Mr. Luckett, and I —5 6 - think it’s something that we can— The Court: The door hasn’t been opened by the Court, though, Mr. Aronson, and I do not want to try the lawsuit, go back over the same ground we covered in the hearing preceding the order of Au gust 10th. The objection is overruled, but I do want you to stay on the track with the issues that are before the Court, that is, whether the plan submitted for the revision of the elementary school districts south of the railroad will be approved or not. You may proceed. Mr. Aronson: Thank you. Do you want me to repeat my question, Mr. Tynes 1 The Witness: Please do. Mr. Aronson: There has been a lot said since. The Witness: Please do. By Mr. Aronson: Q. I would like you to state for the Court those considera tions, in order of importance, from most important to least S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— Cross 683 important, tliat you and your associates evaluated when you set out the school zones. A. We did not attempt to give the ranking—one, two, three, four, five. We simply set up —57— criteria or factors to which, of course, I have testified al ready, and, of course, if you want those repeated I can go into that. Q. I would appreciate it. I— A. All right. The question of various factors which the School Board or administrators dealt with or reckoned with in setting up zones in these five particular areas: Of course, we have the utilization of buildings; We have proximity of children; We have, of course, the matter of their safety, of the welfare of the children along traveled routes which can be supervised in order to eliminate as many hazards as possible, such factors as those. It’s necessary, of course, to have clearly defined boundary lines; otherwise always being open to question by plain tiff lawyers and perhaps even by the Court. Such factors as those general criteria. Of course, the overwhelming consideration, since you asked that, is the educational welfare of children. The School Board is under state law in this particular state to be responsible for the educational welfare of the —58— children and the economic welfare of the school district, the supporting tax base. In all of its activities the Board of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District endeavors to keep those two paramount functions foremost in its thinking. Q. But when you talk about general educational factors H ea rin g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross 684 I take it that what you refer to then is the composite of proximity, safety, utilization of the buildings, which are the prime factors that you have set out? A. Yes. Q. Fine. That’s helpful. Now, I am interested in the inquiry which was initiated by the Court with respect to subzones or subdistricts, and, as I gathered from your testimony, you talked about some type of loyalty that it would tend to engender, but I wonder if you would expand on that and state what functions at this time the subdistricts serve. A. Perhaps a chief function is to divide the total district into manageable units, whereby the Board of Trustees can work on particular sections and have them clearly identifiable. Of course, we have pointed out earlier in testimony here —5 9 - today and in previous testimony if this School Board as a defendant in this case does not come with clearly identifiable boundary lines then, of course, its faith, its good intention, its purposes and the like would always be questioned. Con sequently, the School Board has come with lines which were clearly identifiable, permanent type boundary lines,—you could call them more or less natural boundaries—in the hope that it could get out of court and get on with the busi ness of administering schools for the children. Q. I appreciate that, Mr. Tynes. I ’m just now interested in the subdistricts, not the zones. I think I ’m pretty clear on the reasoning behind your zones— A. Yes. Q. —and I would just, for this moment, like to shift to the subdistricts,— A. Bight. Q. —E-l, E-2, E-3 and E-4. A. Bight. Q. And I wondered if you would address yourself par ticularly to the utility that these subdistricts serve. A. I think we have possibly pointed out the immediate practical purpose of the subdistricts is simply this: The School Board H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 685 H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross — 60— would continue to maintain so initiative in the setting up of its zones in order, of course, to be assured by the sub district that some flexibility within that subdistrict could be utilized by the Board of Trustees. From time to time, every two or three years, in fact, population will grow in this direction or that direction. Commercialization or industrialization will come in one zone. Residential development will occur in another. Con sequently, populations are going to vary. Elementary populations, secondary populations are going to vary within these zones. If the School Board does not have some over all area encompassing two or more zones, then, of course, it will have no flexibility; it’ll have no options, no initiative. Every time it needs to make a change for the benefit of children, it’ll have to come back to court and request that type of permission. That, of course, would be a time-con suming business. It would weary the ears of the Court. It would be a frustrating experience for the School Board and its administrative staff. Q. I certainly— A. We’re simply seeking here some means by which we can operate schools and not have to be continuously coming back to weary the ears of the Court. — 61— Q. I certainly have no desire to have you come to court every time you wish to make a change, Mr. Tynes, but you still haven’t explained what function the subdistricts serve. As I understand the Court order which was entered in this matter and each subsequent addition or modification of the Court order, there has been no mention of subdis tricts other than a passing recognition that they exist. Subdistricts do not relate to where children go to school. The fact that a child lives in Subdistrict Number 1 has 686 absolutely no bearing on where he goes to school. The only factor that’s relevant in that child’s existence in rela tionship to a school is the zone he lives in. Is that not correct! A. That’s a half truth. That wouldn’t be a whole truth. In other words, I couldn’t tes tify to that. Q. All right. Let me ask you this: I f I told you that a child lived in Subdistrict Number E-l, can you tell me any thing about where that child would go to school? A. Yes; surely. Q. Where would he go to school? A. He, of course, would go to the elementary school contained in one of the —62— at present three zones— Q. Precisely. A. —contained in that subdistrict. Q. Ah, but that requires you to ask me a question, and that is : Where does he live— A. Surely. Q. —with respect to the three zones? A. Surely. Q. And what I ’m now trying to establish is that the sub districts at this point serve no function, and that’s what I ’m asking you to address yourself to. What functions do these subdistricts provide? A. Well, possibly I didn’t get through to you, but I would say within 12 months surely we will need to make some changes in Subdistrict E-2 in two zones. If we don’t have a subdistrict set up there within which we have some legal permission to slightly modify those zone boundaries, then, of course, the hands of the School Board would be tied. It would have to come back to the Court for permission. Q. Perhaps I don’t understand the Court’s order. As I understand the Court’s order, no direction or no permission or no import at this point in time follows from the subdistricts. In other words, if I were to get a letter H ea r in g o f N ov em ber 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 687 H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross —6 3 - in. the mail tomorrow and I was to be informed that Sub district E -l had been changed and you drew a zigzagging line which went all around in a circle on this map and bore no relationship to anything, I would have no response to it because at this point, as I understand the plan, the subdis tricts have no function, and that’s precisely what I ’m ask ing you to clear up for us now. What functions do the subdistricts serve? A. Surely you have read this response of the defendants’ attorney here in the revised plan for elementary attendance zones in Subdistricts E -l and 2. That matter requests for the Court to clarify this flexibility as set forth in this legal document. Of course, it has not yet become a part of the Court order, part of the August 10 order, to the extent requested here. I think the Court more or less just approved the subdis trict lines as they were, but mentioned, as you are men tioning here, it did not see the present value of them. Q. Yes. A. And, of course, that has been addressed here in this document. Q. Well, assume that your plan that you have submitted and which you have just referred to is approved by the - 6 1 - Court. I ’ve read the revised plan. I ’m still unclear, and let me ask again: If this is approved, i.e., the revised docu ment, then what function will the subdistricts serve? A. Well, Number 1, it gives to the School Board flexibility in modifying slightly the elementary attendance zones making up that elementary subdistrict. Secondly— Q. Can we stop at that point— A. Yes. 6 8 8 Q. —and just let me ask you a question about that? A. Yes. Q. Let’s assume momentarily there is no subdistrict. Let’s just look south of the track, which is where we are focusing today, and let’s just say we have got Zone E-l-A, E-l-B, E-l-C, and we don’t have subdistricts. We’ll call this E-2-A now E-l-D, and E-l-E , which will replace E-2-B. A. Yes. Q. In other words, we’ll just have five zones down here, as we have now, without any relation to the subdistricts. Now, let’s further assume, for good educational reasons, that you wanted to move the westernmost boundary of —6 5 - Zone E-l-A, which runs generally north and south, west two blocks, for good and sufficient educational reasons. Now, if you wanted to move that, that doesn’t bear any relation to this subdistrict. In other words, the only thing that bears relationship to are the other zones. Furthermore, Zone E-l-A, E-l-B, et cetera bear no rela tionship to the high school. Furthermore, they bear no re lationship to the junior high school. I don’t understand, and I ask you to tell the Court and to me: What do these subdistricts do? What function do they serve at this time? If you wanted to change these zones, the fact that the subdistricts were approved would be irrelevant, as I un derstand it. A. Well, I can’t agree there with your tes timony. Of course, the senior high school is made up of feeder schools, junior high, elementary and the like coming up. Of course, subdistricts are always envisioned with that purpose in mind. You’re tying together your feeder schools S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15j 1965 G ycelle Tynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 689 into an organized, planned, systematic whole or at least a major subdivision of your whole or entire school district. The Court: I think one thing that troubles Mr. Aronson and gave me some concern on this very — 66- problem: You have no administrative echelon or control echelon between the principal of a given ele mentary school and the Superintendent’s Office that relates in any way to the sub-district. The Witness: Well, of course, that’s envisioned, definitely. The Court: That’s what I gathered from your an swer to the Court’s question earlier,— The Witness: Surely. The Court: —that ultimately you envision the de velopment of a plan where a subdistrict would, in fact, be an administrative district operating under the Superintendent’s Office. The Witness: The district superintendent or in termediate superintendent; that’s correct. Mr. Aronson: That’s somewhat clearer. By Mr. Aronson: Q. Then what you’re doing at this time, Mr. Tynes, is looking to the future, and I take it that your answer would be subdistricts today, November 15th, 1965, have no prac tical function; is that correct? A. I couldn’t say that; no; not at all. Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, I ’m not trying to un- — 6 7 — duly prolong this. I don’t see what the function is, and if there is some function it isn’t set out in the H ea r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes•—fo r D efendants— C ross 690 plan, and I respectfully submit that his testimony hasn’t indicated it, and on behalf of the plaintiffs I think that we have an obligation to understand what service or what function these things provide, these subdistricts, if they’re to be approved by the Court. The Court: Well, Mr. Aronson, taking your very position on it, I can’t see that it has any relevance to this hearing at all. We’re concerned with zones pri marily, and I think we’re spending entirely too much time on this. I think I understand why they’re being used from what the witness has said. They are actually a foun dation for future projection and they feel that they need flexibility within the district. Truthfully, it occurs to me that the subdistrict boundaries or subdistrict boundary lines superim posed between zones, if there is to be any flexibility within the subdistrict, itself, imposes rigidity with respect to the adjoining other subdistrict. Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, that’s the exact point. May I read you the paragraph where we ask for — 68— this flexibility, this Paragraph V or Part V : “In the order to be entered herein pursuant to the Court’s determination of the issues presented hereby, it should be specifically spelled out that defendant Board of Trustees will have the right to change or modify the boundaries of all attendance areas or zones within the school district whenever required for the economical use of the school facilities, pro vided such changes or modifications do not violate H ea rin g o f N ov em ber 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross 691 the boundaries of a subdistrict and do not result in a transfer of a large number of pupils from one at tendance area or zone to another.” Now, that subdistrict line does provide a limita tion upon what we’ve asked about our particular right of modification, and that’s one of the reasons we went into such detail. We do not think that the Court should give us the right, because of the safety- factor involved, to change this boundary line here so we would straddle that railroad line. We shouldn’t —we can’t—do that zigzagging all over town like Mr. Aronson said, and we don’t think we have the right to ask for that. We ask only for the right to modify the zone lines within a particular subdistrict, —69— and we are bounded in each one of these subdistricts by railroad tracks. The Court: For the time being, Court is in recess until 10 minutes of eleven. (Thereupon, at 10:29 a. m., a 21-minute recess was taken.) The Court: You may be seated. All right, Mr. Aronson. You may proceed. Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor. By Mr. Aronson: Q. Mr. Tynes, before we broke for the recess we were talking about the concept of subdistricts. We’ll move on at this time and expand just a bit into the philosophy of the School Board, as you understand it or understood it, in drawing up the zone lines. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1966 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross 692 Now, you stated in broad, general categories the factors which you and your associates evaluated when you set up the districts. Now, I ’d like to get specifics, if we might. By way of background, when the Clarksdale School Dis trict first considered the problems of desegregation, at a time when you had a segregated system, you did have geo graphical zones, did you not, for both children of the —70— white race and children of the Negro race! A. Yes; that’s true. Q. And it was against this background that you came into the change in the one set of boundaries; is that correct! A. That’s true. Q. When did you first establish— Mr. Aronson: Strike that, please. By Mr. Aronson: Q. When did you first put into operation the school district lines which we see set out on this map before the Court, which is Exhibit— The Court: It hasn’t been introduced as an ex hibit. It’s Map Number V that was filed as an ex hibit to the original proposal of these defendants, with the exception that this one has the school build ings, the physical facilities, approximated on the map. Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor. The Witness: The question: When did the school district begin operating under these attendance zones! H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Gross 693 H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— C ross Mr. Aronson: Eight. The Witness: That was 1964 and ’65, the school year. Consequently, the first school year in ’64. —71— By Mr. Aronson: Q. Now, at the time that you testified in this hearing on the 9th of April you had been conducting your schools along these lines that are set out then in Map Number Y ; is that correct? A. That is true. Of course, the Court’s order specified certain grades, Grades 1 and 2 for ’64-’65. Q. I understand. A. Yes. Q. We’re talking about the grades— A. Surely. Q. —that had been reached. A. Surely. Q. Let me ask this: During ’64-’65, when Grades 1 and 2 had been reached, were any exceptions granted to students living within a given zone which permitted them to attend a school in a different zone? A. The Court granted excep tion for grades not under the Court order; but for Grades 1 and 2, no. Q. For Grades 1 and 2, no? A. No. Q Now when you went into the 1964-’65 school year— —72— Mr. Aronson: Strike that. By Mr. Aronson: Q. When you went into the 1965-’66 school year, the cur rent year, you entered into contracts with teachers and contemplated classroom utilization on the basis of the zones set out on this Map Number V? A. That is true. Q. Is that correct? A. True. Q. Did you contemplate any exceptions with respect to— A. Teachers or pupils you have in mind? 694 Q. Either teachers or pupils. A. Of course, August the 10th the Court order most recent was issued. The teachers were contracted with back in March and April. Conse quently, those contracts entered into back there had some degree certainly, I suppose you would have to say, of un certainty to them, uncertainty not from a legal standpoint as far as the contract is concerned, hut they were simply en tered into on a basis of faith and confidence that these centers would be operated during the ’65 and ’66 school year. —73— Of course, once the order was entered in August, the bud get had been finalized. All contracts had been finalized months previous to that time. Consequently, the school dis trict would have been in poor position to modify those con tracts or anything else. In fact, those arrangements had been finalized before the conclusion of the ’64-’65 fiscal year, June the 30t,h. Q. Well, going specifically to my question, in ’65-’66, which is the current year, were your contracts entered into and your projections with respect to attendance in the vari ous centers made on the basis of each student, without ex ception, in the desegregated grades going to the school within his zone? A. Surely. Surely. Q. In other words, the Court order— This goes back sometime into the ’64-’65 school year. So, when ’65-’66 came up, you made your predictions; right? A. Right. We didn’t know which grades would be desegregated, but we knew additional grades would be. Which ones we did not know. Q. So, your testimony would be the same—I quote now H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes-—fo r D efendants— Gross 695 — 74— from Page 493 of the record of the transcript of the April 9, 1965 hearing, wherein you were asked the question, and I quote: “Did the defendants bring forward in their plan any transfer provisions which might he manipulative with racial considerations in mind?” And your answer: “There is not the first possibility of any transfer from zone to zone in this situation. “I noticed that some of the witnesses for the plain tiffs yesterday afternoon or this morning possibly”— and we’ll skip some—indefinite about time—“seemed to be not absolutely certain concerning that thing. Ap parently they had in mind freedom of choice or some thing else.” And then in going on, and still quoting you: “This thing is completely rigid. We’ve had to tell parent after parent that: ‘You must attend this school or none other in the school system.’ ” A. That’s true. It’s rigid so far as this Court’s order ap plies to a grade. —75— The school district would have no legal authority what soever to entertain any request for transfer. If it did so, it would be in contempt of this Court. Q. Now, I take it that this is with the exception of Zone E-3-A. H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15} 1965 Gy cells Tynes— fo r D efendants—■C ross 696 Mr. Aronson: And, yonr Honor, I think it’s pen missible, and I request the Court’s permission, to ask some questions about children in E-3-A because they attend school in the particular area that we’re con cerned with at this hearing. The Court: You may do so. By Mr. A ronson: Q. Now, Zone E-3-A is at this time a meaningless zone, is it not? A. In some respects, yes; but, of course, in others it’s not. It ’s a legal entity; at least a geographical entity—per haps a better description. Q. Well, is there a school Zone E-3-A? A. No. No. Q. Have you acquired land in Zone E-3-A to build a school? A. We have finalized— —76— The School Board has been negotiating for some months for land in that zone. Q. My question, Mr. Tynes: Do you own land—does the School Board own land—in E-3-A for the construction of a school? A. Only one small site, possibly four or five acres, which hardly is sufficient. Q. So, you don’t own a site? A. Well, we own about four acres, which is larger than some of the other sites, but we would prefer to add to it or exchange it for other property. Q. You would prefer to add to it or exchange it in for other property? A. Bight. Q. So, in other words, the site that you presently own would not be sufficient for the type of school you’d wish to build; is that correct? A. We’d have to say this: Some what inadequate. It’s not totally adequate, but it’s perhaps H ea r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross twice as large as some sites which we have on which we now have schools, but we would prefer a larger site, seven or eight acres as a minimum. Q. And did you not testify that, in considering this dis- —77— trict, you’re also contemplating the growth of the city and the growth of subdivisions in a part of Coahoma County which is not presently— A. That’s true. Q. —within the city limits! A. That’s true. Part of the long-range plans, projections. Q. And, if I recall your testimony earlier in another hear ing, you have absolutely no knowledge of what the zoning authorities are going to do or what annexation will or will not take place, do you! A. Except what I read in news papers or what is common knowledge. Q. Common knowledge that this is going to be annexed! A. Well, it’s common knowledge that realtors and city gov ernment have been dickering back and forth for months concerning utility lines, concerning street development, all of these things, which is normal. Any time property is sub divided for residences this negotiating, of course, does be come a matter always between realtors and municipal or other authorities. Consequently, those articles have been in the papers for many months. Q. Is it my understanding that this is not a part of the - 7 8 - City of Clarksdale at this time! A. Only in the lines which are drawn, and accurately drawn, and, of course, some of these subdivisions are outside those lines; true. Q. So, is my understanding correct that Zone E-3-A and, indeed, Subdistrict E-3-A, for whatever use they have, have no schools in them whatsoever! A. That’s true. Q. All right. S e a r in g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 698 Where do students attend, the elementary students at tend, school that live within Zone E-3-A? A. Most of them attend the Oakhurst School. A small group in the south east corner of 3-A attend Eliza Clark. Q. How many attend Eliza Clark, would you guess! A. Somewhere— Q. Do you know? A. I ’d say close to 25. Q. Close to 25 attend Eliza Clark. And in the old days, before you redesigned your zone lines on a unitary basis,—in other words, back Avhen you had both Negro school zones and white school zones—was Eliza Clark the school for what is now known as Zone E-3-A? A. No. No. —79— A small group of pupils in the southeast corner of Zone E-3-A did attend Eliza Clark, in which case they have been permitted to continue to do so, but primarily Eliza Clark took care of children in that southeast quadrant where you are standing. Q. The southeast quadrant! A. Yes. All of Subdistrict E-l. Q. C? A. No. Subdistrict E -l. All three zones. Q. Oh, the white children in all three zones went here? A. Historically. Q. Right. Right. Now, where do children in Grade 1 in the southern part of District E-3-A presently attend school? A. In the southeastern part—that’s residential. Southeastern. Back to your right. No. That’s southwest. Back in there. That’s residential at the moment. However, it’s about to be commercially developed. All that residential property H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efendants— C ross 699 I notice is being sold at the present time for commercial —8 0 - development. But the entire southwestern part of that, south-central, all of that, is business district of the city. Q. My question was: Are there any students in Zone E-3-A in the first grade attending the Hall School! A. No. Q. Excuse me. A. Clark. Q. The Clark School. A. I answered previously some where close to 25 from E-3-A attend Clark, Q. But I ’m focusing on Grade 1 now. A. Well, I ’d have to check records. I don’t have that. Q. Is there a chance that there may be some ? A. There’s a possibility; surely. I wouldn’t think there would be—of the 25, roughly five or six. Q. I see. So, it’s not simply to accommodate those that have previ ously gone there because you’re starting new people there this year; is that not correct! A. That’s true. —81— Some of them have. They have a choice. They’ve had a choice. Q. They have had a choice! A. Permitted by the Court. Q. I see. To go to either the Clark School or the school— A. The School Board was given, of course, discretionary authority by the Court to place them there or at Oakhurst, depending upon certain criteria, factors of safety and the like, prox imity and so forth,— Q. And given all— A. —utilization of— Q. Given all those factors, there are still some attending the Clark School! A. Somewhere around 25. Q. Now, just for a moment focusing on, well, Subdistrict H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 700 E-2, which may have some value for this line of inquiry, in the past where have white students at the elementary levels attended school that lived within Subdistrict E-2! A. Primarily at Oakhurst. Q. S ir! A. Primarily at Oakhurst. —82— Q. Oakhurst! A. Yes. Q. Which is north of the railroad track! A. Right. Q. I see. And how many people historically within the time that you have been associated with the Clarksdale District would this include in the elementary grades? A. Possibly 50 or 60 covered six grades. Q. Fifty or 60! A. Possibly that number. Q. Would go over to Oakhurst! A. Possibly. Q. And, similarly, the students living in Subdistrict E-2 and Subdistrict E -l that attended junior and high school, all those whites, would go up to the Clarksdale High School; is that right? A. That’s right. Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, this has nothing to do with our revised plan; not a thing in the world to do with it. Mr. Aronson: Oh, I respectfully submit, your Honor, it does. —83— The Court: In what way, Mr. Aronson? Mr. Aronson: I think I can tie it up shortly, but one of the great factors that is relied upon by de fendants is safety and I think what we’re showing is that the Clarksdale School Board— The Court: You showed all of this on the hearing that preceded the order of August 10th and the Court H ea r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 196S G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 701 approved the northeast-southwest railway as a prin cipal boundary in the school system. Mr. Aronson: All right, your Honor. The Court: I think it’s amply in the record, Mr. Aronson, that before this plan was initially sub mitted that there were pupils crossing that railroad to attend school in substantial numbers, if that’s the point you’re trying to make. Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor. By Mr. Aronson: Q. In the answers to interrogatories, Mr. Tynes, with respect to the Riverton enrollment, you answered—the de fendants answered—that in Zone E-2-B there are 461 chil dren attending Riverton, and of the 461 all of them live in E-2-B with the exception of one section of children who re side in E-2-A. Now, what section, what grade, is that! A. —84— Sixth. Sixth grade. Q. Sixth grade! A. Yes, which is yet to come under the Court’s desegregation steps or plans. Q. Something I am a hit confused about and perhaps you can clear up for us: Were these zone lines drawn with the thought of best utilizing the facilities for the grades being desegregated in the given year that the lines were drawn or were they drawn to best utilize the classroom facilities for all grades! The Court: Mr. Aronson, they were drawn before the defendant’s knew which grades would be desegre gated, if that will help you on this point. They didn’t know which grades would come under S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 O ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 702 the Court’s order of desegregation when these very lines were established by them. Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, the point that I ’m in quiring into at this time is that defendants have taken the position that these lines were the most utilitarian lines that they could conceive of, all things considered. Yet their answers to the interrogatories indicate that approximately 20 per cent of the chil dren living in Myrtle Hall, i.e., the fifth and sixth grades, reside in a different zone than where Myrtle —8 5 - Hall is found; that approximately 33 per cent of the children attending the Clark School attend or live in zones other than where they are attending, and that approximately 5 per cent— The Witness: Thirty-three? That figure is perhaps incorrect. By Mr. Aronson: Q. Thirty-three per cent? A. I expect so. Q. A hundred and five versus a hundred and forty-seven. Maybe I ’m a little hit off. Mr. Luckett: Twenty-five. He said approximately 25. Mr. Aronson: Well, I ’m reading the answers to the interrogatories now and the answers to the inter rogatories say that 105 children attending the— The Witness: A hundred and five. It should be 115. I think that’s clerical. S e a r in g o f Novemi>er_ 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 703 H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15} 1965 Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Gross By Mr. A ronson: Q. Well, are there any other corrections you would like to make? Let me let you review your answers to the interroga- — 86— tories. I am relying on the information that you, the defendants, have sworn to and submitted to this Court, and I draw your attention to the figure 147— A. That’s correct. Q. —attending Eliza Clark, on Page 2, in Answer Num ber I (b), and to that figure we then refer to Page 3 of the answers to interrogatories, where the answer is: “White elementary school children residing in Zone E-l-C and attending Eliza Clark number approxi mately 105. The other pupils now attending Eliza Clark reside in Zone E-3-A with the exception of a few fifth and sixth-graders who reside in Zones E-l-A or E-l-B .” My point is that, of the 147 children presently attending the Eliza Clark School, 42 of them don’t live in the zone. A. That’s approximately correct. We’ll let this figure stand, though. One hundred and five, I think, is 115. I t ’s close enough. Q. All right. Then the point that I ’m trying to make, and what I would like you to comment on, Mr. Tynes, is where you have got —87— fully one third of the students attending this school from somewheres out of its zone, i.e., the Clark School, where you have— 704 And the reason stated in the answers to the interroga tories is to better utilize available classrooms. All right. With respect to the Riverton School in Zone E-2, you state that 461 attend Riverton and they live in the zone with the exception of one section that resides in E-2-A, and they’re being housed in Riverton in order to better utilize classroom facilities, and I take it the average size of the Class in Riverton, which I think is about 30. So, that’s about 8 per cent live out of the district. And then we move over to E -l-B — A. Stop there a minute, and here in Riverton let’s point out one thing there. Q. Sure. A. Could we do so? Q. Please do. A. We had thought last spring that we would seek permission of the Court this past summer to drop the boundary line separating E-2-A and E-2-B at the top, at the north, from Fifth Street to Sixth Street in order to shift some 60 pupils over to Riverton, which had 18 class- — 88- rooms. However, we were still in court. We had the hear ing in April. *WA did not get the order until late, about the 11th or 12th of August. Consequently, we did not make that request. We simply waited for the order to come out. We didn’t know what it would contain. Therefore, in order to utilize the extra classrooms at Riverton, we transferred one section of sixth-graders this year which live north of the highway in the Booker T. Washington zone, E-2-A, to Riverton. Now, a year hence, when Grades 5 and 6 have come under the Court order, we would no longer have that discretionary authority. Consequently, we would have to come to the Court, if it doesn’t grant up flexibility under our subdis tricts, to move this line in order to equalize populations be tween the two zones, two attendance zones. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes•—fo r D efendants— C ross 705 You see, of course, here again the chief reason that we had in mind, one of the chief ones, in seeking to have these subdistricts established was to grant to the School Board this flexibility. It doesn’t have it now, or at least if it has it it’s not clear to us. We wouldn’t exercise it, in other words, unless the Court granted it clearly. —89— Q. Well— A. That was simply an administrative edu cational technique there to utilize facilities and to prevent one center from becoming slightly crowded where we’d have three classrooms vacant in another. Q. When did you plan this? A. It was planned last spring, of course, to utilize it then. Population has changed. This Riverton zone— Q. No. I just asked a simple question. When did you plan it, Mr. Tynes? Last spring? A. Plan which now? The subdistricts? Q. That the one section that technically lives in 2-A would go to school in 2-B? A. Well, now, the actual planning did not come until the fact was established when children actu ally enrolled in September. We found that we had quite a number of children in Subdistrict E-2, primarily in E-2-B, Zone E-2-B, who were attending school out of the district in prior years, and now, under the nontransfer basis, of course, those children had to stay at home. Consequently, that has modified our enrollment pattern somewhat in an unpredictable way. We counted children who attended else where. Of course, we were able to get those figures fairly — 90— accurately, but not exactly so. Consequently, we did not make this change until school actually opened. We picked up a teacher with her class and just shifted her over there, H ea r in g o f N ov em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 706 which, of course, was not wise and which we hated to do, but we would have had a crowded condition otherwise. Q. Sure. A. It would have been the lesser of two evils. Q. I understand. A. Surely. Q. I am just trying to get the background. A. Surely. Q. So, in other words, you took a fifth grade class with a teacher— A. Sixth. Q. Excuse me. A. Sixth grade. Q. Excuse me. You took a sixth grade class with a teacher and moved her and that sixth grade class from E-2-A to E-2-B? A. Right. Q. Now, let me ask about one other situation— A. Pos sibly we should give one additional bit of information there, - 9 1 - sir, to the Court. We had a statute which created considerable confusion, which came about in July of ’65, affecting quite a few chil dren, some white, but primarily Negro,—I ’d say 90 per cent Negro children—concerning pupils whose parents reside outside the State of Mississippi. The legislature passed that statute in the early part of July. That created con siderable confusion. We perhaps had 200 children at least who were affected by it. Many had to have adoptive papers taken out for them. Others had to establish legal guardian ship and the like. Some went back to their parents in vari ous cities and states and out of state elsewhere. Therefore, we had a very fluid situation facing us this year—not merely the Court’s order here, but this new statute here in the state. It was, therefore, very difficult for the school ad ministrators to plan minutely and exactly just the popula tion which each center would serve this fall. It was a very, very nebulous situation— H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 707 Q. In can appreciate that. A. —and quite unusual. Q. I can appreciate that. Now, going over to Zone E-l-A, you state— We’re looking at E-l-A and E-l-B. —9 2 - Now, you say the Negro elementary school children resid ing in Zone E-l-B and attending Myrtle Hall number 468. You said— A. That includes two sections now— Q. Bight. A. —from E-l-A. Q. Right. That is what I want to get to. A. A fifth section and a sixth section. Q. Right. Now, of those 468, all but approximately 60,— A. Right. Q. —figuring 30 per class, live in E-l-B? A. Right. Q. And the 60 moved in from E-l-A from, the fifth and sixth grade, the two sections. Now, did this come about in the same way that this one came about? A. Chiefly pressure of secondary population. We have this planned junior high school in the southwest quadrant there. If you look just below the Riverton Elementary School— —9 3 - No. That’s at Booker T. The one over here. Q. Oh. A. Right. We have the projected junior high school in that particu lar location. We have the site purchased, architects work ing on plans at present. Now, we have had a considerable increase in secondary enrollment this year. The holding power of the schools plus other factors entered in. Therefore, at the Higgins Junior High School way in the southeast quadrant, with the S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 708 George Oliver Elementary School 18 classrooms located right nest to it, the administrators saw the feasibility of emptying several classrooms at Oliver in order to take care of some of the seventh-grade overflow at Higgins or crowd ing. Consequently, we cleared three or four classrooms, but we had one or two vacant. We shifted two more sections to Hall in order to ease that condition and equalize there that condition of temporary crowding at the secondary level. Q. I see. And when did that take place! A. That took place at the beginning of this school year. —94— Q. I see. And what you did was, in the same fashion, you moved the teacher and her class then— A. Eight. Q. —from one to the other! A. She just picked up with her group and transferred, which again was not 100 per cent desirable educationally, but it was the lesser of two evils. Q. The reason I ask these questions: It seems that you’ve done an extensive amount of inquiry into the number of students within each district for the purpose of planning. Now, here you’ve gone— A. Well, I ’d have to say also, in all honesty, and for the purpose of answering interroga tories, of course, naturally this counting of pupils is a re quirement, is a continuous function, all the time. It goes on. Q. Right. A. Surely. Q. My point is : Being in such good control of the num bers of people, I ’m somewhat astounded that you had to move 60 students just before school started to another school out of their zone after you had very meticulously drawn zones. A. We had plenty of room for these chil- —95— dren at Oliver, plus empty classrooms. The crowding does H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 709 not come at the elementary level. We have taken care of that with our construction, but where we have added 36, 38 elementary classrooms in the last three years for elemen tary children we have added perhaps no more than eight or 10 at the secondary level. Consequently, we have some temporary crowding at the secondary level. Q. Now, let me— A. That is true with the round sys tem, and is very ample. Q. Fine. Let me ask this: Do you remember when you contem plated and when you informed the students and teachers they would be moving from one zone to the other zone? A. Well, of course, this condition actually entered the pic ture—that’s true over here as well—even in the spring- teachers were told, and that this shifting may have to come. We couldn’t say that it would occur, but even in the spring at contract signing time we had to tell them that; “These conditions loom on the horizon and we may have to do these things.” Of course, we did not do them until we had to,— —96— Q. Sure. A. —which was when the school opened. Q. When school opened. And, as you testified a few moments ago, you had so many children here, for instance,— A. Right. Q. —you had to tell the children and the teacher that they move to this one? A. One teacher move there with her section. Q. And two— A. And two teachers— Q. —with her pupils moved there? A. Moved there-, right. Q. All right. Now, one last short line of inquiry with respect to this plan: I have read the record and I ’m still unclear as to H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 710 what considerations led to the establishment of the bound ary, the easternmost boundary, of E-l-C and the southern most boundary of E-l-C. In other words, what considera tions did you give rise to to create E-l-C? A. Of course, we testified extensively concerning that in August 1964. Of course, the record will point that out, but we were again utilizing facilities of the schools. We were using old, —97— traditional subdivision lines. We were looking after safety factors and the like. I t ’s a general criteria. However, those no longer prevail since the Court referred to that line as being somewhat tenuous or a tortuous one and, of course, we are here now to wipe it out— Q. Bight. A. —or obliterate it. Q. Let me ask this, and I don’t think this question was asked. I will ask just one last question about this. Was race a consideration when you drew these lines? A. Bace is an incidental factor, but a year preceding that school, Eliza Clark, was completely occupied. In fact, three yaers ago we had to shift children away from that zone. The school became crowded. That’s before this com mercialization on Desoto occurred, before Desoto Avenue was opened on up to Florence Avenue and on to Friars Point Boad. After that condition occurred and commer cialization started in that zone, the population has de clined rapidly; but we were again utilizing the capacity of the school. It was a small one, just seven classrooms, —98— and, of course, holding to the more or less traditional boundary lines so far as Myrtle Hall was concerned, which, incidentally, largely followed racial lines, but not exclu sively. In the Myrtle Hall zone were many, many whites. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 711 Q. They are no longer there? A. That I don’t know. If they are there, the fifth and sixth-graders attend Eliza Clark. None in one to four. Q. Have you given any transfers to any white persons living in E-l-B in Grades 1 through 4? A. No. Q. Since the desegregation plan has been put into effect, have you had a decrease in the number of students attend ing school in the grades that have been desegregated? A. Yes; we have. We have had some changes. We had some falling off of whites; not in the Negro pupils. Q. Not in the Negroes? A. In the whites we have, whites and yellow pupils. Q. Did you have any undue difficulties this last fall with the students that transferred from here to here—excuse me—from E-l-A to E-l-B or from E-2-A to E-2-B? A. Well, of course, you have the matter of loyalties to schools, which is a factor. Q. Sure. A. But I ’d say we did not have insurmount- —99— able difficulties. Of course, we had prepared the community back in the spring that some shifts may have to occur, and, of course, some did, but, fortunately, not too many. Q. But no one knew precisely who would be involved? A. Well, in general. Of course, when the Court order came out, we did know which grades it would be. Prior to that time we had to say, “If shifts occur, it will have to be in grades not affected by the Court order.” Q. No. I am not talking about— We’re talking about different things. I ’m not talking about the white-Negro problem now. What I ’m talking about is the children, the one classroom H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle Tynes-—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 712 of children that was changed from E-2-A to E-2-B this past September and the two classrooms— A. Yes. Q. —of children that were changed from E-l-A— A. That’s what 1 was speaking to. I was speaking to that point; yes. Q. Well, that— A. In fact, the only ones which we could transfer were the ones who would not be covered by the Court order. We could not transfer any pupil in — 100- Grades 1 to 4. Q. Bight. A. But we did not know which grades other than Grades 1 and 2 and presumably 3 back in the spring. Q. So, you prepared the community by telling them there would be some changes, but you— A. We told them in all probability there would be some changes if present population projections hold up. Of course, we couldn’t be certain there. Q. How did you— A. We had considerable confusion. Q. I understand. How did you prepare the community? What steps did you engage in? A. Principals, teachers speaking to PTA and the like; the normal community contacts. Q. And you also told the teachers involved— A. Oh, yes. Q. —there may be change? A. It could be. Q. And got their cooperation? A. It could be. Q. Well, you testified it did, in fact, happen. — 101— You said when you talked to the teachers at contracting time in the spring you told them about the changes that may be taking place; is that not correct? A. Well, now, H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 196S G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 713 of course, we refer here specifically to these temporary crowdings. We told the teachers at Booker T. Washington that: “If we are not able to move this line from Fifth Street to Sixth Street, we may have one case in which a teacher would have to transfer with her pupils.” Now, the same is true over— Q. Wait. Let’s stop there for a moment. A. Right. Q. I f you had, in fact, moved the line from Fifth Street to Sixth Street— A. We would have had no transfer, of course. Q. But you would have had an influx— A. Surely. Q. —of one class— A. Surely, Q. —or approximately 30 people dispersed over four grades. Would that not have required a change in the teaching load over here! In other words, you needed a teacher in one instance, but not in another instance! — 102— I ’m not— A. Well— Q. That would include— A. We had three empty class rooms here at Riverton. Q. But my point is this: I f you had 30 children to relieve overcrowding here and sent them to Riverton, in Grades 1, 2, 3 and 4, which would have happened if you had moved the line down from Fifth Street to Sixth Street,— Is that right? A. Yes. Q. —then that would have been an increase on an aver age of seven children plus a class. Now, the answers to your interrogatories indicate that the size of the classes at Riverton or the teacher-pupil ratio is 30.4 to one. With an increase of seven, that would have knocked the ratio up to 37, close to 38, to one, which B e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— G ross 714 would have been too high. A. No; not that. Fifteen teachers, see. Consequently, it would have jumped it pos sibly 32; somewhere around 32 or 3. Q. I see. Because you have more in each section! A. Right —103— Q. I see. A. Right. Now, that would have necessitated one additional teacher, which in all probability would have been a new teacher to the school over here. Q. Which you would have gone out and hired this Sep tember— A. Right. Q. —or switched? If you had to relieve one teacher from here or it would have released a teacher at one level, would you have just switched her over? A. Well, the chances are we would have utilized all 16 teachers at Booker T. and employed one over at Riverton. Q. All right. Now, my question at this point is: Why did you not, seeing that this condition was coming about, submit a plan with a line down one block? A. Well, we started to, but there were so many issues before the Court we didn’t want to confuse it. At the same time, we planned to seek this relief through the use of subdistricts, to have this flexibility. In fact, that had been our intention from the beginning, but we realized we had not made it clear to —104— the Court. Q. I see. Now, you talked about community preparation. You said you talked to the teachers. You also had the principals H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 715 talking to the PTA and there was the general attending publicity in the community, I assume, that there may be this shift? A. Yes. Q. Now, this Court’s opinion was published on August 10th, and in this Court’s opinion there is some skepticism expressed with respect to Zone E-l-C, and in response to this Court’s opinion you have come in with a revised plan; is that not correct? A. That’s true. Q. What, if any, efforts have you made to advise the community or prepare the community for changes that may take place in E-l-C? A. Well, the Court order, the essential of it, has been published in the papers. Of course, teachers have been apprised of it through bulletins from our office. We have sought to make the whole picture clear to the community just as we know it. Of course, we can’t predict what will occur the second semester. We do not —105 know. Q. Have you talked to PTAs also? A. I haven’t per sonally talked to the PTA. I talked to the teachers, but have had to tell them just what we essentially covered in bulletins and in the newspapers, that these are the facts and we are required to do these things. We have sub mitted these plans. Now, what the pleasure of the Court will be, we don’t attempt to guess. Q. I understand that. I am not suggesting that, but you have, in other words, taken some efforts to apprise the community of the change that will take place here; is that correct? A. We have— Q. Of the fact that there will be a change in that zone? A. Well, we know there will be sometime. We have not S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 716 sought to pinpoint the minute or the day, which we don’t know. In fact, we have sought to communicate to the teacher, principal, the facts. We have not engaged in suppositions, and even when questions were raised of an assumptious nature or supposition nature we have de clined to answer those because we cannot deal with specula tions. Q. Are there any reports to your office of any turmoil —106— that took place when these classes switched from E-l-A to E-l-B and from E-2-A to E-2-B1 A. Well, we had a few parents, of course, which did not like it. Q. And could you handle those all right! A. Ap parently so. Q. Did they get bucked up to your office or were they handled at the local principal office! A. They were handled at the intermediate level. Of course, you recognize, Mr. Counselor, there is a tremendous difference between transferring one class or a section—really, not a class but a section—from one school to another or two sections to another and com pletely consolidating two schools. There is a tremendous difference there. You don’t have a case here of where one principal’s duties have to be terminated or diverted or something else. In fact, your problems are quite dis similar. Q. Well, let’s get into those. Now, as far as the principal is concerned, you’re obli gated to pay that man for the year, aren’t you! A. Yes. Q. So, whether or not he’s working in his present capacity or in some other capacity is somewhat irrelevant; the fact —107— is you have got to pay him! A. He’ll have to be paid. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 717 Q. So, if the Court should order that this plan of con solidation of E-l-B and E-l-C into a new E-l-B —if the Court should order this consolidation to take place in January, the financial position of the district is no dif ferent, is it? You’re going to have to pay that man some consolida tion now or at a later date; right? A. Well, of course, we would have minimal services, if any, from one of the principals. The financial load would be the same, but the services rendered would be quite another picture. Q. Do you question that you could find something for this man to do? A. Well, of course, that’s again specula tion or supposition. We have not dealt with that. The person, himself, would have to be, of course, agreeable to the change. We’d run into different questions and prob lems there, of course. Q. Have you talked to these principals and told them that this may be coming about? A. I have simply given them the facts. —108— Q. What facts have you given them? A. Well, we have given them the Court’s order of August 10th. We have given them the plan here which the School Board has proposed and the phasing out of one zone or the combining of the two zones, in which we have asked respectfully that this be consummated as of the end of the school year. Q. Now, if you were to start planning immediately,— let’s assume for the purposes of discovering what your difficulties will be—if this Court should order today that the revised plan with respect to the consolidation of E-l-B and E-l-C were to be put into effect today,—I should say to be recognized today to be put into effect come the H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 718 second semester—what difficulties do you think that you would encounter? A. Well, I covered some of those par tially this morning earlier. First, would be the principal situation to work out, Secondly— Q. All right. Let’s stop and go through them one by one. With respect to the principal, at worst one principal —109— would no longer be a principal? A. Eight. Q. You might have to pay him for a year? A. Eight, The choice has to be made of one principal,— Q. Eight. A. —which you can imagine what will hap pen. With two of them around, the other principal—and, too, the faculty recommended by that principal—you would immediately—well, you’d undermine anywhere from a morale of seven teachers all the way up to 16 teachers or 17. Consequently, you would have at the very outset, whichever principal the School Board appointed to handle the situation—naturally, one would be left out, and, of course, a principal’s secretary, the community loyal to that one. You immediately have that kickback or boomer ang facing you right there. This is a can’t-win proposition. In fact, if the consolida tion— Q. What you’re talking about— A. —is made at the middle of the year, it’ll be impossible to prevent wide spread loss of pupil-teacher-community morale. The edu cation of the children will be hurt. It ’ll be hurt seriously. — 110— It will be impaired greatly. Q. What have you done to avoid this? R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 719 Have you talked to the people and told them that this is going to be coming about? A. We give nothing but facts. We don’t know— Q. You knew— A. —when this will come about. Q. When you knew that you were going to be combining or perhaps sending a grade to E-2-B from E-2-A, you didn’t know which grade it was going to be; yet you told this Court— A. Well, we knew— Q. —that you went to the PTA— A. Yes. Q. —and that you talked to the teachers and that every body was fully apprised that some change might take place, and they were adequately prepared for this change, and I ask you: What have you done along similar lines to prepare the people for an even similar change involving more people and more teachers in E-l-C and E-l-B? A. we have talked with the principals and with the teachers, published the facts in the papers concerning where we —1 1 1 - are, but we’re not attempting to anticipate what this Court will do. We’re saying that: “We know for a certainty that this district or these two zones will consolidate or something will happen by September 1 of ’66.” These other things can occur, but what we don’t know. Q. Did you— A. If the Court does not accept this plan, we don’t know whether it will say, “Use this plan,” or tell the School Board to come up with another plan or what. Consequently, if we go out speculating, dealing in suppo sitions, rumors and the like, we’d stir up our community and never be able to get it calmed down this school year. Q. Yet— A. Consequently, we have dealt with facts. Q. All right. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T yn es— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 720 You told them the fact— A. Yes. Q —that you asked this Court— A. Right. Q. —to wait until next September? A. Right. — 112— Q. Did you also tell them the fact that the plaintiffs asked that this be expedited to January? A. Well, we told them that the present zones are under a temporary Court order giving them duration or life only through the first semester and that the Court will make some dispensation or some disposition of that situation the second semester. We told them what we had requested, but what— Q. Did you tell them also what the plaintiffs had re quested? A. No. That has come in recent days and I have not given that information to them. Q. I see. A. That’s very recent. And, of course, we expected this hearing, and, of course, when something comes from it factually we’ll immediately communicate that; surely. Q. Now, let’s get back to the community. Now, you talk about loyalties and you talk about com motion, and I wish that you’d be very specific. Did you have any rioting when the change went from E-2-A to E-2-B? A. We have a fairly stable community, —113— considerably law-abiding. We have had no Watts area— Q. I ’m not— A. —or Greenville, Alabama, demonstra tion of that sort. Consequently, we have a history here of a law-abiding people, all citizens. Consequently, our parents have considerable confidence in the School Board, the school system, and in general we, of course, have en joyed good relations with them. Of course, if the School S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T yn es■—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 721 Board should do something completely out of character, we couldn’t predict then just what would occur. Q. All right. Now, you say that you have got a rather sensible com munity here. Have there been a minimum of demonstra tions here! A. That’s true; yes. Q. A minimum of unrest! A. Yes. Q. And the maximum amount of respect for the School Board, do you feel! A. I think there has been. Q. So that if the School Board were told to do some thing by this Court then I take it that your very sensible — l i d - community would react by knowing that the School Board had no choice; is that correct! A. Of course, we would do our best to lead it through any situation which any court should put upon our shoulders, but at the same time even desegregation, itself, has not posed this type of problem which we have right here, in which we’re con solidating two schools and in something not entirely re lated to desegregation. Actually, this thing right here that we are proposing, even though at the instruction of the Court, to work out some sort of change in this boundary —actually, our chief purposes in coming here are from educational and administrative or financial reasons— Q. But let’s— A. —to eliminate a situation— Q. Let’s be realistic. A. —which is festering. Q. Let’s be realistic. Isn’t it true, sir, one of the factors involved is that this will be the first time in Clarksclale that there is a significant mixing of the races if this takes place! H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 722 Isn’t that true? A. Well, that’s not so consequential. —115— Here in Riverton—we had dozens of white children in there. This problem is no different from what we had— Q. You had dozens of white children attending the Negro school? A. No. That lived in the zone. Q. No. I am talking about attending schools. I am not talking about living. People have lived there and they’ll continue to live there, or they may not continue to live there. A. Yes. Q. What I ’m asking you is: Will this not present the first meaningful or first large-scale potential desegregated system in Clarksdale? A. Well, under the situation there which has racial overtone, we would encounter some deseg regation of grades not yet covered by the Court’s order. Consequently, if the School Board voluntarily entered into that, it, of course, would have tremendous reaction. Q. Sure. And you’ve got to be cautious of this reaction,— A. Surely. Q. —don’t you? A. Surely. — 116— Q. Because, isn’t it a fact, if the city and the people in the city knew that you voluntarily agreed to bring about all this mixing in January you’d have problems, wouldn’t you? A. Surely. Q. So, there is— I mean let’s be honest. This is a desegregation suit and these are racial considerations and there’s no reason to hide from it. A. But a chief reason we’re phasing out one school center as such is a financial reason. We have a declining population, a commercialization of a zone, and we can no longer justify the administrative cost H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 723 of operating an attendance center at that zone or in that zone. Q. So, what you’re saying is that, while there are very good reasons to combine all three of them, jumping in would not be wise because there is the racial overtone; isn’t that right? A. Well, of course, that’s a problem; but if all the children in both zones were of the same race the problem would still be there, and approximately the same magni tude, which it would be with different races. —117— Oh, you don’t think, then, that the fact that you have got 100 or 105 white children and some 460 Negro children or four-to-one Negro to white would have any consequences in that area? A. That’s not the major consideration which the Board, of course, is facing here; no. Q. I see. There are pure administrative difficulties? A. That’s an overwhelming issue. Q. All right. Let’s get into the administrative difficulties now. First, we talked about turmoil. Now we’re talking about administrative difficulties. What are the administrative difficulties? A. Well, tur moil, of course, is part and parcel of those. This matter here of working out with principals, secre taries, teachers just assignments and the like which they have not contracted to do. That’s particularly a problem in itself. Teachers may be compliant. They may be congenial. They may not. —118— If we should lose a substantial number of these teachers, we’d be hard put at this season of the year to staff these positions. B e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efendants— C ross 724 Of course, this is outside the confines of this lawsuit, but we have now another employing agency in the community, our local Community Action Program, which is looking to the schools of Clarksdale to secure its staff. We’re having great difficulty at the moment by being raided by this agency at salaries, of course, completely foreign and unrealistic to normal standards for professional teachers in this com munity. Now, for some of these vacancies that have occurred,— we have had only three or four thus far the school year— it has taken the principal a solid calendar month to find a single replacement. Therefore, if we should lose any sub stantial number of teachers,—by that, I mean two or three —this school system would be crippled for this school year in a hurry. In fact, we can get crippled by being raided if this Community Action Program grows very much, as it’s now projected, with almost limitless resources and funds. Our school system here is going to be sadly crippled. Of course, that’s outside the confines of this case,— —119— Q. I ’d agree with you. A. —but we have this pressing problem and one which gives our school administrators in creasing concern and anxiety. Q. Let’s get back to the case. You’ve got this tremendous problem. Is this your biggest fear, then, a walkout of teachers! A. Well, that’s just part of it, part of the total picture. Q. And what are— A. Of course, I ’d say—I’d have to say this—our biggest concern is what will happen to the education of boys and girls. That’s a number one issue. Q. Well, something I ’m not clear on: Really, we’re talk ing about Grades 1 and 2 in E-l-B and E-l-C going to E-l-C ; right? A. That’s true. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— G ross 725 Q. Now, Grades 1 and 2 could be picked up as a compact unit with their teacher and moved from here to here, which you have testified so freely is a mere three and one-half blocks,— A. Yes. — 120— Q. —and, indeed, I would submit would be closer, many of them, to this school, or as many would be closer to this school— A. True. Q. —as are closer to this school. A. True. Q. Then you would lift up as packages Grades 3, 4, 5 and 6 with their teacher and send them down to this school; is that not correct! A. Well, no; it wouldn’t work out that way. Q. Wiry! A. Well, you want to look at your composite population, balance your teacher-pupil loads as completely as possible. If a teacher moved in here and she had 27 pupils and another had 30, you’d get frictions and confusions and the like there, the chances are, especially in a situation of that caliber. Q. Well, do you mind— A. Of course, you would want to keep your transfers down to the minimum, surely. Q. Well, you have got Eliza Clark with 30.2 average stu dents in the class; you’ve got Myrtle Hall with 29.8, or .4 — 121— child difference. A. Yes. Q. Now, we’re not, I take it— And I think you have testified— A. Well, of course— Q. —you are very proud of the fact that there isn’t a disparity any more— A. Yes. Q. —and that the teacher-pupil ratio is pretty close to gether; right! A. Quite close. B e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 726 Q. So, let me just ask you this simple question— A. Let me— I think I can unconfuse you right here. Q. Okay. A. We have five teachers at Eliza Clark, six grades. Consequently, we have a broken grade. Therefore, in shifting to a consolidation, you’d have to take such fac tors as that one in mind. Q. Repeat that. I ’m not quite sure what you mean by— A. If you have five teachers teaching six grades, you have one grade which is divided. Consequently, we’d have a - 122- problem of that character which would arise, which would simply entail a considerable transferring, reassigning and the like. You couldn’t just pick up A and move to B and B to A in toto. We’d like it to be that way, but it won’t quite work that way. Q. Let’s— The Court: You have five classroom teachers teaching six grades— The Witness: That’s true; yes, sir. The Court: —at Eliza Clark1? The Witness: Yes, sir. By Mr. A ronson : Q. Which is the double class? A. That’s third grade, if I recall. Q. Third? A. Third grade there is apportioned out. Q. So that some third-graders are in the fourth grade class and some third-graders are in the second grade class? A. Possibly. I won’t say just two grades. Several teachers teaching other grades teach this third grade also, a portion of them. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T yn es— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 727 Q. Could you acquaint yourself with that over the lunch - 1 2 3 - recess, the facts of that? A. Well, I have it pretty clearly in mind now. The Court: Do they— By Mr. Aronson: Q. I wondered if you— The Court: Excuse me just a minute. Do they have a separate home room? They are grouped together as third-graders? The Witness: They have, of course, their entity or identity as such, hut different teachers teach them. The Court: I understand. Are they grouped separately as third-graders in a separate classroom and do the teachers come to that classroom and teach them in their own room? The Witness: That’s true primarily, with possibly one or two exceptions in which a group will go to the teacher’s classroom, but in some cases a teacher comes to the classroom. By Mr. Aronson: Q. I wonder if you could find out over the noon hour— and I think this is very relevant to the precise point that we’re hitting in this area—the answers to the following questions: —1 2 4 - How many pupils there are in each class by grade at both the Hall School and the Clark School. A. I have that be fore me. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 728 Q. You’ve got that? A. Yes. Q. In each class? A. Yes. Q. So, then you could answer for the third grade. Then if you could also find out for us— A. Nineteen pupils. Q. Are in the third grade ? A. Yes. Q. I wondered if you could find out a precise answer to the Court’s question about how those children are taught. Do they, in fact, go to other grades; and, if so, which ones, or do teachers, in fact, some to the 19, and if teachers, in fact, come to the 19 who takes care of their classes while they are gone? In other words, how does it work, if you could find that out for us? A. Well, I have a pretty close picture of that at present. Q. Well, could you tell us about it? A. Oh, surely. —125— The principal, secretary and teachers—in fact, say a teacher of the fifth grade at a certain point will shift to the third grade; a principal or secretary will supervise her group while she’s down in the third grade. That is worked out throughout the day involving virtually all of the five teachers. In fact, to my knowledge, it will involve some where between three and five, with secretary and principal rotating in. They simply catch a group, supervise them, at some study-time activity. The actual teaching is done by five classroom teachers, but supervision will be done of a teacher’s group who is down working with the third grade. Q. I see. So, the third grade is kept as a contiguous unit during the day? A. Right. Q. It has a home room,— A. Right. Q. —as you indicated in response to the Court’s ques tion? A. Right. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 729 H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants-—Cross Q. I see. —126— The Court: Court is in recess until 2 o’clock. (Thereupon, at 12 noon, the Court recessed until 2 p. m.) —127— A fternoon S ession (The Court reconvened and the hearing was continued at 2 p. m.) The Court: You may be seated. All right, Mr. Aronson. You may proceed. Mr. Aronson: Thank you, sir. Gycelle T yn es, a witness called by and in behalf of the defendants, resumed the stand and, having been previously duly sworn, testified fu rth er as follow s: Cross Examination by Mr. Aronson (Continued): Q. We left off just before lunch discussing the situation with respect to the Hall School and the— A. Clark. Q. —Clark School, and most particularly the situation in the Clark School of five teachers for six classes, and I wonder if we could refer back now, and, as I understand it, you had a breakdown. I wondered if we might use this breakdown. Now, in the Hall School this is the breakdown by classes —128— for each of the six grades? A. Right. Q. In Grade 1 we have 83 students? A. Yes. 730 Q, Anri how many teachers? A. Three. Q. In Grade 2—71 students? A. Two teachers. Q. Two teachers. Grade 3? A. Two teachers. Q. For 64 students? A. Yes. Q. Grade 4? A. Two teachers. Q. For 70 students? A. Yes. Q. Grade 5? A. Three teachers. Q. For 95 students? A. Yes. Q. And Grade 6—105 students? A. Three teachers. —129— Q. Three teachers. Okay. Now, over at the Clark School, Grade 1 with 27 pupils, one teacher? A. Eight. Q. And Grade 2 with 28 pupils, one teacher? A. Eight, Q. Grade 3 with 19 students? A. No teacher. Floating situation. Q. Grade 4 with 25 students? A. One teacher. Q. Grade 5 with 29? A. One teacher. Q. And Grade 6 with 22? A. One teacher. Q. Now, when you figured out in answer to the interroga tories the teacher-pupil ratio, you added up all of the chil dren in the Eliza Clark School and divided it by the num ber of teachers? A. Five teachers. Q. By the five? A. Yes. Q. But in reality they’re all very small classes? A. True. —130— Q. You just have a straight— You have a very few num ber of teachers. The largest class you have there is 29, and it drops down to 19? A. True. Of course, 19 have to be absorbed by five. Q. I ’m sorry, sir. A. Nineteen pupils have to be ab sorbed by five teachers. Q. Eight. A. Surely. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 731 Q. May I look at this? A. Surely. Q. I ’m not trying to take your papers from you. Is the principal of the Clark School— Again this is the school that’s located in E-l-C? A. Eight. Q. Presently constituted E-l-C f A. Eight. Q. Now, is the principal a qualified teacher? A. Surely. Principals have to be qualified teachers before they can be considered for principalships. —131— Q. And how long has he been a principal? A. I don’t know how many years. Six years since I have been in the system. Q. And he’s been a principal since you arrived? A. Yes. Q. And— A. Plus some years before. Q. I see. And the principal of Hall School? A. Six years to my certain knowledge, but some years prior. Q. Now, your testimony was that you weren’t quite cer tain—there was a floating situation, and I would like to go back just momentarily to this third grade, which has no teacher. Now, at different periods in the day is it my understand ing the other five teachers come in and teach them and the 19 pupils stay stationary within their room throughout the day? A. I think that’s correct. I couldn’t say that all five teachers come and teach, but the majority would; possibly three or four. Q. In your best educational judgment, is that a good - 1 3 2 - way to run a class? A. It ’s not preferable, of course; no. Q. And, in fact, the pupils-per-teacher ratios are some what inaccurate, are they not? A. No. Q. And— A. Perfectly accurate. Q. "Well, if you look at these, each of these teachers’ load, he has primary responsibility— I ’m talking about each of the five teachers— A. Surely. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 732 Q. —in the Clark School. He has a primary responsibil ity, the first grade teacher, for 27 students; the second grade teacher for 28 students; the fourth grade teacher for 25 students; the fifth grade teacher for 29 students, and the sixth grade teacher for 22 students? A. Plus five teachers for 19— Q. Well, then, it’s either way out of whack because you either add 19 in to their normal responsibilities and say that each of these teachers is responsible for his home room plus 19, which is a pretty strange situation, or some how another you take recognition of the specific situation —133— here, but it’s not—I don’t think—and I would like your testimony as to whether or not you think—it’s accurate to add this all up and divide by five as if these 19 were distributed throughout the five. A. Statistically and abso lutely accurate. Q. All right. I appreciate this opportunity to have cleared it up. If these were to be combined now at mid-term, under your proposed plan, I ’d like to ask you some questions, under such a combination, with respect to your response or your justifications for putting it off as set out in this plan. Now, you start out by saying—I refer to Page 8 of the revised plan filed by the defendants, and I quote: “The consolidation of the Eliza Clark Elementary School and Myrtle Hall Elementary School will pre sent many and serious difficulties for the pupils, teachers and administrators involved. A large per centage of the pupils involved will be required to leave the school buildings to which they have become H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— G ross 733 accustomed and enter those to which they are strangers.” Now, let’s start with that. Is that a very big problem! —134— A. Considerable. Q. You’d figure that as considerable— A. Surely would. Q. —to go to one school rather than another one three and a half blocks away? A. Yes. Q. Now, I noticed when we talked about the changes of the two classes in Zone E-l-A to E-l-B and the one class from Zone E-2-A to E-2-B, which you did rather hurriedly this past September, there was no consideration of this. A. Well, we— Q. How do you distinguish this situation? A. No one has said there was no consideration. We said it was a lesser of several evils, and it was not the most desirable thing, but under the circumstances it was a solution to the problem at hand. Q. But you, as a school administrator, view as a very serious proposition the fact that students would have difficulty getting accustomed to one school as opposed to another one? A. Of course, what we are doing here is simply eliminating a school, paralleling in my professional experience— —135— Mississippi has had a vast consolidation movement. In fact, perhaps no state in the union has paralleled the work which Mississippi has done in the past 12 or 15 years in consolidation. Now, to my knowledge, no two schools anywhere in any school district have been consolidated during the active school year, in the midst of it. It simply isn’t done that way. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 734 Q. How many school districts— A. I know of no school anywhere which has undergone such a combination. Q. There are 82 counties in this state. How many of these counties do you have intimate knowledge of? A. Well, I have worked in perhaps six counties. I have, due to certain functions which I carry out, fairly intimate knowledge of the whole situation. Q. All right. You consider yourself an expert on the educational sys tem within the whole state? A. Well— Q. Let’s talk about the consolidation— Mr. Luckett: Let him answer the question. —136— The Witness: May I answer the question? The Court: Let him answer the question. The Witness: I am Chairman of the Southern Association committee, committee of the Southern Association, which supervises all member schools in Mississippi, and now there are some 120 high schools having classification. I ’m a member, committee member, of the Com mittee on Elementary Education of the Southern Association, which in turn looks after the members of the Southern Association of Schools of Missis sippi. At present I hold those two positions, one at the high school level, one at the elementary. Only one other superintendent in the South—and he’s from Virginia—holds two similar positions. Now, with those two positions, working intimately and with our Secretary, with other committee mem bers, 1 naturally have to keep a very close super R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 735 visory viewpoint of our elementary and secondary schools. I couldn’t say I know intimately the details of every county, but I am reasonably well informed on the state as a whole, especially during this period of consolidation. Q. Well, I ’m aware of some, and I would like to ask you some questions as an expert in this area. —137— I ’d like to ask you: Are you familiar with the consoli dation that took place in the Sharkey-Issaquena District? A. Fairly well so. Q. And are you familiar with when this took place? A. Yes. Q. When did that take place? A. Sharkey-Issaquena is a line situation in which two counties, of course— Issaquena has not had much of a school system, hardly any schools at all, and now pursuant to the general legis lation enacted in an extraordinary session in December 1953 there’s authority by which this line arrangement was set up. Now, of course, I ’m not sure this bears on this case right here, but I ’ll answer this: Pursuant to that general enabling legislation, which, of course, had to come into effect by July 1, ’57, all the school districts in this state had to complete a reorganization, and now it was close to the end of that time when the Sharkey-Issaquena situation was worked out. There have been several situations—Pontotoc County; Lafayette County; two or three other counties—which have —138— been slow in meeting that July 1, 1957 deadline. In fact, H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 736 some have not entirely implemented the program since that date. Q. Well, I would like to ask you some questions about the difficulties the systems have had with rather abrupt changes. Now, I would like to ask you— You can start with Sharkey-Issaquena, which I am rea sonably familiar with, and I am sure, as you have testified, you have some knowledge— A. Some knowledge; yes. Q. —about the interrelationship. What problems were involved with the somewhat sig nificant shift of pupils this last September? Mr. Luckett: I object, if your Honor please. This is going very far afield with respect to the revised plan, with respect to these two schools in the southeast quadrant of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District, and I see no necessity for trying this as a state-wide suit. I think it’s getting into matters that might be quite interesting but quite irrelevant so far as we’re concerned. The Court: What is your purpose of this line of - 1 3 9 - questioning? Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, the witness has testi fied that he knows of no district that he’s aware of where consolidation of any sort has taken place be tween semesters. On the other hand, he has stated that he is very familiar with the consolidations that have taken place in the state. I am familiar with several consolidations that have taken place on very quick notice, as short as one and two weeks, and— The Court: In the middle of a school year? H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 737 Mr. Aronson: Well, not in the middle of a school year, but in comparable circumstances where the order has come one week before school started, not withstanding the fact that everyone has registered at different schools. The Court: I doubt its relevance here for this reason: This witness’s preoccupation and concern with the problems incident to merging these two districts, attendance zones, into one in the middle of a school year is the reorientation and the reloca tion and the rearrangement of teacher-pupil rela tionships and pupil-building and grounds relation ships twice in one school year rather than once, which is considered the normal every year. I think this is his principal concern, and I doubt the— — 140— Mr. Aronson: All right, your Honor. The Court: Well, necessarily, at the beginning of every school year there’s going to be a reorienta tion of a certain degree, even if the system is un changed entirely, a moving of children from one grade to another, the establishment of teacher-pupil relationships, perhaps the moving to a new school building as the child advances in the school system. But I may have misunderstood him. I thought the doubling up of this in the middle of the school year and his concern about the effect it would have on the pupils, themselves, was his primary concern about why the proposed merger shouldn’t take place until the beginning of the school year next fall. I don’t want to unduly limit you, but I can’t see— Mr. Aronson: All right. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 738 The Court: —anything comparable in the Issa- quena-Sharkey County matter where apparently, from your question and from your statement, it took effect at the beginning of a school year. Therefore, the teachers and the pupils had only one period of orientation to get accustomed to the change. —141— Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, another situation that this Court is aware of is the West Point situation, and in West Point they reopened registration after nine weeks and let pupils change, and I can cite seven, perhaps more, seven off the top of my head, school districts that after the nine-week period have had a reregistration of students going to different schools and in a far more complicated context. In deed, in Canton one week after school started, pur suant to an order of Judge Cox, they lifted up buildings and moved them five miles to a different site. My only point in going into this is to show that this is a rather simple move, and I ’ll let the record rest at this point on this issue and just ask him more questions about Clarksdale. The Court: All right. Mr. Aronson: I ’m not trying to unduly burden the record, your Honor, but I ’m very, very con cerned, frankly, about defendants offering as an excuse for changing or not being able to change for a year a line which I think is rather clearly imper missibly drawn, and I ’ll make the record as brief as I can. I ’m sorry for unduly burdening it. The Court: All right. Go ahead, sir. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 Gifcelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 739 S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross —142— By Mr. Aronson : Q. Let’s go back to the revised plan, and I ’d like to ask you some questions then about your specific statements. You say: “A large precentage of the pupils involved will be required to leave the school buildings to which they have become accustomed and enter those to which they are strangers.” If they do it this fall rather than at this time, what dif ference— Excuse me. If they do it, change, in January rather than this com ing September, what difference will there be with respect to orientation? A. It simply doubles a problem that is normally present. Some loss of motion will occur at the beginning of a year, but two weeks in June, two weeks in August, plus a three-day workshop will minimize, of course, mitigate these conditions which normally would cause this lost motion; and now if we come in the middle of the year, come again with all of this reassignment, reorientation and the like, then we, of course, not only duplicate that lost —1 4 3 - motion, but actually we aggravate the situation by not having time in order to plan for this new orientation. Q. Well— A. Now— Q. Excuse me. A. I was going to say actually it doesn’t just double the loss. It does far more than that. Q. I see. 740 Now, all students presently attending the Hall School, the Myrtle Hall School, attended the Hall School the year before, except for first-graders and those which were in troduced to the school by the Board’s order of sending over a section of the fifth and a section of the sixth grade; right? A. Substantially so. Of course, some pupils move in; some move out. You have that constantly. Q. But, taking the over-all view of the district, aside from those few that may have moved in and moved out, do you have percentage rates, of attrition in the district that you can give us? A. No, but we have a fairly con siderable turnover of students, of transferring in and out. It ’s constant. — 144— Q. It’s constant? A. It’s constant. Every month we have that. Q. How many would you estimate per month? A. I would say in the years as a whole frequently about 10 per cent. Q. About 10 per cent? A. Yes. Q. All right. Aside from this 10 per cent, any people in the Hall School except for children starting this year in the first grade would have gone to the Hall School last year ? A. Right. Q. Right? A. Right. Q. So, then, if they are changed to the Clark School, that would be the first change of a school for them? It ’s not as if they went to one new school this fall and then they had to go to another new school in January; is that correct? A. Of course, as the Court has pointed out, even where there is no change whatsoever, adminis S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 741 tration center or anything else, you still have this new orientation each year. — 145— Q. Well— A. Of course, we have had that— Q. Well, we will get to that. A. —behind us now. Q. I would appreciate it—and maybe we can cut this hearing short—if you would address your answers to my questions, and we’ll keep them short. A. All right. Q. I f you want to add anything, feel free to do so be cause all I want to know is what problems you people are facing. So, with respect to the people required to leave the school buildings to which they have become accustomed and enter new ones, you would admit, would you not, that they’re going to have to enter a new building either now or in the fall if this plan is adopted; is that not correct? A. That’s true. Q. All right. Now, you say they will have to adjust to new classes! A. Of course, we assume that’s true. They don’t have to. They could go to private school, move away, stay at home. They have a number of options. — 146— I f they are in the public school, they would. Q. All right. We’re only talking about the public schools now— A. Right. Q. —and I am just interested in your responses to what would happen in the public schools. A. Right. Q. All right. You say they will have to adjust to new classmates. Now, this one confuses me and I would like to go into this in a little bit of detail. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle Tynes-—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 742 As I understand it, your plan proposes Grades 1 and 2 at the Clark School, Grades 3, 4, 5 and 6 at two centers within the Hall complex? A. Yes. Q. All right. Let’s forget the Grade 3 problem for a moment. I ’m talking about the Grade 3 of the Clark School. Now, Grades 1 and 2—how many sections of Grades 1 and 2 do you have at the Hall School this year? A. Three sections of one; two of two. Q. All right. Three and two then? A. Five. —147— Q. Five? A. Five sections. Q. Now, would it not seem sensible if the plan were to take place at mid-year that you would keep these classes as integral units with the same teacher and with the same people in the class? I mean I think that you would be heaping additional problems on your shoulders if you were to reshuffle the classes. So, I ask you in response to your statement that they have to get adjusted to new classmates: What adjust ments are going to be required if you pick this class up and move it over here just as you picked up a class from E-l-A to E-l-B, or two classes, and just as you picked up a class from E-2-A and moved it to E-2-B? A. The principal plus supervising help, of course, may recom mend such a course of action, but they may recommend instead of that simply to group these pupils according to some ability level, whether achievement test results, maturity, physiological maturity, or other bases or cri teria. Now, if they came up with— S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 743 Q. Who would recommend this! I ’m sorry. A. The principal or the supervisor. An elementary supervisor works with the principal and teachers. Now, should they come up with some solution like that for the consideration of the Board, then, of course, that completely, you see, scrambles the entire picture. Of course, as far as the learning average of the pupil, they would be free to recommend whatever they professionally felt to be the best solution, and what that would be I could not say. They have not come to grips with the problem. Q. When you moved two sections from E-l-A to E-l-B, did you give aptitude tests and did you reshuffle all the classes! A. The principal and supervisor affected said it was perfectly okay to do so just on the entirety basis. Q. I say: Did you do it? Did they reshuffle all of the classes? The Court: He answered your question. You didn’t understand him. Mr. Aronson: They could, he said. The Court: He said they agreed to leave the — 149- section intact and put it in the other building would be acceptable practice. Mr. Aronson: Oh, I thought you said they could. The Witness: No. Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IB , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross — 148— 744 H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 Gycelle Tynes-—for Defendants—Cross B y Mr. Aronson: Q. What about shifting from E-2-A to E-2-B? A. The same agreement was made there. Q. That they would move as a class? A. That’s right, sir. Entirety. Q. And keep it as a unit? A. Right. Q. So, what you’re suggesting—the possibility need not at all be the best educational solution to shifting if you were to shift at mid-year, and I would ask you in your— A. Well, we couldn’t say that. These two persons have intimate knowledge of these children far more than I have or the School Board has. Consequently, we would look to them for counsel and recommendations and, of course, we’d be tempted to follow their recommendations. Q. Have you talked to them about this yet? A. No. Q. Yet you have known that this— A. I say I have —150— not talked to them. What I mean by that: I have not given them any instructions to pursue the matter. I have told them about the hearing, about the fact that we have this situation, but we have not engaged in any activity trying to anticipate what the Court’s decision will be. Q. So, this whole dialogue that you have gone into about personality tests and achievement tests and various other measuring devices for the students is something that may or may not happen? You have had no advice whatsoever from, the people you look to, have you? A. Just it’s more or less routine. In other words, we have three teachers here that teach 83 pupils. These pupils have been divided this year already. 745 Q. They’ve what? A. They have been divided, assigned to three teachers, and now professional principals and supervisors are free to work out their best methods and techniques of dividing these pupils in order to group them with roughly homogeneous groups, with peers who have roughly equivalent learning abilities. — 151- Now, whether what they have done already is sufficient or whether it would have to be given an agonizing re appraisal would be a problem which immediately we would place in the hands of these professional staff members once this problem comes about. Now, we do not anticipate giving them this problem in the area of speculation and supposition until the thing becomes a fact. To do so would cause these professional workers to spin their wheels for a number of weeks per haps. It would cause the community to become alarmed, concerned, and, of cours, we would immediately begin un doing what we have thus far set in motion for this school year. We couldn’t afford to traffic in rumors of this sort—- just simply couldn’t afford to. Q. I see. Anything that you would tell an immediate subordinate to study, say, even sub silentio, to keep it real quiet, would immediately get out into the community? A. The teacher would recognize what was happening immediately. Q. So, you have got a bad community problem then; is that right? I don’t understand— A. Well, no. — 152— Q. You testified a little bit earlier— A. I would say no different here from anywhere else, but this is a situation which is without precedent in my experience. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 746 Q. I ’d agree with that. A. I simply have not heard of a community consolidating two schools in the middle of the year. I have not. Q. Now, you testify next that one of the difficulties will be in switching at mid-year the teachers in many instances, and I quote now from the plan: “Their teachers in many instances will be other than those whom they have known.” Now, if you were to move these students as a unit with their teacher, as you have done in the only three recent instances in your district where you have made such a move, why would they have to get to know different teach ers? A. Of course, we can’t say which is which. A proba bility exists here that considerable regrouping would occur. Q. Is that your testimony? - 1 5 3 - Let’s get this straight. Is it your testimony there is going to be considerable re grouping, that if this— A. I am saying the probability exists that there would be considerable regrouping. Q. And upon what facts do you base your statement that the probability is that there would be considerable regroup ing? A. The figures here indicate that we have smaller groups here in one school transferring in or being trans ferred into another. Consequently, when you have smaller sections here, 22 pupils, other teachers perhaps 30, you’re going to equalize that situation. Q. I think that you now are going to have to fish or cut bait because you testified earlier that these per pupil rela tionships were accurate. N owt , as I understand it, at the Eliza Clark School the pupil-teacher ratio is 30.2 to one and at the Hall School H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 747 it’s 29.8 to one. So, there’s only .4 of a student difference per pupil,— A. That’s correct. Q- —if I accept your figures? A. That’s correct. —154— Q. Now, I ’m a bit confused when you say there is such a disparity in pupil-teacher ratios, and which I questioned earlier, and you said, “No; those are accurate.” A. Eight. Q. Which is it? Is it the situation now that you are relying on to delay or is it these figures? A. The figures you are holding there or these, the same ones. Now, the teacher-pupil ratio simply means the number of active teachers in the school divided into the number of pupils which you have. These 19 pupils are being taught, aren’t they? Q. I take it— A. Consequently, these five teachers— their time must be prorated to the 19 pupils. Consequently, it’s a mathematical concept; just a statistical figure. Q. So, what you’re suggesting now, as I understand it, is that one of the difficulties of combining in mid-year is the disparity in the pupil-teacher relationship; is that right? A. It ’s not the teacher-pupil ratio. It ’s simply this: I f you have 95 pupils in the fifth grade and you bring in X number to them, you’re going to look at the —1 5 5 - total, make sure that the four teachers have a very similar teaching load. Of course, in this case, it would be a grade, 29 in the fifth grade group; but these things are going to move up and down, grade to grade, and you would attempt to equalize this teaching load. Otherwise you’re going to have dissatisfied teachers. No teacher with a section of 30 fifth-graders wants to see another teacher with a section of 25 or, of course, one with 33 wouldn’t want to see one with 28. B e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 748 Q. Well, that’s a problem that, you know, may have to he worked out. But, to the extent that that was worked out, it may just involve a few pupils, the ones that were shifted to equalize the burden; is that not true? A. Well, it’s usually not quite that simple. Q. Well, what are the others factors, sir? A. Well, of course, you start shifting there, pupils moving in, moving out and the like. Of course, if you take that example right there— Q. Moving in and moving out of where? A. Out of the zones and what-not. Q. Do you anticipate they would be moving out of the - 1 5 6 - zones? A. It ’s possible anywhere. They’re moving all the time, every month of the school year. Of course, now, you’d adjust perhaps three classes and, take this fifth grade, pull up three and place in one, which would not make such a significant difference. It would make some, but not too significant. Q. Well, if it wouldn’t make that much difference, then I take it that the statement that this is a difficulty doesn’t hold true; is that right? A. No; we can’t say that. We can’t say that. Q. All right. Again I take your statement: “Their teachers in many instances will be other than those whom they have known.” Now, does that necessarily follow? A. That’s true. Q. You can’t make that statement, can you? A. Yes. In fact, quite a proportion of pupils throughout, and per haps every grade, which would have new teachers. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes■—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 749 Q. Well, your testimony seems to indicate that it would be an accomplished fact in the event of a consolidation that the classes would be reshuffled? A. I hardly see any way at all to accomplish the task without considerable shuffling. —157— Q. Well, the results, then, I would submit,—and I would like your judgment on these results—are one of two things: On the one hand, you have in the first grade— Let’s take the second grade at Hall. You have two teachers for 71 pupils. So, that’s an average of 35— A. Thirty-five. Q. —.5. A. Yes. Q. And you have got 28 at Clark. A. Yes. Q. Now, didn’t the Court order of this Court provide that the teacher-pupil relationship was to be equalized? A. Eight. Q. And do you consider that equalized when there’s a difference of nine pupils per teacher? A. Seven pupils. Twenty-eight and 35. Q. Excuse me. Seven. A. Seven. Q. Seven and a half. A. They’re not perfectly equal, but this Court order applies to a school. You will always —1 5 8 - have disparities wuthin a school. You should not have dis parities within a grade, but in a school from grade to grade you will get disparities within an acceptable range. Thirty-five is a limit, but in a given grade, once you bring in another group, you’d have to then equalize that grade to be fair. Q. You’re over 35. You say 35 is the limit, and it’s 35.5 there in the second grade at Hall. A. Well, that was a gross figure, which—in other words, it’s not a net enroll ment figure, but a proposed figure. It could be 69, 68. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 750 Q. And it could be 73? A. No; not that. Q. You mean this is the highest possible figure! Is that what this is? A. In fact, 70, itself, is the highest. I f there is one extra pupil, of course, he’s more or less a temporary assignment. Q. So, I take it, then, that your testimony is if you were to combine these grades that one of the great problems would be what you feel to be an inevitable reshuffling of classes? A. I can’t see how it could be effected otherwise. I can’t. —159— You’re bringing in unequal figures and, of course, when you look at that total situation, that’s unequal within a grade. Consequently, you’d have to look carefully at that and reshuffle as was necessary to equalize. Q. All right. You also state the other half of the coin, and that is “schooling of children to whom they are unaccustomed and of whom they know nothing,” talking about the teachers, and “an additional burden of adjusting to a strange student body in the middle of a school year.” Now, again I don’t mean to burden you with this ques tion, but it seems to me that you suggest that it’s in evitable that they be reshuffled and then from this re shuffling you allege all kinds of problems that will follow. So, it seems to me that what you’re doing is perhaps creating your own problems and that on balance maybe a disparity in class size would be the best thing if this Court should find that this is an unconstitutional border based upon race. Is that a possibility, and on balance that you would be best leaving the classes as units even though there is a H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 751 S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross — 160— disproportionate size? A. That’s simply an administra tive matter or educational matter which the staff would have to view in all of its facets, every possible factor and phase that bears on i t ; simply a problem to be solved. Q. And let me ask this again: We briefly mentioned this this morning, but I would like to ask you what— Mr. Aronson: Strike that. By Mr. Aronson-. Q. Is it your testimony that you do not feel that the fact of mixing the races is a considerable fact— A. I would have to say this— Q. —that has to be recognized? A. Mixing races is not even a factor for the School Board to be concerned about. The same problem would exist exactly if the races were of one race instead of two or three. Q. In other words, it’s your testimony that the fact that this is all white, E-l-C, and that this zone, E-l-B, is all Negro is totally irrelevant to this problem? Is that your testimony? A. That’s true. Q. All right. A. In fact, all of the consolidation to — 161— which I referred, which has taken place in Mississippi during my years as a schoolman, has been a monoracial or a uniracial consideration. The consolidation to which I referred was not biracial. It was monoracial. Q. So, you’re saying there really is no race problem there at all? A. No. Mr. Luckett: He didn’t say that, if the Court please. 752 The Witness: I haven’t said that. Mr. Aronson: I think he did. The Witness: I have said the primary concern— The Court: Just a minute. The Witness: —of the School Board is nonracial. The Court: Just a minute, Mr. Tynes. The Witness: Yes. The Court: He has repeatedly said race was not a factor that was given any consideration by the School Board or by him in arriving at these plans. He has never said that race is not a community fac tor or a community concern. By Mr. Aronson: Q. Mr. Tynes, when you add the factor of race, which your School Board has not considered in approaching these —1 6 2 - problems, does it become a much more difficult problem? A. We have four grades desegregated now in the elemen tary schools. Consequently, the factor of race can apply to those grades. That situation has been solved. Q. Mr. Tynes, you have four grades desegregated. You say you have Grades 1, 2, 3 and 4 desegregated. A. Plus Grade 12 in the high school. Q. Plus Grade 12. We are only talking about the elementary grades— A. Bight. Q. —in this hearing. A. Bight. Q. How many Negro children are attending classes with white students within the same schools within your school district? A. To my knowledge, none. Q. And would it be your testimony that if one was, or more, you would know it? A. I think I would. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross 753 Q. So, to your knowledge is tantamount to saying there are none? A. I think that’s correct. Q. And is it not also true that when Zones E-l-B and —163— E-l-C are combined there will be an inevitable mixing of the races? Is that not— A. I can’t say that. I have no knowledge of that. We had the same thing before with E-l-A, E-l-B, E-2-A, E-2-B. We had a considerable number of white chidren in those zones. Up in E-4-A we have Negro pupils living now, but they haven’t chosen to come to the white public schools so-called. Instead, they have apparently gone to a private school. Consequently, we don’t know what will happen when zones are set up or anything of the sort. The only thing we know is that a pupil living in a zone, once his grade is desegregated by this Court, if he attends a public school, of course, will go to that school in that center. He can exercise other constitutional options that he may have, which, of course, is no concern of ours, the defendants. When we say that Grades 1 to 4 have been desegregated, that’s an established fact in this community. Whether or not one, 10 or a hundred pupils of a different race come in, that’s no major issue. I f 20 pupils should move into a zone tomorrow in Grades 1 to 4 and attend that school, that would hardly create a —164— riffle because desegregation has come through this Court. Q. So, then, you are testifying you have some knowledge as to what would happen, and you say if 20 Negroes were to move into E-4-A tomorrow there wouldn’t be a riffle in the community, to use your testimony? A. That’s what I would think. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 754 Q. You don’t think so? A. No. Q. And, similarly, would you like to extrapolate that knowledge and apply it to this situation? A. I think the same is true. In fact, the community has already accepted the fact that desegregation is a fact of life here. Conse quently, people move from zone to zone, simply enter into a desegregated situation, as they choose. They’re free to do so. Q. But you have testified that there are no Negroes and no whites going to school together,— A. You understand the reason why. Q. —and you further testified— A. They have chosen not to. Q. I ’ll get to my question— A. They have chosen not to. —165— Q. —in a minute.. A. Yes. Now your question? Q. You have testified in those zones where white children lived in desegregated grades that they simply dropped out of the school system? That’s your testimony; you said there were whites down here and they dropped out of the school system? A. That’s correct. Q. “Down here” being E-l-A and E-l-B. A. And, of course, the same with E-4-A with Negro pupils up there. They chose to discontinue their relationship in the schools, the public schools. Q. So, what you have posited to this Court, then, is the fact that in those few instances where there was fortuitous coexistence of Negroes and whites in one district that the Clarksdale solution or at least the solution in Clarksdale today has been for the person who is in the race other than that predominantly attending the school to drop out of school? A. That’s not the Board of Trustees’ solution. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 755 You understand the defendants in this case do not have the power of Caesar. We have certain obligations, certain authority, but beyond that citizens, themselves, have au- — 166— thority. They have rights, civil rights, and rights of that character, and, of course, they are free to exercise those without any restraint from the Board of Trustees. Q. You also state, Mr. Tynes: “Other administrative difficulties too numerous for listing would present themselves.” I wonder if you would list them for us, please. A. Well, I have mentioned several already. Possibly one new one which could be tossed in : This school district from time to time has to float bond issues for capital outlay purposes. I would venture this testimony: I f this consolidation oc curred here in the middle of a school year, I expect that 10 years would pass, possibly a generation, before you could ever get a school bond issue passed in this com munity. Now, we are in need right at present— Q. Why is that, Mr. Tynes? A. Simply because that would be a situation that would cause this community to lose confidence in the leadership of its Board of Trustees, leadership of its Superintendent. In fact, that sort of thing isn’t done in educational circles. I ’ve never known of it before,— Q. Are you suggesting the community— A. —and we - 167- are not proposing it be done here. Q. I know you are not proposing— A. Our total pro posal is that this thing be done orderly and in a proper S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 756 and judicially feasible manner in the between-school-year period; in other words, in the summer months, at the end of the scholastic year, June 30th. Q. Mr. Tynes, no one here doubts that you’re an ad vocate of your plan, and no one doubts that you propose the plan to wait at the end of the year, but I respectfully suggest the reason we’re in court today is to explore the possibilities of what an alternative might be, and I ’d ap preciate answers to the question directed to that, if you might. Getting back to this questioning, what other numerous instances which are too long to list is your Board relying on in suggesting it’s impossible to change in the middle of the year? A. I don’t recall whether that particular docu ment spells out contractual relations with principals, with teachers, with secretaries. Does it do so? Q. You allude to it; yes. A. Of course, they are all fac tors, weighty factors. —168— We have testified concerning the double load that would be placed upon the orientation process, in which children would, of course, have to go through a second orientation within one school year. Those are the chief factors, I would say. Q. All right. Just a few more questions and we’ll be all done, Mr. Tynes. Do you have a copy of your plan? A. Yes. Q. Could you take it out, please? H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross Mr. Aronson: Let the record show that the wit ness is being directed to the revised plan for ele mentary attendance zones in Subdistricts E -l and 2. By Mr. Aronson: Q. Now, I direct your attention to Page 2, and we are going to work through some figures. So, I ask you to pay reasonably close attention. We’re now at 2 (a), and you say that: “There are approximately 1,000 elementary school pupils residing in Subdistrict E -l and approximately 940 elementary pupils residing in Subdistrict E-2.” - 1 6 9 - Now, do you have handy a list of the number of class rooms, teacher classrooms or instruction rooms, available in E -l and E-2 ? A. Thirty-four in E-2. Forty-one in E-l. Q. In E-2 how many? A. Thirty-four. Q. And in E-l? A. Forty-one. Q. Now, these figures that you give—940 in E-2 and 1,000 in E -l—are those current? Mr. Luekett: If the Court please, may I make a statement— The Witness: This year— The Court: Wait just a minute. Mr. Luekett: May I make a statement which might clarify something for Mr. Aronson? We’re talking about school population. Now, that doesn’t necessarily mean the population that goes to the public school. I think we are trying to combine in there the num ber of children, some of whom go to private school. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— G ross 758 S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Cross Is that right, Mr. Tynes? —170— The Witness: This is pretty close for what we have at present. Let me check this just a second. These figures are current. They’re current. Mr. Aronson: Yes, sir. By Mr. Aronson: Q. In other words, in E-2 there are approximately 940 students enrolled and in E -l there are approximately 1,000 students enrolled? A. Right. Of course, that includes both races, all races. Q. Well, as far as E-2 is concerned, you’d only be con cerned with one race, wouldn’t you? A. No. We have white children there, fifth and sixth grade. Not many. A few. Q. I see. Do you have those figures handy? A. I think you have them before you. Thirteen, wasn’t it? I think that’s in your interrogatory. Q. If they’re in here, I ’ll get to them later. All right. Proceeding now again down through your re vised plan, referring you or directing your attention to - I l l - Page 4 (a), you say that E-l-A contains the George Oliver Elementary School, which is a modern school building with a capacity for 540 pupils. All right. You say: “To utilize it as it should be utilized, its student body cannot be confined”—and you then give arguments as 759 to the highways—it can’t be confined to people north or south of 61 and east or west of 49. Now, going on, is it still your testimony that such should be the case, i.e., that the students should not be bordered by the various highways? A. We simply have insufficient pu pils at present to utilize—that’s insufficient pupils south of the highway, Highway 61, to utilize—school facilities which are located south of the highway. In fact, looking at the Oliver School, it has a capacity, as you see here, for 540; yet the entire portion of Subdistrict E -l lying east of the railroad and south of Highway 61—that entire area has some 240 or 43 pupils. Q. All right. A. Consequently, they would utilize only eight of the 18 classrooms at Oliver. —172— Q. All right. Then you go on to (b) and you say if E-l-A is constituted as heretofore constituted by defendants—in other words, in this fashion here— A. Right. Q. —there will be some 320 pupils who will have to cross over Highway 61. Is that from the south? A. They live north of the high way and they go south. Q. Excuse me. South. A. South. Q. All right. Then you set out that you think it’s reasonably safe. Now, what I would like to ask you is : What happens with all that capacity? You claim you have capacity for 540 students in Oliver School. Your answers to your interrogatories indicate you have 395 students enrolled and your earlier testimony indi R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts—-C ross 760 cates that you have shifted two classes from E-l-A, Oliver, to E-l-B, Hall. Now, I would like you to clear up what appears to be a discrepancy in your testimony. In other words, if you have - 1 7 3 - capacity for 540 pupils over here and, in fact, you only have 395, but in addition to that you sent approximately 60 to another school, where is all this capacity? A. Well, we testified this morning that, because of some temporary crowding at the secondary level— Oliver is located nearby Higgins Junior High School. Consequently, we were simply making available classrooms in the elementary school for seventh grade pupils at the Higgins School. Q. Do you have expansion plans for Higgins? A. Oh, yes. I testified this morning concerning that. Q. And when do you expect that to be open? A. Septem ber of ’66. Q. And how many pupils will you be able to accommodate in addition to those that you can accommodate at this time ? A. Something like 450 or 460. Q. Four hundred and fifty or 460— A. Yes. Q. —more than you can now? A. Right. —174— Q. So, that problem will disappear next fall? A. Yes, if it materializes, the construction program which is under way. Q. You say if it materializes. Is there any doubt? Have they already acquired the money and let the con tracts? A. We have the land. We have paid for the site. We have plans under way now with the architects, but we do not have all funds in hand. There is some question about funds, which is a common problem. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 761 Q. When would you have to start to have it opened by 1966? A. In January or February the 1st. Q. You would have to start by February 1st? A. I be lieve so. Q. What would you estimate the chances are that you will have your funds by January or February 1st? A. Well, we have constructed other buildings with the same amount of time, the same chances that we have now. Of course, I ’d be quick to point out here to the Court if these plans do not materialize then we wnuld have to shift some of Zone E-l-A next summer over to Zone E-l-B. We will have several classrooms available in the eom- —175—1 bination E-l-B and E-l-C next year. Consequently, we may have to shift part of the zone there, at least temporarily, or come to the Court and seek the permission to do so in order to free more of the Oliver building for secondary school use. Q. All right. I direct your attention to Page 5 of the plan, and I ’d like to know where you get the figures for the last paragraph on Page 5, which continues over to Page 6, starting out with: “Should the attendance areas or zones in Subdistrict E-l-B be reconstituted as herein proposed . . .” First, let me ask: What does that refer to ? Are you talking about the reconstitution? A. Two zones into one. Q. This combination? A. Right. Right. Q. I f they are reconstituted as herein proposed, the ele mentary pupils residing therein who number about a thousand— A. Of course, not only those two zones com bined, but E-l-A also. S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 762 H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross —176— Q. I understand. A. The whole subdistrict. Q. I understand. You are talking about the whole subdistriet— A. Eight. Q. —would be divided so 470 of them would attend the George Oliver Elementary School and 530 would attend the Eliza Clark School. Now, where do you get these figures! Most particularly, you say that— A. Five hundred and thirty would be the approximate net number in Myrtle Hall, at present its home pupils plus those in Eliza Clark, 105 plus 415, or 425, I believe it is. Four hundred and twenty-five plus 105—530. Q. Where do you get 105? A. That’s the figure which you used this morning concerning the number of resident pupils in E-l-B. Q. Right. But then what happens— A. Zone E-l-C. Q. Yes. A. Excuse me. Q. E-l-C? A. E -l-C ; right. —177— Q. But we also saw there was 147 or 42 that came from out of the district. What’s going to happen to those 42? A. Well, of course, your guess is possibly as good as mine. Some will get caught by the desegregation next fall, and what they will do I don’t know. Some, sixth grade, will move up to seventh grade next year. Q. What do you propose— A. The fifth and sixth are not desegregated. Q. You’re just assuming that these 105 students will be all that you will have to draw on and you are making all sorts of assumptions about them staying in school? A. 763 Well, next year all six grades will be desegregated. Con sequently, we’re referring here in this paragraph to Sub- district E -l, the pupils who live in it. Q. But at this time you’re educating some 42 students in E-l-C who live in E-3-A. A. No. Many of those live out at E-l-A. Something around 25 or 30 live in E-3-A. Q. All right. What’s going to happen to those 25 or 30 that live in E-3-A? A. The sixth graders, the seventh grade, the other —1 7 8 - pupils—that will be a matter that this Court and the Board of Trustees will work out. Q. You are coming into this Court with a revised plan, and I think part of the information upon which the Court must act is knowing what happens to E-3-A and the students therein. A. Well, this morning I testified concerning the commercialization of the southeast corner of E-3-A. You heard that? Q. Mr. Tynes,— A. Now— Q. —let me— A. I ’m pursuing your question. Q. All I want to know— I don’t want to know about who is building what, I want to know7 what’s happening to the children who live here, and it’s a very simple question that can be answered very simply or not answered. What happens to the children who live in E-3-A? Where do they go to school,— A. Some— Q. —the Grades 1 through 6! A. —now go to Oakhurst. —179— A small group in the southeast corner attend Clark. The Court here no doubt will advise the School Board what to do wdth any pupils who may remain there. Of course, none may remain by next year. I do not know. H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 764 Q. In other words, you have made no plans; you are sim ply going to look to the Court for advice! A. Well, all the way through we have proposed to the Court that some ad judication be made of those pupils. Of course, traditionally, those north of First Street have gone to Oakhurst, and now, it, of course, makes educational sense, since that subdistrict is tied to the junior high and to the senior high and in that junior high zone and senior high zone, that those pupils go to an elementary school in the same general junior high and senior high zones. Normally you do that with feeder schools, the children in feeder schools. That’s your educa tional answer. Q. That’s a nice— A. Whether it’s acceptable to the Court is for the Court to determine. Q. That’s a nice answer, Mr. Tynes, but I just hasten to remind you that this zone has no school— A. Quite right. —180—- Q. —in it. A. Quite right. Q. All right. Now, I would like to ask you about— A. The adjudica tion of those children has been by this Court. Q. Thank you. Now, proceeding on to Page 6, III, you say: “Subdistrict E-2 should remain as presently consti tuted and the present attendance areas or zones should not be disturbed.” Now, I wondered if your testimony remains the same with respect to that after testifying this morning that you lifted up one whole class with teacher and sent it. over to another school. A. No; not at all. Later on in here—take the whole document—you will find that the School Board has asked the Court for permission S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross 765 to make these modifications within a subdistrict within short limitations. Q. Well, is it your feeling that this problem will abate next year? A. No. I think we’ll shift that line from Fifth —181— Street to Sixth Street. Q. Oh, I see. What you are saying is, then, you want permission to juggle these or move these zonelines as you deem fit, and you would ask the Court to so order so that if next year you feel this should be moved down you would like to be able to do that without asking the Court? A. Right. Q. I see. A. Of course, what we want simply from the Court is boundary lines within which the School Board would have some latitude or freedom to act. Q. Right. Now, going back to Page 6, you say—again I redirect your attention to the same sentence: “Subdistrict E-2 should remain as presently consti tuted and the present attendance areas or zones should not be disturbed.” Then I direct your attention to Page 7, Paragraph 2, the first full paragraph, where it says: “Should the attendance areas or zones in Subdistrict E-2 be reconstituted as herein proposed . . .” - 1 8 2 - Now, who is proposing that redefinition or redrawing of the lines? A. That’s the School Board. In other words, the School Board proposes that the same lines be used and simply be reconstituted. The Court has directed the School Board to come up with S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 766 new lines, a new proposal, recently, new zones, for these five zones. In three of the zones the School Board proposes the present lines simply he reconstituted, that the zones be as drawn at present. I don’t think there’s anything mysterious about that. I can’t see it. Q. All right. What you’re doing is you’re suggesting that somebody is proposing a redrawing of lines, hut you start out by saying E-2 should remain as presently constituted. Then you go on, at the end of the next paragraph, and say: “Should the attendance areas or zones in Subdistrict E-2 be reconstituted as herein proposed . . .” A. Well, should then these facts follow. Q. All right. A. In other words, that’s just giving in- —1 8 3 - formation to the Court— Q. Now, let me ask— A. —concerning the number of pupils. Q. Let me ask you this: You say: “No good purpose would be served”— I am now directing your attention to (b) on Page 6: “No good purpose would be served by adding to the zone served by the Booker T. Washington Elementary School”-— S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross Which is right here, is it? —“the area bounded on the north by the right of way of U. S. Highway 61, on the east by the right of way 767 of IT. S. Highway 49, and on the west by the right of way of the Illinois Central Railroad . . . ” And then yon testified this morning— A. There are no children in there. Q. —there are absolutely no children in there. A. That’s what we’re saying here. Consequently, adding to Booker T. Washington doesn’t help an iota, doesn’t help a child. —184— Q. Well, also looking to the growth, if children should move in there— A. That’s totally industrialized. That’s simply an industrial complex. Q. All right. Now, you go on, and this is what I don’t understand. Go ing to the first full paragraph on 7, which starts out: “Should the attendance areas or zones be reconsti tuted,” you say, “the elementary pupils residing therein who number about 925 . . .” Is that 925 in this district here? A. Right. Q. E-2? A. Subdistrict; yes. Q. Now, it’s 925 today, though, isn’t it? That doesn’t involve any amending of lines— A. No. Q. —to get to that figure? A. No. Q. All right. “. . . would be divided so that 475 would attend Booker T. Washington School”—right here—“and 450 —185— would attend Riverton School.” S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efendants— C ross Is that what’s happening now? 768 In other words, that paragraph of your plan I ’m not clear on. A. Approximately. That’s the approximate case today. Q. All right. A. Actually, we have 468 pupils at Wash ington; one section is at Eiverton, but next year apparently it will be close to 475. Q. All right. Are you in a position to make any estimate as to when the earliest date of an opening of a school in E-3-A could be effected? A. Possibly ’67. If this residential develop ment occurs quickly, of course, it would have to be Sep tember of ’66. Q. But you have no money appropriate for it as yet, and the residential area you’re talking about as yet is not even part of the City of Clarksdale? A. I t ’s just begin ning at the present moment. Q. Bight. A. Of course, we hope it doesn’t develop too rapidly It’s quite easy for development to get ahead of —186— your finances or capital outlay funds. Mr. Aronson: If I could have just one short mo ment, your Honor— I think I ’m done. I just want to review and see if I am. I have no further questions at this time, your Honor. The Court: Any redirect, Mr. Luckett? Mr. Luckett: I don’t think so, your Honor. The Court: All right. You may stand down, Mr. Tynes. Anything further for the school district? S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 769 Mr. Luckett: Nothing from the school district. The Court: Anything for the plaintiffs. Mr. Aronson: I have no evidence to put on, your Honor. The Court: All right. # # # # # S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965 G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross 770 Defendants’ Exhibit 24 (S e e O p p osite) ISF3 FEETSCALE URBAN RENEWAL. PROJECT CLARKSDALE URBAN RENEWAL PROJECT LOCATION MAP MICHAEL BAKER, JR, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS - PLANNERS JACKSON, MISS. DEC., I9S2 1 11 .11 1 j J l -------- - ----------- 4 ii ^<■ ' \ / \ "" \ \ r ' ' ~ . i \ 771 772 Defendants’ Exhibit 25 (S e e O p p osite) SSF INSIDE PROJECT BOUNDARY Deficient Structure Standard Structure OUTSIDE PROJECT BOUNDARY Deficient Structure* STRUCTURE IDENTIFICATION Commercial Industrial L E G E N D □ Remaining structures are residential Entire lot shown. CLARKSDALE URBAN RENEWAL PROJECT PROJECT CONDITIONS MAP MICHAEL BAKER, JR„ INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS - PLANNERS Jackson, Miss. Rochester, Pa. DEQ. 1962 773 774 Defendants’ Exhibit 26 (S e e O p p osite) IE§P Ixm n O M im ru LEGEND 2 5 W HITE PERSONS------------ o 2 5 NON -W H ITE PERSONS-----• i C O M P R E H E N S IV E C IT Y P LA N C LA R K S D A L E , M IS S IS S IP P I POPULATION DISTRIBUTION M IC H A E L B A K E R , JR., INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS — PLAN N ER S ROCHESTER, PA. JACKSON , MISS- Aliens*, 1959 r-'iGURETT'a Defer (S ti 775 V $*®w*ia»«| 776 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 Residential blight in certain sectors of Clarksdale has been a matter of increasing concern to C ity o ffic ia ls and citizens. These blighted areas, characterized by deteriorating dwellings, deficiencies in basic u tilit ie s , mixed land use and other environmental inadequacies, should be of v ita l concern to all of the C ity ’ s people. L ike a rotten apple in a barrel, b light breeds more blight. Ciarksdale’ s housing pattern is similar to the pattern found in many communities. The C ity ’ s older homes are located generally in and adjacent to the Central Business D is tric t and along the older streets radiating out from the core of the City. Within the c ity lim its , the new and modern residential areas are predominantly in the western and northwestern sectors of the City. Housing conditions have become critica l in certain parts of the C ity and other less deteriorated areas are showing evidence of residential blight. Although presently confined primarily to the older sectors of the City, the housing problem areas w ill continue to spread and eventually in filtra te into the now satisfactory residential neighborhoods unless proper remedial steps are taken. This chapter of the Comprehensive Plan has as its purpose a thorough study of prevailing conditions and the formulation of suggested housing program designed to improve existing sub standard housing and leading to the eventual elimination of residential b light through all of the City. SECTION I INVENTORY OF EXISTING HOUSING SUMMARY OF HOUSING CONDITIONS Data enumerated by the U- S. Census of Housing (1961) provide an excellent basis for evaluating the C ity ’s over-all housing conditions. Also, these data, when compared with similar data recorded by previous censuses, indicate what progress, i f any, is being made in improving areas of poor housing. Age of Dwellings : According to the I960 census, 56 percent of a ll dwelling units reported for Clarksdale were constructed prior to 1940, 21 percent were bu ilt prior to 1950 and 18 percent prior to 1955. Only 292 dwelling units, representing 5 percent of a ll units reported, were constructed between 1955 and 1960. These data indicate that re latively old structures predominate in the City. Types of Dwellings: The 1960 census reported a total of 6,427 dwelling units w ithin Ciarksdale’ s c ity lim its. Of the total dwelling units reported, four-, five-, and six-room units predominated with an average of four rooms per dwelling unit. Approximately 2,880 units were owner-occupied, 3,235 were renter-occupied, and the remaining 312 units were either vacant or with status of ownership not reported. Value of Dwelling U nits: The 1960 census reported only the values of owner-occupied dwelling units. Of the 2,880 units enumerated, 1,528 or 55 percent were valued at more than $5,000 but less than 47 777 Defendants’ Exhibit 26 $15,000 and 484 or 17 percent were valued at more thdn $15,000. The remaining 868 units were valued at less than $5,000. A t the time of the 1950 census, 47 percent of owner-occupied dwell ings were valued between $5,000 and $15,000 with oniy 8 percent of a ll dwellings valued at more than $15,000. Dilapidation and Sanitary Facilities*. By census definition, dilapidated dwelling units were those units lacking essential fa c ilitie s or in such poor state of repair that major repairs were needed to render them safe for human habitation. Deteriorating units were units lacking some essential fa c ilitie s or that had pronounced structural defects or a combination of structural defects and lack of essential fa c ilitie s . This definition, employed in the 1960 census, varies somewhat from the criteria imposed by the 1950 census. Of the 6,427 dwelling units reported by the 1960 census, 4,548 or 71 percent were considered sound structures, 1,481 or 23 percent were c lassified as deteriorating and 398 or 6 percent were considered dilapidated. Of 4,300 units reported by the 1950 census, 82 percent were classified as not dilapidated with 952 units or 18 percent of a ll units reported as d ilap i dated. THE VISUAL SURVEY In June and July of 1959, a house-by-house inspection of dwelling exteriors was conducted to determine the housing conditions in Ciarksdale. These conditions were recorded as satis factory, substandard or c ritica l. These classifications were predicated on the following criteria. 1. Satisfactory housing consisted of those dwellings in a good state of repair and requiring only normal maintenance to be kept in such condition. 2. Substandard dwellings consisted of those dwellings which have deteriorated to some degree and where remedial measures are necessary to reverse the trend toward dilapidation. 3. C ritical housing embraced those dwellings which constitute a detriment to public health and safety and which have deteriorated to the point where repairs are impracticable or can probably not be made at a reasonable cost in relation to the current value of the homes. The following is a tabulation of 1959 housing conditions as determined by the visual survey: TABLfE V -A SUMMARY OF HOUSING CONDITIONS - CITY OF CLARKSDALE 1959 Approximate Condition Number of Dwellings % of Total Satisfactory Housing 2,397 40 Substandard Housing 1,984 C ritica l Housing 1,572 27 TOTAL 5,953 100 From the preceding table, it can be readily seen that over 50 percent of the houses studied needed repairs in varying degree. PROBLEM HOUSING AREAS The Housing Condition Map (Figure V -1 ) portrays the location and condition of dwellings in Ciarksdale. This map indicates that the majority of Clarksdale’ s substandard and critica l housing areas are located in the older sections of the City and re latively near the Central Business D istric t. A major part of the housing fa lling in these two categories is located in the 48 778 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 (See Opposite) SS?" PL A N N IN G U M tr j MICHAEL BAKER, JR., INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS ------- PLAN N ER S ROCHESTER, PA. JACKSON, MISS- A p r i l , 1962 f (SURE I - l 779 780 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 sector of the City extending from Washington Avenue eastward to Nebraska Avenue, south of the Illino is Centra! Railroad. There are scattered unsatisfactory dwellings in the remaining parts of the City. The substandard and critica l areas shown outside the present c ity lim its are primarily shacks or makeshift rural dwellings which, in most cases, were orig inally bu ilt as farm tenant houses. The Housing Condition Map illustrates that the Town of Lyon has been infiltra ted with substandard dwellings over much of its developed area and that critica l housing conditions also exist in some sectors. Clarksdale’ s substandard dwellings can, in most cases, be improved or corrected by the enactment and enforcement of sound remedial codes and ordinances. Therefore, primary stress should be given to improving critica l housing areas. A few of the major characteristics of these critica l areas are: 1. Aged homes that have reached the point of collapsing. 2. Deteriorated dwellings scattered among commercial and industrial buildings. 3. Overcrowding due to inadequate space for dwellings. 4. Narrow and unpaved streets. 5. Littered and unsightly premises. 6. Lack of adequate u tilitie s . SECTION II A SUGGESTED HOUSING PROGRAM PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING AND COOPERATION Apart from the technical and planning aspects, the proposition of citizen participation is essential to the success of any housing program formulated by Clarksdaie. Unless the co ordinated efforts of C ity o ffic ia ls , local c iv ic groups and the citizens of the City can be solicited, lit t le can be accomplished toward improving housing conditions and the creation of a good liv ing environment for a ll the C ity ’ s people. As a firs t step in the program, the C ity should begin to fam iliarize its people with pre vailing housing conditions. This could be accomplished through informative articles distributed to the press and other news media. These artic les should be supported by photographs of the C ity ’ s critica l housing areas. As the public becomes more aware of existing conditions, the remedial measures necessary to correct these conditions can be explained. TOOLS OF THE PROGRAM - CODES AND ORDINANCES Sometimes improvement of housing conditions can be brought about without rig id enforce ment of legal controls. However, the adoption and enforcement, when necessary, of adequate codes and ordinances is essential to the success of the housing program. These basic codes are : 1. Housing Code This code provides minimum standards for housing, enabling the City to compel owners to remove slum dwellings and repair substandard dwellings. The current code adopted in 1961, was prepared as a part of this Comprehensive Plan. 2. Zoning Ordinance This ordinance should set the development pattern for the City, protecting stable residential, commercial or industrial areas from the encroachment of 51 781 D efendants’ E xh ib it 26 objectionable land uses. Recommendations for any necessary revisions to Clarks- dale’ s present zoning ordinance are a part of th is Comprehensive Plan. 3. Subdivision Regulations These regulations should assure proper development of future subdivisions. Proper building setback lines, adequate u tilit ie s , and streets should be inherent parts of the regulations. Recommended subdivision regulations for the C ity are a part of th is Comprehensive Plan. 4. Building Code This code establishes standards and controls to assure construction of structurally sound buildings. The building code, together with the housing code, would require that a ll buildings be both safe and non-detrimental to the health of the C ity ’ s people. The C ity has had a satisfactory building code for many years, however, in 1961, the Southern Standard Building Code was o ff ic ia lly adopted. NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSES FOR PROBLEM AREAS The City should in itia te a series of detailed studies of their problem housing areas to determine the cause of blighted conditions, the remedial steps necessary to remove existing blight and the course of action necessary to prevent its recurrence. To assist the C ity in pre paring these studies, suggested priorities for neighborhood analyses are illustrated by Figure V -2 . These problem areas, listed in the order of priority for treatment, are as fo llow s: Area I: This area of extremely critica l housing begins at F irs t Street and extends northward along the Sunflower River and Friars Point Road. A portion of the area embraces what is commonly 1 / called “ Tuxedo Park” , an area of very dilapidated, Negro occupied dwellings. A lso included in Area I is an area of very poor Housing located just north of F irst Street, adjacent to the Central Business D istrict. Area II: This area is very irregular, in filtra ting and surrounding the Central Business D istric t to the north and east. The area extends eastward from Delta Avenue to a point approximately 850 feet east of Tunica Avenue, and northward from the lllin io s Central Railroad to the c ity lim its. Though critica l housing consists of a small percentage of the total dwellings, these dilapidated structures hinder the growth and appearance of the Centra! Business D istric t and its fringe area. Substandard housing constitutes about 50 percent of the dw ellings w ithin this area and the remaining dwellings, about 45 percent, are in good condition. The area predominately is occupied by whites. Area III: The lim its of this irregular area extend eastward from Washington Avenue to Jackson Avenue between McGee Street and the north side of the block fronted by Walnut Street. Though this area is populated by both whites and Negroes, Negroes predominate. Approximately 25 percent of the dwellings fall in the critica l category. Good conditioned dwellings comprise about 15 percent and substandard dwellings about 60 percent of total dwellings in the area. Objection able non-residential land uses are scattered throughout the area. 52 782 D efen dan ts’ E xh ib it 26 (See Opposite) IS?" C O M P R E H E N S IV E C IT Y PLA N C LA R K SD A LE , M IS S IS S IP P I PRIORITIES for NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSES M ICHAEL BAKER JR., INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS------------PLANNERS ROCHESTER, PSL JACKSON, M«SS. rwMeir-* 783 784 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 Area IV: This area extends eastward from the Sunflower River to the Illin o is Centra! Railroad between Twelfth Street and South Edwards Avenue. The area predominately is populated by Negroes. The majority of the dwellings therein are in the critica l category, and only a few dwell ings are sound, standard structures. Mixed land uses prevail throughout the area. Area V: This deteriorating area extends eastward from East Tallahatchie Avenue to Lincoln Place and northward from Sixth Street to South Edwards Avenue. Basically, the area is populated by whites, though Negroes make up about 15 percent of its population. While there are a few scattered critica l dwellings in the area representing about 3 percent of total dwellings, sub standard dwellings make up about 35 percent of total dwellings and about 62 percent are good, sound structures. Area VI: This area extends in irregular fashion eastward from Mississippi Avenue to R itchie Avenue and northward from State Street to South Edwards Avenue. A large segment of th is area is Negro occupied. Approximately 10 percent of the area contains critica l housing; about 80 percent substandard, and the remaining 10 percent are good structures. Area VII : This area extends eastward from Ohio Avenue to Nebraska Avenue and southward from Sixth Street to Eighth Street. It is populated by both whites and Negroes. Approximately 10 percent of the dwellings are dilapidated, about 45 percent are substandard, and the remaining 45 percent are in good condition. Area VIII: This small area extends northward from Wissier Street to State Street and westward from Ritchie Avenue to Lincoln Place. The area predominately is Negro occupied. Approximately 4 percent of the dwellings are dilapidated, 90 percent substandard, and the remaining 6 percent in good condition. Area IX: This area extends southward from Thirteenth Street to the south side of the block fronted by Eighteenth Street, between the Sunflower River and the Illino is Central Railroad. The area basically is Negro occupied. C ritical dwellings represent about 45 percent of total dwellings, while substandard dwellings consist of nearly 50 percent and the remaining 5 percent are good, sound structures. Area X: This small area consists of one block of dilapidated dwellings occupied by whites, located between Pine Street and Qakhursf Road, eastward from Cheyenne Street. Area XI: This small area is located north of the Illino is Central Railroad at the northeastern lim its of the City. The dwellings in th is Negro occupied area are in very poor condition. Area XII: This area consists of eight dilapidated dwellings just south of Lyon city lim its. 55 Area X III (Town of Lyon): The d ilap idated dw e llings are in the northern part o f the developed portion o f the Town, north o f Fontaine Street, on each side o f Webb Street. They are occupied by Negroes and co n s ti tu te about 4 percent o f the to ta l dw e llings in the area. Substandard dw e llings are scattered throughout the developed area and make up about 36 percent o f to ta l dw e llings. TR EATM EN T OF SUBSTANDARD HOUSING For purposes of th is report, substandard dw e llings were considered to be dw e llings in need o f repa ir but not ye t in the c r it ic a l category. For substandard dw e llings, remedial measures are urgently needed to prevent further deteriora tion . A re a lis t ic housing code is an e ffec tive tool for restora tion o f substandard housing. However, a housing code genera lly estab lishes minimum standards on ly and some o f the C ity ’ s substandard housing can presently comply w ith these minimum requirements. A program appea ling to community pride and re sp o n s ib ility usua lly is the most e ffec tive measure for im proving sub standard dw e llings where the housing code is inapp licab le . Many c it ie s have been able to create “ Neighborhood improvement Groups” among the residents o f substandard housing areas. Such groups perform such desirable functions as: 1. Studies of the ir neighborhoods to determine needed improvements. 2. Plan neighborhood improvements in cooperation w ith the P lanning Commission and C ity C ouncil. 3. Encourage neighborhood cooperation in in it ia tin g the improvement plan. 4. Promote and encourage campaigns such as “ Paint-up — F ix-up Week” or other campaigns adding to neighborhood beau tifica tion . 5. Enlighten the people about the benefits o f m ain ta in ing a safe, healthy and a ttrac tive neighborhood. CONSERVING SATISFACTORY HOUSING The primary purpose of the housing program should be the e lim ina tion o f ex is tin g residen- t ia l b lig ^ a n < T th e prevention of its recurrence. Therefore, prime consideration should be given tcTprotecting the res identia l areas tha t now contain sa tis facto ry housing. Th is ob je c tive is best accomplished through the combined efforts o f loca l c itizens and the C ity government. The program should include: 1. Adoption and enforcement o f basic codes and ordinances. 2. Planned development of future res identia l areas. 3. Continued e ffo rt by the C ity to provide basic u t i l i t ie s in new res identia l areas. 4. Under the sponsorship o f the Planning Commission, in it ia te a p u b lic ity program encouraging c itize n s to maintain a ttrac tive , w e ll maintained dw e ll ings and neighborhoods. IMPROVEMENTS THROUGH URBAN RENEWAL Urban renewal is construed generally as the process o f clearing and redeveloping slum areas or the rehab ilita tion o f substandard housing through the combined efforts of the local govern ment and the Federal government. Th is de fin ition is not necessarily sound, since c itie s can undertake urban renewal w ith the ir own resources and w ithou t Federal fina nc ia l assistance. '"■"-However, c learing and redeveloping large slum areas is beyond the financ ia l means o f most c it ie s . 785 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 5 6 786 D efendants’ E x h ib it 26 The urban renewal process, where Federal ass is tance is s o lic ite d , cons is ts o f the fo llo w ing general procedures: 1. D esignation of a sp e c ific area for urban renewal. 2. Determ ination that the area q u a lifie s for Federal ass is tance under established governmental c r ite r ia . 3. A deta iled study of the area to determine w hich portions o f the area may be salvaged and which must be demolished and cleared. 4. The preparation o f p lans for rehousing fam ilie s d isplaced from clearance areas. 5. The preparation of plans for redeveloping the area. 6. The purchase of properties to be redeveloped and the p rov is ion o f safe, decent and san itary housing for fam ilies to be displaced. 7. C learing o f the area. 8- C onstruction o f required pub lic fa c il it ie s such as water, s treets, and sewerage for the planned development. Sale of the land for redevelopment in accordance w ith predetermined plans. V Without question, C la rksda le badly needs urban renewal for the areas set forth p rev iously \ on the “ P r io ritie s for Neighborhood A n a lyse s '' map (F igure V -2 ) . L ik e m o sT~cff ie s ^ C I a ricsHa'Te" / probably w il l find i t necessary to s o lic it Federal assistance in undertaking th is program. Under / present law, the Federal government w il l absorb up to three-fourths o f the net loss incurred in / urban renewal p ro jec ts , the net loss being the d iffe rence in the sale price o f the redeveloped land and the cost for purchasing, clearing and redeveloping the urban renewal area. Present statutes a llow the C ity to c red it its costs for pu b lic improvements in the urban renewal area toward the C ity ’ s share o f the net pro ject loss. ADMINISTRATION OF THE URBAN RENEWAL PROGRAM In an tic ip a tion o f future urban renewal pro jects , the C ity o f C larksdale has designated its ex is ting P ub lic Housing A utho rity as the agency to adm inister its program. By v irtue o f th is Agency's experience w ith the C ity 's housing needs, i t appears to be the most q u a lified organi zation to supervise C ia rksd a le 's urban renewal efforts . HOUSING FAMILIES DISPLACED BY URBAN RENEWAL ACTION The re location of fam ilies d isp laced by urban renewal action into safe, decent and sanitary housing is a major problem to be faced prior to clearing any o f C ia rksd a le 's c r it ic a l housing areas. While some fam ilies could be relocated into housing ava ilab le on the local market, there lik e ly would be an immediate need for add itiona l low cost or low rent housing. These un its genera lly are provided from one of the fo llow ing sources: 1. Public Housing Before implementation of an urban renewal pro ject, the C ity may w ish to apply to the P ub lic Housing A dm in is tra tion for the construction o f add itiona l low rent housing un its . P robably, many of the fam ilies d isp laced from C ia rksda le ’ s slum areas would be unable to pay for p riva te ly owned housing. 2. Privately Financed Housing The C ity ’ s bu ilders, developers and financ ia l in s titu tio n s should be made aware of the ir re sp o n s ib ilit ie s to the ir community in providing additiona l housing at the least possib le cost to displaced fam ilie s . Federal ass is tance is ava ilab le in the form of FHA 221 Mortgage Financing, a llow ing d isplaced fam ilie s to pur chase homes on a low down payment, long term and low monthly payment basis. 57 D efendants’ E x h ib it 26 6 . F ire Stations - The C ity currently m aintains 2 “ pumper" type fire stations and one “ ladder-pum per" type fire sta tion in the locations shown on Figure X -1 . Two of these stations are located adjacent to the Central Business D is tr ic t. The National Board of F ire Underwriters recommends the fo llow ing maximum service rad ii for certain d is tr ic ts and types o f service: T A B LE X A RECOMMENDED FIRE STATION SERVICE RADII D is tr ic t Ladder Station Commercial or Industria l ] m ile Residentia l 2 m iles Low D ensity Residentia l — The fo llow ing recommendations are based upon the location o f present fa c il it ie s , the condition o f structures w ith in the area they serve, and an tic ipated development o f the C ity . a. Construct a new pumper station in the v ic in ity of Lynn Street and Anderson Boulevard. b. C onstruct a new pumper s tation in the v ic in ity o f DeSoto Avenue extension and F riars P o in t Road. 7. Branch L ib ra ry — A branch lib ra ry should be established in or adjacent to the new high school for use by a ll residents on the extreme w est side of town. Pumper Station 3/ m ile V /i m iles 3 m iles SECTION II P U BLIC SCHOOLS GENERAL During the past decade growth in student enrollm ent w ith in the C larksdale School D is tr ic t has resulted in additions to a ll ex is ting schools and construction o f 6 new schools, includ ing the new high school under construction. The number o f enrollments has increased from 2,575 to 4,802 students. Funds budgeted for school purposes have increased from $310,540 in 1950-51 to $1,005,390 in 1960-61. In the las t 10 years the C ity has experienced a tota l population growth of 27.6 percent and a school enrollment growth of nearly 87 percent. Based on the needs of a projected population, to ta ling approxim ately 40,000 persons by 1985, provis ion should be made for more new schools and classrooms in the bu ild ing program. EXISTING SCHOOL F A C IL IT IE S Only two schools w ith in the en tire school system conform to desirable standards w ith respect to tract size and playground area. Table X -B summarizes ex is ting school bu ild ing and playground fa c il it ie s . Present schools are w ell located to serve the developed areas o f the C ity . With the ex ception of the C ity ’ s fringe areas, most students are w ith in w alk ing d istance of the ir schools. As the ou t-ly ing areas develop, additiona l schools w ill be needed and desirable standards can then be realized. White Schools: The area comprising Oakhurst Elementary, Dorr Junior High and Bobo Senior H igh is 117 grossly inadequate in s ize, to serve any one of the schools in d iv id u a lly , le t alone a ll three co lle c tiv e ly . The removal of the students from Bobo Senior High to the new high school in the 1963-64 school year w ill help re lieve on ly a small part of th is problem. Upon re loca tion of the high school, Dorr Junior High w ill take over old Bobo Senior H igh, in add ition to its present fa c il it ie s . T h is manuever w ill a llow Dorr to achieve desirab le classroom standards; however, it w il l s t i l l be inadequate in terms of proper s ite acreage. Thus, the s ite problem w ill be prolonged un til it is possib le to re locate Dorr Junior H igh, as recommended by the Proposed School P lan. With the exception o f K irkpa trick Elementary, the remaining w h ite schools are below desirable s ite standards. Except for Dorr Jun ior H igh, w h ite school classroom fa c il it ie s are adequate under ex is ting enrollm ents, as illu s tra te d by Table X -C . As the 1961 -62 school year began, C larksdale had four schools serving elementary students, one junior high school and one senior high school. The school system is organized on a standard 6-3-3 basis. The on ly new school planned in the immediate bu ild ing program is the senior high school now under construction, which w ill open in 1962. Negro Schools: C urrently , a ll Negro schools are over capacity in enrollm ent by national standards, but adequate under standards derived by the O ffice of Superintendent of Schools (T ab le X -C ). A lso, w ith the exception o f Booker T . Washington Elementary, none o f these schools have s ites of su ff ic ie n t s ize (Table X -B ). Two elementary schools and one combined jun io r-sen io r high school serve C larksdale s Negro students. There is a th ird elementary school, George T. O live r, now under construction. Its future students are now being instructed separately a t M yrtle Hal! School. These students are carried on a separate ro ll, lis t in g them as students in George T. O live r School (Table X -C ). The immediate bu ild ing program ca lls for no new construction other than George T. O live r and some renovating being accomplished at H iggins Junior-Senior High School. The Negro schools are organized on a 6-3-3 basis; however, for a ll p rac tica l purposes, the School Board handles them on a 6-6 basis, which is the way they are presented in th is report. 788 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 118 TABLE X -B SUMMARY OF EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES CLARKSDALE SCHOOL DISTRICT 1961 Date of Original No. of Standard Area of Site (Acres) Playground School Grades Construction Classrooms Existing Required Area (Acres) WHITE SCHOOLS Elementary Eliza Clark 1 -6 1955 7 3.2 7 2.2 Heidelberg 1 -6 1950 16 4.8 10 3.5 Kirkpatrick 1 -6 1956 13 12.4 9 10.2 Oakhurst 1 -6 1916 13 1.5 9 0.5 Junior High Elizabeth Dorr 7 -9 1919 22 2.5 23 0.8 Senior High Bobo 10-12 1930 16 3.5 34 1.5 New (Coahoma County) NEGRO SCHOOLS 10-12 1961 40 44.5 42 Elementary Myrtle Hall 1 -6 1920 18 2.8 11 1.1 George T. Oliver 1-6 1961 12 5.9 9 4.3 Booker T. Washington 1 -6 1960 16 15.5 10 13.3 Junior — Senior High Higgins 7-12 1954 18 8.1 30 6.0 Plus A thletic Field D efendants’ E xhibit 26 790 TABLE X -C CAPACITY OF SCHOOLS SEPTEMBER, 1961 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 Name Capacity* Enrol Iment Variable WHITE SCHOOLS Eliza Clark 210 224 +14 Heidelberg 480 447 -33 Kirkpatrick 390 323 -67 Oakhurst 390 355 -35 E liz. Dorr Jr. High 550 645 +95 Bobo Sr. High 400 430 +30 NEGRO SCHOOLS Myrtle Hall 540 (720)** 560 +20 Oliver 360 (480)** 510 +150 Washington 480 (640)** 616 +136 Higgins Jr. - Sr. 675 (810)** 692 +17 *Derived by using ratio of 30 pupiis/grade school classroom and 25 pup ils /jr. and sr. high school classroom. **Secondary figure derived by using the existing criteria of the Clarksdale school board of 40 pupiis/classroom. Source: Office of Superintendent of Schools, Clarksdale, M ississippi. ENROLLMENT TRENDS Total enrollment has increased in every year since 1950. However, th is growth has been irregular, with a biennial average increase of 11.5 percent. The largest increase in en rollment occurred between 1958 and 1960, when 358 more students were enrolled than in the previous two years. White Enrollment: Within the past 11 years white enrollment has grown at an average rate of 11.1 percent, the largest increase occurring during the 1952-54 period. Current figures indicate white en rollments increased 12.2 percent over the prior 1960-61 school year. (Table X -D ). Negro Enrollment: Negro enrollment for the period 1950-61 was very erratic, with the largest increase in enrollment (403 students) occurring during the 1958-60 period. The least growth occurred during the 1956-58 period, when an enrollment of only 11 students was recorded. Current enrollment figures reveal that Negro enrollment increased by only 121 students from the previous 1960-61 school year. 120 791 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 TABLE X -D ACTUAL ENROLLMENT FOR PERIOD 1950-61 White Negro Year Grades Grades Sub- Grades Grades Sub- Ending 1-6 7-12 Total 1-6 7-12 Tote 1 TOTAL 1950 711 584 1295 971 309 1280 2575 1952 832 615 1447 1209 327 1536 2983 1954 1004 697 1701 1289 510 1799 3500 1956 1109 781 1890 1365 478 1843 3733 1958 1217 825 2042 1378 476 1854 3896 1960 1277 883 2160 1641 616 2257 4417 1961* 1349 1075 2424 1686 692 2378 4802 *Figures for September, 1961 Source: Office of Superintendent of Schools, Clarksdale, M ississippi. PROJECTED ENROLLMENT Based upon a projected population of 40,000 by 1985 and the present plan of school organization, Table X -E represents a summary of total estimated school enrollment, classroom needs, and site acreage required for the school d is tric t, in the next 25 years, it is expected that the total school enrollment w ill more than double that of 1960. While the transition from a predominately Negro to a predominately white community w ill, in all probability continue, the ratio of white pupils to total white population is expected to remain rather constant. The ratio of Negro pupils to total Negro population is expected to in crease gradually. TABLE X -E PROJECTED SCHOOL ENROLLMENT AND NEEDS Proposed Additional Area of Name Capacity Rooms Needed Site (Acres) WHITE SCHOOLS Eliza Clark 300 3 10 Heidelberg 600 4 11 Kirkpatrick 600 7 11 Oakhurst 660 9 12 Proposed #1 510 17 10 Proposed #2 510 17 10 Proposed #3 510 17 10 Proposed #4 510 17 10 Proposed Jr. High 1200 50 32 New High School 1400 16 44 NEGRO SCHOOLS Myrtle Hall 735 3 12 George T. Oliver 595 5 11 Booker T, Washington 735 5 12 Higgins Jr. - Sr. 1620 36 40 121 792 D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26 PROPOSED SCHOOL PLAN The expected growth and changing composition of the community and its population must be considered in preparation of a plan and program for the future development of public school fa c ilitie s . These plans must be coordinated with other features such as zoning, major thoroughfares and recreational fac ilities . Future School Sites: Suggested locations for future schools are shown on Figure X - 2. In choosing these sites, the following locational and spatial standards were used as criteria: 1. As a general rule, elementary students should not be required to travel more than one-half mi le to school. 2. The suggested locations for future schools are in areas that w ill be zoned as residential. • 3. Since secondary schools must serve larger areas than elementary schools, the suggested sites for these schools are near major tra ffic arteries. However, where possible, locations fronting such arteries have been avoided. 4. The suggested school sites are located in areas which w ill be re latively free of smoke, polluted air and noise. 5. Locations near railroads and non-fire resistant buildings have been avoided. 6. Sites for elementary schools contain at least 10 acres of suitable terrain. 7. Junior High School sites contain at least 20 acres with one additional acre for each 100 students in enrollment. 8. High School sites contain at least 30 acres with one additional acre for for each 100 students in enrollment. 9. Where possible, proposed school sites were correlated with and are in proximity to existing or planned recreational areas. Probable Building Needs: The following summary of future building needs is based on estimated future enrollment and ciassroorn needs, and the following criteria as to size: TABLE X -F STANDARDS FOR SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION Possible Standard Desi red Standard School Students Total No. of Total No. of Type Per Room Rooms Students Rooms Students Elementary 30 12-30 360 - 900 12-22 360-660 Junior High 25 24-60 600-1500 24-40 600-1000 Senior High 25 40-80 1000-2000 40-60 1000-1500 White Elementary Schools: With classroom additions to Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick, it is possible that classroom space w ill be adequate through 1968. By 1970, about 9 additional classrooms w ill be needed at Oakhurst School. These classrooms could be provided when Dorr Junior High is relocated. During the period 1968- 1985, it is estimated that 4 new elementary schools of 17-20 classrooms each wi II be needed. 122 I i I!II L Y O N 'r~ •• - ------LEG END BDED C O M P R E H E N S IV E C IT Y PLA N C L A R K S D A L E , M IS S IS S IP P I COMMUNITY FACUTES M IC H A E L B A K E R . JR.. INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS ------ P L AN N ER S ROCHESTER. PA. JACKSON. MISS. M arch, 1962 PL A N N IN G i /M /rS 79 3 794 Clarksdale School District Composite Map (Filed by the Board on August 10, 1964) (See Opposite) US?" I 794 II \ 795 ME1LEN PRESS INC. — N. Y. C.